FEDERAL UNIVERSITY NDUFU ALIKE, IKWO
EBONYI STATE
FEDERAL
UNIVERSITY
NDUFU ALIKE,
IKWO
ACADEMIC BRIEF (VOLUME II)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
Title Page
ii
Table of Contents
Biochemistry/Molecular
Biology,
Biotechnology and Microbiology
Biology,
Botany,
Zoology,
1
B. Sc Degree in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
1
B. Sc Degree in Biological Sciences (Biology)
14
Course Description, Biology Programme
19
B. Sc, Botany Degree Programme
23
B. Sc, Zoology Programmes
29
Course Description, Zoology
32
B. Sc Biotechnology Degree
35
Course Description
42
B. Sc Microbiology Degree Programme
47
Department of Mathematics, Computer Science and Informatics
56
B. Sc Mathematics
56
Course Descriptions, Mathematics
63
Computer Science
75
B. Sc, Computer Science Degree
75
Course Description
79
Statistics
89
Course Description
94
Chemistry
101
B. Sc Degree in Applied Chemistry
101
Course Description
107
Physics with Electronics
121
Course Description
127
Geology
140
B. Sc Degree in Geology
140
Course Synopsis
144
Applied Geophysics
150
B. Sc Degree in Applied Geophysics
150
Course Description
152
Faculty of Humanities and the Social Sciences
157
2
English
158
B. A Degree in English
158
Course Description
162
History
168
B. A Degree in History
168
Course Description
174
Linguistics and Nigerian Languages
184
B. A in Linguistics and Nigerian Languages
184
Course Description
190
Igbo/Linguistics
195
Degree in Igbo/Linguistics Combined Honours
195
Course Description
198
Igbo
201
B. A Degree in Igbo
201
Foreign Languages
207
B. A Degree in French
207
Visual Communication and Creative Arts
219
B. A. Degree in Visual Arts
219
Course Description
225
Theatre and Media Arts
233
B. A Degree in Theatre and Media Arts
233
Course Description
241
Economics
248
B. A Degree in Economics
248
Use of English
253
Distribution of Courses in Political Science
267
Distribution of Courses in Psychology
276
Distribution of Courses in Sociology
288
B. Sc Degree in Accounting
306
B. Sc Degree in Business Administration
332
3
BIOCHEMISTRY/MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, BIOLOGY, BOTANY,
ZOOLOGY, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND MICROBIOLOGY.
B.Sc. DEGREE IN BIOCHEMISTRY/MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programme
The main aims and objectives of the degree programme in biochemistry should be:
 To provide students with a broad and balanced foundation of biochemical and molecular
biology knowledge and practical skills
 To develop in students the ability to apply knowledge and skills to solving theoretical
and practical problems in biochemistry and molecular biology.
 To develop in students, a range of transferable skills that are of value in biochemical and
non-biochemical employment
 To provide students with knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed to
further studies in specialized areas of biochemistry or multi-disciplinary areas involving
biochemistry and molecular biology.
 To provide, through training and orientation, an appreciation of the salutary rewards of
inter- and multi-disciplinary approach to the solution of complex life problems
 To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of biochemistry and molecular
biology in industrial, economic, environmental, technological and social development
 To instill in students a sense enthusiasm for biochemistry and molecular biology, an
appreciation of its application in different contexts and to involve them in an
intellectually stimulating and satisfying experience of learning and studying.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant science
4
courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at the
Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and at least a pass in Physics. In addition,
an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level is
required. For the B.Sc. Programme in Biochemistry, candidates must have credit level passes in
Biology, Chemistry and Physics. .
Expected duration for UME candidates shall be 4 years.
Expected duration for Direct Entry (DE) candidates with two A level passes (graded A-.E) at the
Advanced Level in one or more relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography,
Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-Level.
YEAR I
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
GST 121
Library Skills
2
GST 111
Use of English I
2
GST 122
Use of English II
2
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
BIO 102
General Biology II
3
BIO 108
General Biology Lab. I
1
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
CHM 107
General Chemistry Lab.
1
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 102
General Physics II
2
PHY 107
General Physics Laboratory
1
MTH 101
Elementary Mathematics I
3
MTH 102
Elementary Mathematics II
3
CMP 101
Introductory Computer Science
1
34
TOTAL
5
Status
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
BCH 201
General Biochemistry I
3
BCH 202
General Biochemistry II
3
BIO 201
Genetics I
2
BIO 204
Biological Techniques
2
CHM 210
Physical Chemistry II
2
CHM 212
Inorganic Chemistry II
2
CHM 211
Organic Chemistry II
2
CHM 215
Chemistry Practical
2
MCB 201
General Microbiology
3
STA 202
Statistics for Biologists
4
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
GST 113
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
2
CMP 201
Computer Programming I
3
CMP202
Computer Programming II
3
GST 222:
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
2
GST 223
Enterpreneurial Studies I
2
37
TOTAL
6
Status
YEAR III
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
BCH 301
Enzymology
3
BIO 301
Genetics II
3
BCH 302
Metabolism of Carbohydrates
2
BCH 303
Metabolism of Lipids
2
BCH 304
Metabolism of Amino Acids and Protein
2
BCH 305
Metabolism of Nucleic Acids
2
BCH 306
Methods in Biochemistry
2
BCH 307
Membrane Biochemistry
1
BCH 308
Food and Nutritional Biochemistry
2
MCB 424
Microbial Physiology & Metabolism
2
BCH 311
General Biochemistry Lab. I
1
BCH 310
Bioenergetics
1
CHM 301
Physical Chemistry III
2
BCH 314
Bio-informatics Methods
2
BCH 315
Computational Biology & Bio-informatics
4
MCB 412
Microbial Genetics/Molecular Biology
4
CHM 312
Instructional Methods of Analysis
2
GST 311
Entrepreneurial Studies II
2
BCH 399
Student Industrial Work Experience
3
TOTAL
42
7
Status
YEAR IV
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
BCH 401
Advanced Enzymology
2
BCH 402
Biosynthesis of Macromolecules
1
BCH 404
Bioinorganic Chemistry
1
BCH 405
Biotechnology & Genetic Engineering
3
BCH 406
Metabolic Regulations
2
BCH 408
Biochemical Reasoning
1
BCH 409
Special Topics/Seminar in Biochemistry
2
BCH 411
Research Project
6
MCB 307
Immunnology
3
TOTAL
21
Biochemistry option
BCH 403
Tissue Biochemistry
1
BCH 407
Plant Biochemistry
2
BCH 410
Advance Biochemical Methods
2
BCH 412
Industrial Biochemistry
3
BCH 413
Pharmaceutical Biochemistry
2
TOTAL
10
Molecular Biology option
BCH 415
Molecular Genetics
3
BCH 416
Recombinant DNA Technology
3
BCH 417
Molecular Biology Techniques
2
BCH 418
Model Organisms in Human Genome Project
3
TOTAL
11
8
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTION
Biochemistry Programme
BCH 201 & 202: General Biochemistry I & ll: (6 Units) (LH 70: PH 20)
Chemistry of amino acids, proteins, and their derivatives; methods of isolation and
identification acidity and alkalinity, pH and pKa values and their effects on cellular activities;
Buffers. Chemistry/Structures of carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic. acids. Primary, Secondary,
tertiary and quartenary structures of proteins; determination and biochemical applications of the
structures. Nomenclature of nucleosides, and nucleotides; effects of acid and alkali on
hydrolysis of nucleic acids. Structures and functions of major cell compotre1ilts; procariotic
versus eukaryotic organisms.
BCH 301 Enzymology: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Vitamins and co-enzymes. Fat and water soluble vitamins. Structures and functions of vitamins
and co-enzymes. Classification and nomenclature of enzymes. Genetics of enzymes and
inhibition. Mechanisms of enzyme-catalysed reactions. Effects of temperature, pH, ions and
inhibitors on enzyme catalysed reactions. Michaelis Menten Equation. Allosteric/Regulatory
enzymes. Active sites of enzymes. Estimation of kinetic parameters – enzyme activities, Km,
Vrnax, Ki, etc. Zymogen activation, digestive enzymes etc. Production, isolation, purification
and characterization of enzymes. Recent advances in enzymology.
BCH 302 Metabolism of Carbohydrates (2 Units) (LH 30: PH0)
Degradation and digestion of carbohydrates - sugars, storage polysaccharides and cell walls.
Reactions of sugars. Glycolysis, the tricarboxylic acid cycle, the phosphogluconate pathway the
glyoxylate pathway; the pentose phosphate pathway and the cori cycle: the calvin pathway.
Gluconeogenesis and glyconeogenesis. Disorders of carbohydrate metabolism.
BCH 303 Metabolism of Lipids: (2 Units) (LH30: PH 0)
Classification of lipids - fatty acids, triglycerides, gy cosylglyceroles, phospholipids, waxes,
prostaglandins. Lipid micceles, monolagers bilayers Lipoprotein systems. Oxidation and
synthesis of fatty acids; cholesterol synthesis. Formation of ketone bodies. Integration of lipid
metabolism. Acetic acid as a central precursor for biosynthesis of lipids.
9
BCH 304 Metabolism of Amino Acids And Proteins: (2 Units) (LH 30:PH 0)
Amino acids as building blocks of proteins; covalent backbone of proteins; Amino acid sequence
of proteins. Protein isolation, fractionation, purification and characterization of proteins.
Biological functions of proteins. Oxidative degradation of amino acids and metabolism of one
carbon units. Biosynthesis of amino acids and some derivatives; the urea cycle; metabolism of
inorganic nitrogen. Disorders of amino acid metabolism.
BCH 305 Metabolism of Nucleic Acids: (2 Units) (LH30: PH 0)
Genome organisation and biosynthesis of. proteins. Metabolism of purines and pyrimidines,
nucleosides
and
nucleotides;
abnormalities
in
nucleic
acid
metabolismxeroderma
pigmentation.and skin cancer.
(Pre-requisite BCH: 304)
BCH 306 Method In Biochemistry: (2 Units).(LH 0 PH 60)
Principles of instrumentation. Principles. methodologies and applications of dectrophonesis
Chromatography,
thin
layer
chromatography,
spectroscopy
and
spectrophotometry
centrifugation" (and isotopic techniques).
(Pre-requisite BCH 201)
BCH 307 Membrane Biochemistry: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
Structure, composition and functions of \biological membranes. Isolation, characterization and
classification of membranes; chemistry and biosynthesis of membranes. Molecular organization
of membrane components. Natural and artificial membrane bilayers - the unit membrane
hypothesis Membrane transport system – active versus passive transport systems. Transport of
sugars and amino acids; ionophores.
BCH 308 Food and Nutritional Biochemistry: (1Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
An introduction to the theory and application of physical and chemical methods for determining
the constituents of food. Food processing, preservation and storage of traditional foods - root
and stem tubers, fruits and fruit drinks, seeds and grains~ green and vegetables. Food poisoning
and intoxication; prevention and cure. Food nutrients; Energy values of foods and energy
expenditure by mammalians. Nutritive value of foods - carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins,
mineral elements and water. Nutritional disorders, prevention and therapy. Nutritional status and
nutritional requirements. Recommended dietary allowances. Assessment of nutritional status.
10
Nutrient requirements in relation to Physical, activity and ageing, diet and disease, obesity and
under nutrition.
BCH 310 Bioenergetics: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
High-energy compounds; Chemical potentials, Electrochemical potentials, Electron transport
system
and
oxidative
phosphorylation;
Regulation
of
ATP
production.
Chemical
thermodynamics; Oxidations and reductions.
BCH 311 General Biochemical Methods (Practical): (2 Units) (LH:0 PH 60)
Practical laboratory exercises in areas of interest of academic staff to cut across a wide spectrum
of general biochemistry. Laboratory practicals may be arranged on the basis of 6 hours or 3
hours per week for a second semester.
Bch 314 Bio-informatics method: (Practical): (2 Units) (LH:0 PH 60)
Internet basics. Introduction to NCBI Web sites. Introduction to Data bases.
BCH 315 Computational Biology & Bio-informatics (4units) (LH 60: PH:0)
Introduction to Genomics - information flow in biology, DNA sequence data, experimental
approach to genome sequence data, genome information resources. Functional Proteomics protein sequence and structural data, protein information resources and secondary data bases.
Computational Genomics - Internet basics, biological data analysis and application, sequence
data bases, NCBI model, file format. Sequence alignment & data base search - Protein primary
sequence analysis, DNA sequence analysis, pair wise sequence alignment, FASTA algorithm,
BLAST, multiple sequence alignment, DATA base searching using BLAST and FASTA.5.
Structural data bases - Small molecules data bases, protein information resources, protein data
bank.
BCH 399 Students Industrial Work Experience (SIWES) (3 Units)
Students will be attached to some industrial organizations for 3 months, the exact period being
determined by the institution.
BCR 401: Advanced Enzymology: (2 Units) (LH 3015: PH:0).
Steady state enzyme. kinetics. Transcient kinetic methods. Chemistry of enzyme catalysis.
Regulatory enzymes. Molecular models for allosterism. Multienzyme complexes. Enzyme
11
assays. Criteria for determining purity of enzymes. Enzyme reconstitution. Regulation of
enzyme activity and synthesis
(Pre-Requisite BCH 311)
BCH 402 Biosynthesis of Macromolecules: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
Structure and functions of macromolecules. Storage and structural polysaccharides;
mucopolysaccharides, glycoproteins, bacterial cell wall synthesis of complex lipids, lipoproteins
and nucleic acids.
BCH 403 Tissue Biochemistry: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
Biochemistry of muscles, kidney, liver, and adipose tissues. General metabolism of the brain and
neuronal bochemistry. Biochemistry of reproductive tissues. Detoxification and excretion in
tissues.
BCH 404 Bioinorganic Chemistry: (lUnit) (LH 15: PH 0)
Relationship between the physicochemical properties and biological functions of inorganic ions.
Ligand complexes and their biochemical significance. Electrolyte metabolism. Nitrogen fixation
and sulphur cycle.
BCH 405 Genetic Engineering: (3 Units) LH 45: PH 0)
Replication, transcription and translation - a brief review. The genetic code and its relationship
to cellular functions. DNA replication in a cell-free system. Genetic transformation,
transfunction and conjugation. Gene mutation, mutagenic agents and thin applications to genetransfer. Gene mapping. Structure of eucaryotic genome. Recombinant DNA and its application.
Hybridomas.
BCH 406 Metabolic Regulations: (2 Units) (LH 30: PH 0)
The relationship of Krebs' Cycle to protein, carbohydrate, lipid and nucleic acids metabolism.
Integration of metabolic pathways. Tum-over rates and metabolic pools. Regulation of enzymes
of metabolic pathways-feed back inhibition versus enzyme synthesis. Catabolite repression, end
product repression, the lactose operon and arabinose operon. Identification of different
regulatory mechanism in metabolic pathways.
12
BCH 407 Plant Biochemistry: (2Units)LH 30:PH 0)
Organization of plant cells, photosynthesis, alkaloids and flavonoids, Plant hormones.
Biosynthesis of carotenoid Pigments, Biochemistry of Plant Development. The plant cell wall
structure, formation and growth. Lignin formation. Free amino acids, pyrimidines, purines and
nucleosides in plants. Metabolism of auxins, gibberelins and cytokinins. Synthetic growth
regulators and herbicides. Structure - function relationship of plant hormones.
BCH 408 Biochemical Reasoning: [1 Unit] L 15: PH 0]
Evaluation and design of experimental biochemistry from available information and data.
Analysis, interpretation and inference - drawing from biochemical research data.
BCH 409 Special Topics/Seminar in Biochemistry: (2 Units)
Hormones, immunochemistry, oncology, brain biochemistry, monoclonal antibodies. These
may be taught or seminars may be given by academic Staff and Students.
BCH 410 Advanced Biochemical Methods (PRACTICAL): (2 Units) (LH 0: P60)
The purpose of this course is to familiarise students with operations of latest biochemical
equipment and with methods of research, assimilation and dissemination of information.
Students will go therefore round lecturers and laboratories housing specialized equipment with
the aim of exposing them to such equipment under the supervision of lecturer. Part of the course
will also cover the effective use of the library, preparation of dissertations or theses, papers for
journal publications and journal reviews. Special assignments and essays will be given to
students.
BCD 411 Research Projects: (6 Units)
Independent research findings into selected areas/topics of interest to the academic staff.
Students will be required to carry out literature survey on the topics, perform experiments and
produce reports (preferably at the end of second semester). Students will be subjected to both
seminar and oral examination on the projects undertaken.
13
BCH 412 Industrial Biochemistry: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
A short review of microbial physiology and genetics. A review of general metabolic pathways
and application in industrial processes. Continuous culture methods, principles and applications.
The chemostat and its application in industrial fermentations. Fermentations - alcoholic, amino
acid antibiotics and other secondary metabolites. Primary and secondary metabolism. Process
evaluation and development. Over production of metabolites - amino acids, taste enhancers,
vitamins, toxin, etc. Methods for screenmg and selecting micro-organisms of industrial
importance. Induction of mutation in micro-organism and plants for the purpose of over
production; Strain selection/development and enhancement. Gene dosage and its . application in
industrial processes.
BCH 413 Pharmacological Biochemistry: (2 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Cellular metabolism in infected cells. Biochemical aspects of host-parasite relationships.
Metabolic factors affecting chemotherapeutic agents. Theories of the mechanism of drug action.
Drug resistances and other factors affecting drug efficacy. The physiological and biochemical
action of some selected drugs. Nigerian traditional medicinal plants in the management and
therapy of common ailments in Nigerian - malaria, sickle cell anaemia, common cold, hepatitis,
etc.
BCH 415 Molecular Genetics : (3 Units) (LH 60: PH 0)
How to clone a gene - What is a clone, Overview of the procedure, Gene library, Hybridization.
Purification and Separation of nucleic acids – Extraction and Purification of nucleic
acids,Detection and Quantitation of Nucleic acids, Gel Electrophoresis. Cutting and Joining
DNA – Restriction Endonucleases, Ligation, Alkaline Phosphate, Double Digest, Modification
of Restriction Fragments ends, Other Ways of joining DNA Molecules. Vectors – Plasmid
vectors, ectors based on the lambda Bacteriophage, Cosmids, M13 vectors, Expression vectors,
Vectors for cloning and expression in Eukaryotic cells, Super vectors : YACs and BACs.
Amplifying DNA : PCR and Cell based DNA Cloning – The importance of DNA Cloning,PCR :
basic features and application, Principles of Cell-based DNA Cloning, Cloning System for
amplifying different sized fragments, Cloning System for producing single-stranded and
mutagenized DNA. Nucleic Acid Hybridization: Principle and application - Preparation of
nucleic probes, Principle of Nucleic acid hybridization, Nucleic acid hybridization assays, and
microarrays.
14
BCH 416: Recombinant DNA Technology : (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 0)
Gene Recombination and Gene transfer : Bacterial Conjugation, Transformation, Transduction,
Episomes, Plasmids, Microinjection, Electroporation, Microprojectile, Shot Gun method,
Ultrasonication, Liposome fusion, Microlaser. Changing genes: site-directed mutagenesis and
Protein engineering: Primer extension is a simple method for site directed mutation, PCR based
site directed mutagenesis, Random mutagenesis, Use of Phage display techniques to facilitate the
selection of mutant peptides, Gene shuffling, production of chimeric proteins.Genetic
engineering in animals: Production of transgenic mice, ES cells can be used for gene targeting in
mice, Applications of gene targeting, Using Yeast to study Eukaryotic gene function,Therapeutic
products produced by genetic engineering-blood proteins, human hormones, immune modulators
and vaccines, Transgenic animals, Production of proteins of Pharmaceutical value. Genetic
engineering
in
plants:
Use
of
Agrobacterium
tumefaciens
and
Arhizogenes,
Ti
plasmids,Strategies for gene transfer to plant cells, Direct DNA transfer to plants, Gene targeting
in plants,Use of plant viruses as episomal expression vectors.
BCH 417 Molecular Biology Techniques : (2 Units) (LH 0: PH 60)
DNA isolation - from Plant cell (leaf of cabbage / mustard), Animal cell (goat liver), Human
Blood (Fresh / Stored / Frozen) & Microbes. Plasmid DNA isolation. Gel electrophoresis.
Polymerase Chain Reaction. Gel documentation & photography.
BCH 418 Model Organisms in Human Genome Project : (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Genome – about genomes of model organisms (E. coli, Yeast, Arabidopsis thaliana, C. elegans,
Drosophila melanogaster, laboratory mouse, Zebra fish, Human), types of genomes, genomes &
genetic variation, comparison of different genomes, genome evolution. Genomics – about the
genomics, history, comparative genomics, comparative genomic hybridization, functional
genomics. Genome projects – an overview of genome projects of human and other model
organisms of Human Genome Project. Human Genome Project (HGP) – an overview of the
project, goals of the project, major scientific strategies & approaches used in HGP, expected
scientific & medical benefits of this project, about the organizations behind this project.How
Human genome was mapped – physical mapping, genetic mapping, gene ontology, gene
annotation.
15
B.Sc. DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BIOLOGY)
Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programme
The main aims and objectives of the degree programme in biological sciences should be:

To provide students with a broad and balanced foundation of biochemical
knowledge and practical skills

To develop in students the ability to apply knowledge and skills to solving
theoretical and practical problems in biochemistry

To develop in students, a range of transferable skills that are of value in
biochemical and non-biochemical employment

To provide students with knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed
to further studies in specialized areas of biochemistry or multi-disciplinary areas
involving biochemistry

To provide, through training and orientation, an appreciation of the solutory
rewards of inter- and multi-disciplinary approach to the solution of complex life
problems

To generate in students an appreciation of the importance of biochemistry in
industrial, economic, environmental, technological and social development

To instill in students a sense enthusiasm for biochemistry, an appreciation of its
application in different contexts and to involve them in an intellectually
stimulating and satisfying experience of learning and studying.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant science
courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at the
Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and at least a pass in Physics. In addition,
16
an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level is
required. For the B.Sc. Programme in Biological Sciences, candidates must have credit level
passes in Biology, Chemistry and at least a pass in Physics.
Expected duration for UME candidates shall be 4 years.
Expected duration for Direct Entry (DE) candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the
Advanced Level in one or more relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography,
Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-level.
Students are required to complete a minimum of 120 units for Graduation, 60 of which must
come from the relevant option areas in Biological sciences.
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES (BIOLOGY OPTION)
YEAR I
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
GST 121
Library Skills
2
GST 111
Use of English
2
GST 122
Use of English
2
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
BIO 102
General Biology II
3
BIO 108
General Biology Lab. I
1
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
CHM 107
General Chemistry Lab.
1
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 102
General Physics II
2
PHY 107
General Physics Laboratory
1
MTH 101
Elementary Mathematics I
3
CMP 101
Introductory Computer Science
2
TOTAL
31
17
Status
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO
201
Genetics I
BIO
202
Introductory Ecology
2
BIO
203
General Physiology I
2
BIO
204
Biological Techniques
2
BIO
205
Introductory Developmental/Cell Biology
3
BOT
202
Seedless Plants
2
CHM
211
Organic Chemistry II
2
STAT 202
Statistics For Agricultural and Biological Sciences
4
ZOO
Lower Invertebrates
2
Introduction to Enterpreneurial Skills I
2
201
GST
223
TOTAL
Status
25
Electives:
To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 4 units from the courses
listed below:
Course Code Course Title
Units
BOT 203
Seed Plants
2
CHM 213
Analytical Chemistry I
2
MCB 201
General Microbiology
3
ZOO 202
Coelomate Invertebrates
2
ZOO 200
Chordates
3
BOT 203
Seed Plants
2
18
Status
YEAR III
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO
301
Genetics II
3
BIO
302
Field Course I
1
BIO
303
General Cytology
3
BIO
304
General Ecology
3
BIO
305
Molecular Biology
3
BIO
306
General Physiology II
3
BCH
201
General Biochemistry I
3
BCH
202
General Biochemistry II
3
GST
311
Entrepreneurship Studies II
2
BIO
399
Status
Restricted Electives Industrial field experience in
anyone of the following:
(a) Aquatic Pollution
3
(b) Pest Control
3
(c) Public Health
3
TOTAL
33
Electives: To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 5 units from
the courses listed below:
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 308
Evolution
2
MCB 307
Immunology
3
MCB 425
Environmental Microbiology (Sewage, Water, 3
Pollution)
BIO 309
Introductory Nematology
2
GST 123
Modern European Language
2
TOTAL
12
19
Status
YEAR lV
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 401
Population Genetics
3
BIO 402
Cytogenetics of Plants
3
BIO 403
Soil Ecology
3
BIO 404
Systematic Biology
3
BIO 499
Project
6
TOTAL
Status
18
Electives: To satisfy the 30 units minimum requirement, students could select any 12 units from
the courses listed below:
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO
405
Developmental Biology
3
BIO
406
Marine Biology
3
BIO
407
Hydrobiology
3
BIO
413
Field Course II
4
BIO
414
Molecular Biology
3
MCB 423
Industrial Microbiology
3
MCB 404
Advanced Food Microbiology
3
MCB 326
Introductory Virology
3
MCB 324
Microbial Ecology
2
ZOO 401
Parasito1ogy
3
TOTAL
33
20
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTION
BIOLOGY PROGRAMME
BIO 101 GENERAL BIOLOGY I: (3 Units) (LH 60: PH)
Cell structure and organization, functions of cellular organelles, diversity, characteristics and
classification of living things, general reproduction, interrelationship of organisms; heredity and
evolution, elements of ecology and types of habitat.
BIO 102 GENERAL BIOLOGY II: (3 Units) (LH 60: PH 0)
A generalized survey of the plant and animal kingdoms based mainly on study of similarities and
differences in the external features, ecological adaptation of these forms.
B10 201 GENETICS I: [2 Units] (LH 30: PH)
Hereditable and non-hereditable characteristics. probability and tests of goodness of fit.
quantitive inheritance; variation in genome structure, introduction to population genetics.
BIO 2O2 1NTRODUCTORY ECOLOGY: (2 Units) (LH 30: PH 0)
Concept and definition of ecosystem, ecology at community level, ecological classification of
habitat types, terrestrial and aquatic biomas, specific features of each, biotic components of
habitat. Natural distruction, factors of communities, success of community interaction, natural
cycle, dynamics of population.
Practicals: to include among others community and population studies of each species in a
habitat. Succession simply teated.
BIO 203 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY I: (2 Units) (LH 30:PH 0)
Physical and chemical processes in basic plants and animal physiology. Basic elements of
respiration, photosynthesis, transportation or circulation. Reproduction, germination, growth
hormones and enzymology
21
BIO 204 BIOLOGICAL TECHNIQUES: (2 Units) (L 30: PH 0)
Preparation of microscope slides, biological drawings, microtomy, colorimetry, photometry,
cytological techniques, chromatography, collection and preservation of biological specimens.
Herbarium Techniques, experimental design
BIO 205 INTRODUCTORY DEVELOPMENTAL CELL BIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30:
PH:30)
History and present trends in cell biology. Reproduction, cell division, cell differentiation and
growth of cells. A brief study of the molecular basis of cell structure and development.
Organelles. Proteins and nucleic acids.
BIO 301 GENETICS II: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Aspects of human genetics; pedigree analysis. Further consideration of various deviations from
basic principles. Gene interaction. Pre- requisite -BIO 201.
BIO 302 FIELD COURSE I: (1 Unit) (LH 15: PH 0)
Sampling techniques in local habitats. Assessment by report. This could be in any area of
specialization not necessarily ecology.
BIO 303 GENERAL CYTOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Light, Phase contrast, dark-field and electron microscopy, auto-radiography, florescence; cell
cycle; introductory cytogenetics.
BIO 304 GENERAL ECOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 30: PH 30)
The ecosystem approach to the study of ecology. Energy flow and nutrients cycling. Dynamics
of populations and communities in ecosystem; influence of man.
Pre-requisite -BIO 202.
BIO 305 CELL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY I: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Biogenesis of microtubules, microfilaments, golgi and mitochondria. Membrane -membrane
interactions. Introduction to bioenergetics and thermo-dynamics.
Pre-requisite -BIO 205.
22
BIO 306 GENERAL PHYSIOLOGY II: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
A general study of osmoregulation, excretion, transport, homeostasis and their co-ordination in
animals. Plant water relation, growth and growth regulation. Physiological aspect of crop Yield
Prequisite -BIO 203.
BIO 399 RESTRICTED ELECTIVES
Industrial field experience in any one of the following:
a)
Aquatic Pollution (3 Units)
b)
Pest Control (3 Units)
c)
Public Health (3 Units)
BIO 309 INTRODUCTORY NEMATOLOGY: (2 Units) (LH 30: P 30)
Principal characteristics of nematodes, morphology, position and outlines of classification of
nematodes. Morphology and biology of important plant parasitic nematodes and their economic
importance. Nematological techniques. General principles and methods of controlling
nematodes.
Electives
BIO 308 EVOLUTION: (2 Units) LH 30: PH)
Current concepts in evolution. Geological periods and epochs. Genetic variation and speciation.
Evolution of selected organisms.
BIO 401 POPULATION GENETICS: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 0)
An introductory consideration of mathematics models for the analysis of gene frequencies and
genetic variation in populations.
BIO 402 CYTOGENETICS OF PLANTS: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0)
Aspects of cell and nuclear divisions. Morphology and behaviour of chromosomes. aberrations
and polyploidy.
Pre-requisite -BIO 205
BIO 403 SOIL ECOLOGY (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0)
Physical and chemical nature of soil. Setritus organisms. Cycling of minerals and nutrient pools.
23
BIO 404 SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0)
A bio-systematic approach to the classification of organisms and nomenclature.
BIO 499 PROJECT: (6 Units)
A short research project involving an investigation on a selected biological probable. The project
is to be written up in the form of a scientific report or paper.
Electives
BIO 405 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY: (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Molecular and genetic aspects of development. A detailed study of the cellular and multicellular
bases of development.
BIO 406 MARINE BIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0)
A study of the Biology of Marine fauna and flora. Economic importance of the marine
organisms.
BIO 407 HYDROBIOLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: PH 0)
Types of aquatic habitat; ecological adaptations to aquatic life.
BIO 413 FIELD COURSE II (4Units) (L 0: PH 120)
This is designed to give students an opportunity to carry out a small independent research project
dealing with plant matinal, approved by the Departmental Board and under the supervision of
one or more members of the staff.
BIO 414 CELL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY II (L 45: PH 0)
The structure, conformation and other properties of proteins, with special reference to X-ray
crystallography and other physical techniques. Polysaccharides, glycoprotein cell-wall structures
etc. and related biological macromolecules. Structure and properties of DNA and RNA. No
practicals.
24
B.SC. BOTANY DEGREE PROGRAMME
Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programme
The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and
methodologies of Botany in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of the
programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the conservation and bio-diversity
sectors, and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the plant sciences at the
molecular level.
Admission and Graduation Requirement
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant science
courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at the
Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and atleast a pass in Physics. In addition,
an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level is
required.
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more relevant
subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the
three – year degree programme into 200-level.
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
YEAR I
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
BIO 102
General Biology II
3
BOT 101
Diversity of Plants
3
BOT 102
Flowering Plants, Forms and Function
2
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
MTH 101
General Mathematics I
3
25
Status
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 101
General Physics II
3
GST 121
Library Studies
2
GST 111
Use of English I
2
GST 122
Use of English II
2
PHS 107
General Physics Laboratory
1
CMP 101
Introductory Computer Science
3
BIO
General Biology Practical
1
108
TOTAL
36
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 201
Introductory Genetics
2
BIO 202
Introductory Ecology
2
BIO 203
General Physiology
2
BIO 204
Biological Techniques
2
BIO 205
Introductory Molecular Biology
3
BOT 202
Seedless Plants
2
BOT 203
Seed Plants
2
MCB 201
Introductory Microbiology
3
STA 202
Statistics for Agriculture and Biological Science
2
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
GST 113
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
2
GST 222
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution 2
2
GST 223
Enterpreneurial Studies I
2
Other Electives to satisfy Minimum units
CHM 211
Organic Chemistry II
2
Fisheries and Zoology Courses.
TOTAL
30
26
Status
YEARI II
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BOT 301
Plant Taxonomy
3
BOT 302
Comparative Anatomy of Plant
3
BOT 303
Plant Physiology
3
BOT 304
Plant Ecology
3
BOT 305
Mycology
3
BOT 306
Plant Breeding
3
BOT 399
Restricted Electives
Aforestation
Aquatic and Pollution Biology
Horticulture
Biotechnology
Medicinal Plant
Conservation and Biodiversity
Statistics
Entrepreneurship Studies II
BOT 311
BIO 312
BIO
GST 311
TOTAL
Status
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
40
YEAR IV
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BOT 401
Seminar
1
BOT 402
Economic Botany
2
BOT 403
Nigerian vegetation
2
BOT 404
Soil Science
3
BOT 406
Plant pathology
3
BOT 407
Plant reproduction
3
BOT 408
Plant tissue culture
3
BOT 409
Plant Virology
3
BIO 413
Field Course/ Projects
4
BOT 414
Molecular Biology
3
BOT 415
Paleobotany and Paleontology
3
BOT 416
Plant Cytogenetics
3
TOTAL
33
27
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTION
BOTANY PROGRAMME
BOT 202 SEEDLESS PLANTS: (2 Units). (LH 30 PH 0)
Morphology and reproduction of algae, bryophytes and pteridophytes including fossils.
BOT 203 SEED PLANTS: (2 Units) (L 30: PH 0)
Morphology and reproduction of seed plants.
BOT 301 PLANT TAXONOMY: (3 Units) (L 30: PH 0)
Taxonomy and its significance, principles and concepts in plant taxanomy. Construction and
use of taxonomic keys. Experimental taxonomy with special emphasis on cyto-taxonomy and
chemataxonomy. Sources of taxonomic data and Methods of Analysis.
BOT 302 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF PLANTS: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Characteristics and classification of tissue and tissue systems; organisation of meristems,
evolutiotion of vascular tissues, comparative mood anatomy. Anatomical adaptations to
specia1ized habitats. Applied aspects of plant anatomy.
BOT 303 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Plant water relation, Photosynthesis, Respiration, Growth and growth regulation, flowering
dormancy, Seed germination, senescence; Physiological aspects of Crops yield. Pre -requisite B10 203.
BOT 304 PLANT ECOLOGY: (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Study of various plant communities and their ecological framework; Nigerian vegetation, desert
and semi-desert plant productivity. Modern concepts in ecology.
Pre-requisite -BIO 202.
BOT 305 MYCOLOGY: (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Structure, life cycles, Physiology and Classification of fungi. Fungi of economic importance.
Metabolites of Fungi, Industrial uses of fungi, Fungi in Medicine.
28
BOT 306 PLANT BREEDING: (3 Units) (LH 15: P 60)
The Objectives of plant breeding; origin and domestication of basis of breeding, self-pollinated
and cross pollinated crops. Breeding methods, pure line breeding and mass selection, pedigree
method, bulk population breedings, back cross breeding. Recurrent selection, beterosis,
chromosome manipulation.
BOT 399 RESTRICTED ELECTIVES (3Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Industrial field experience in anyone of the following: (a) Afforestation (3Units) (b) Applied
Plant Anatomy (3 Units) (c) Aquatic and Pollution Biology (3 Units) (d) Horticulture (3 Units).
Biotechnology (3 Units)
BOT 311: MEDICINAL PLANTS: (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Description identification and classification of medicinal plants. Preparation of Extracts from
various organs of plants. Gathering of ethnomedical information. Collection and preservation of
medicinal plant.
BOT 312: CONSERVATION AND BIODIVERSITY: (3 Units)
Plant breeding concepts and methods.
BOT 402 ECONOMIC BOTANY; (2 Units) (L30: P0: T15)
A study of the botany and cultivation of plant species with particular reference to Nigerian
economic plants.
BOT 403 NIGERIAN VEGETATION: (2 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15)
A study of Nigerian forests, savannah grass lands and special emphasis on arid zones.
BOT 404 SOIL SCIENCES: (3 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15)
Classification and characteristics of soils. Chemical component and analysis of soils and plant
tissue. Plant, soil water relationships.
BOT406 PLANT PATHOLOGY: (3 Units) (L30: P0: T 15)
Principles and concepts in plant pathology. The concept of disease, infection, pathogenesis, hostpathogen relationship and methods and theory of biological and chemotheraphy.
Pre-requisite -BOT 305.
29
BOT 407 PLANT REPRODUCTION: (3 Units) (L 30: P0: T 15)
Development trends of sexual and asexual reproductions.
BOT 408 PLANT TISSUE CULTURE: (3 Units) (L 15: P 30: T 0)
Meristem culture, organ cultivation, embryo culture. The role of plant hormones and vitamins.
Techniques of plant tissue culture. Applications of plant tissue culture in plant breeding.
BOT 409 PLANT VIROLOGY: (3 Units) (L 45: P0: T 0)
General characteristics of plant bacterial viruses. Viral multiplication selected viral diseases in
plants.
BOT 415: PALEOBOTANY AND PALEONTOLOGY: (3 units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Morphology and Classification of Spurs and Pollen; their stratigraphic and pale environment
application. Study of fossils. Oil implications of Fossils
BOT 416:
PLANT CYTOGENETICS ADVANCED ASPECTS OF CELL AND
NUCLEAR DIVISIONS (3 Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Morphology and behaviour of Chromosomes, Chromosomal Aberrations and Polyploidy
importance of polyploidy, Population cytogenetics.
individuals.
30
Examples with reference to specific
B.SC. ZOOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMMES
Philosophy, Aims and Objectives of the Degree Programmes
The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and
methodologies of Zoology in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of
the programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the conservation and biodiversity sectors, and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the animal
sciences at the molecular level.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
UME
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, to form the core subjects with credit in three other relevant science
courses Biology, Chemistry and Physics at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its
equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME)
into 100-level is required.
Direct Entry
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more relevant
subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three –
year degree programme into 200-level.
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
YEAR I
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO
101
General Biology I
3
BIO
102
General Biology II
3
ZOO 113
Diversity of Animal
3
BIO
General Biology Practical
1
MTH 101
General Mathematics I
3
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
108
31
Status
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 102
General Physics II
3
PHY 107
Practical Physics
2
AGC 122
Environment and Humans
5
GST
111
Use of English I
2
GST
121
Library Studies
2
GST
122
Use of English II
2
Introductory Computer Science
3
CMP 101
TOTAL
44
Electives: To be selected from other Botany and other Biological Science Courses.
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 201
Introductory Genetics I
2
BIO 202
Introductory Ecology
2
BIO 203
General Physiology I
2
BIO 204
Biological Technique
2
ZOO 111
Invertebrate Zoology
3
ZOO 212
Chorodata Zoology
3
CHM 212
Inorganic Chemistry
3
CHM 210
Physical Chemistry
3
CHM 308
Natural product chemistry
3
BOT 312
Conservation and Bioderversity
3
MCB 201
General Microbiology
3
STA 201
Statistics for Agriculture and Biological Sciences
4
ARC 222
Introduction to Environmental Archaeology
5
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
GST 113
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
2
GST 222:
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
2
GST 223
Enterpreneurial Studies I
2
TOTAL
43
32
Status
YEAR III
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 301
Genetic II
3
BIO 302
Field Course I
3
BIO 304
General Ecology
3
ZOO 311
Comparative Animal Physiology
3
ZOO 312
The Biology of Tropical Parasites
3
ZOO 313
Arthropod Diversity
3
ZOO 314
Vertebrate Zoology
4
ZOO 315
Principles of Development
3
ZOO 316
Histology
3
ZOO 399
Industrial and Field Experience
6
GST 311
Enterpreneurial Studies II
2
TOTAL
Status
36
YEAR IV
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
ZOO 411
Entomology
4
ZOO 412
Principles of Parasitology
4
ZOO 413
Hydrobiology and Fisheries
4
ZOO 414
Special Topics in physiology
3
ZOO 415
Wildlife Ecology and Conservation
3
ZOO 416
Animal Behaviour
3
ZOO 417
Local Fauna
3
ZOO 418
Essay topics in Zoology
2
ZOO 419
Project
4
TOTAL
36
33
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTION
ZOOLOGY
ZOO 211 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30)
The systematic, inter-relationship and basic organization of the invertebrates.
ZOO 212 CHORDATE ZOOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30)
The systematic inter-relations and basic Organization of the vertebrates.
ZOO 311 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30)
Nutrition and Digestion, Respiration. Blood and circulation. Excretion and homeostasis. The
physiology of movement, Hormones. Nervous communication and the sense organs.
ZOO 312 THE BIOLOGY OF TROPICAL PARASITES: 3 Units(LH 30:PH 30)
Classification, adaptation morphology. Anatomy, life cycle and other features of interest in the
protozoans, plathyhelminthes, nematodes and parasitic arthropods; drawing particular attention
to the various adaptations to the drawing of life exhibited by selected members of the group
ZOO 313 ARTHROPOD DIVERSITY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30)
Adaptive radiation within the phylum arthropoda with particular reference to the structure and
functions of the body appendages. General biology of selected arthropod groups. Biological
success of the arthropods
ZOO 314 VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY: 4 Units (LH 30:PH 60)
Vertebrate systematics, evolution and functional anatomy; geographical distribution of recent
vertebrates; the Nigeria vertebrate fauna.
ZOO 315 PRINCIPLES OF DEVELOPMENT: 3 Units (LH 30: PH 30)
Problems and processes of development Gene-activity, in cogenesis. Cytoplasmic localization
in the nature egg.
Gastrulations and cell interactions.
Cellular and molecular basis of
embryogenesis. Tissue interactions in development. The significance of the placenta and the
development of immunity
34
ZOO 316 HISTOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 15:PH 60)
The cellular basis of tissue formation. Cell communication. Stability of the differentiated state.
The formation, distribution, structure and function of vertebrate tissues. The organization of the
tissues into organ systems.
ZOO 399 INDUSTRIAL/FIELD EXPERIENCE: 6 Units
(a)
Fisheries
(b)
Wildlife Management
(c)
Biology of Aquatic Environment
(d)
Entomology
(e)
Animal and Public Health
(f)
Biotechnology
(All are 6 units each)
ZOO 411 ENTOMOLOGY:4 Units (LH 45:PH 30)
Origin and phylogeny of insects. Biology of control of selected groups which are of economic
importance in the tropics (Particularly in Nigeria) aspects of crops; stored products and vectors
diseases of man and his domestic animals. Insect physiology.
ZOO 412 PRINCIPLES OF PARASITOLOGY: 4 Units (LH 45:PH 30)
Evolution of parasitic mode of life. Nature of Parasitism in relation to other forms of animal
Associations. Host-parasitic relationships. Epidemiological studies and control measures of
importance Tropical parasitic diseases and the role of vector in the Transmission of these
diseases.
ZOO 413 HYDROBIOLOGY AND FISHERIES: 4 Units (LH 45:PH 30)
A comparative study of the hydrobiology and cycle of life in marine, brackish and fresh water.
Fisheries biology including the food and feeding Habits of fish populations. Fecundity and
reproduction, age and growth. Aquaculture with particular reference to Nigeria. The Fish fauna
of Nigeria. Fishing gear and fishing techniques.
35
ZOO 414 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSIOLOGY: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 30)
Specialized aspect of animal physiology, for Example; muscle contraction and cytoskeletal
Elements, intracellular microenvironment and Metabolic compartmentation: membrane
Organization, receptors and endocytsis, cell Communication.
ZOO 415 WILDLIFE ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION: 3 Units (LH 30:PH 45)
Dynamics of wildlife population. Techniques of wildlife investigation. Principles of wildlife
Management. The wildlife resources of Nigeria Conservation policies, problems and prospects.
World wildlife resources: differences in values, Management philosophies and traditions.
ZOO 416 ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR: 3units (LH 30:PH 45)
The basis of behaviour orientation Mechanism in animals, instinct and Intelligence, feeding
behaviour social Life, courtship and meeting, migration and navigation. Biological clocks and
Rhythms.
ZOO 417 LOCAL FAUNA: 3Units (LH 30:PH 45)
General survey of local molluscs, Anthropods and vertebrates. Equivalent existing course –
None.
ZOO 418 ESSAY TOPICS IN ZOOLOGY: 2 Units
An essay based on a review of the literature on a Zoological topic.
ZOO 419 PROJECT: 6 Units
A research project involving an investigation in Zoology and a written presentation and
discussion of result
36
B.SC BIOTECHNOLOGY DEGREE
PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
Although there are existing programmes in Nigerian Universities that prepare graduates in the
basics of traditional biotechnology, the nation has a dearth of the critical mass of human
resources as well as infrastructural capacity for modern biotechnology research and teaching
which is the current mainstay of global trend in biotechnology. The programme has been
designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts and methodologies of modern
molecular biotechnology in key areas that meet the needs of society. The main objectives of the
programme are to broadly educate students for positions in the modern Biotechnology industry
and to prepare them for graduate and professional studies in the life sciences at the molecular
level.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including
English Language, Mathematics, to form the core course with credit in three other relevant
science courses Biology, Chemistry, Technical drawing Agricultural Science and Geography at
the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent and atleast a pass in Physics. In
addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100-level
is required.
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more
relevant subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may
undertake the three – year degree programme into 200-level.
37
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
B.Sc. BIOTECHNOLOGY
YEAR 1
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
GST
111
Use of English I
2
GST
122
Use of English II
2
MTH 101
Elementary Mathematics I
3
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 102
General Physics III
2
BIO
101
General Biology I
3
BIO
102
General Biology II
3
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
CHM 107
Practical Chemistry I
1
BIO
Practical Biology II
1
PHY 107
Practical Physics I
1
GST
Library Skills
1
Introductory computer science
3
108
121
CMP 101
TOTAL
31
38
Status
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES:
Course Code Course Title
Units
BIO 201
Genetics I
2
BIO 301
Genetics I
3
CHM 211
Organic Chemistry II
2
BCH 201
General Biochemistry I
3
BCH 202
General Biochemistry II
3
BIO 204
Biological Techniques
2
BCH 311
General Biochemistry Lab
1
GST 223
Entrepreneurship Studies I
2
MCB 201
General Microbiology
3
BTG 202
Introduction to Biotechnology
1
CHM 201
Introductory Chemistry
4
MTH 102
Elementary Mathematics II (Calculus)
3
MTH 103
Elementary Mathematics III (Geometry
3
CMP 204
Data Structures*
4
GST 222
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
2
TOTAL
Status
38
* For Bioinformatics option only
YEAR III
300 LEVEL COURSES: CORE COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
BTG 301
Molecular Genetics
3
BTG 302
Molecular Genetics Lab
3
STA 202
Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences
4
GST 311
Entrepreneurial Studies II
2
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
GST 113
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
2
39
Status
BTG 304
Option’s Required course **
3
Scientific writing
1
Option’s Elective course ***
3
Molecular Cell Biology
3
TOTAL
31
** See Required Courses list for each option
*** See List of electives for each option
YEAR IV
400 LEVEL COURSES: CORE COURSES
Course No.
Course Title
Units
BTG 401
Biotechnology seminar
1
BTG 402
Project Seminar
2
BTG 403
Methods in recombinant DNA Technology
4
BTG 404
Industrial Biotechnology
3
BTG 405
Nucleotide sequence analysis
3
BTG 406
Metabolic Engineering
3
BTG 407
Research in Biotechnology
6
BTG 416
Bioresources Management
3
BTG 418
Biosafety issues
1
BTG 420
Intellectual Property Rights & Bioethnics
1
Option’s Required course **
3
Options elective
3
***
Free Electives
6
TOTAL
25
At least 1 of the courses in the “Required Courses” list for each option must be offered each
semester , starting from the 2nd semester of the third year.
Required Courses and Electives for Animal Biotechnology Option
Required Courses ( at least 1 per semester starting from second semester of 3rd year) ( 9 – 10
units)
40
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 308
Animal Microtechniques and Tissue Culture
3
MCB 307
Immunology
3
BTG 307
Advanced Nutrition I
3
BTG 424
Advanced Nutrition II
3
Electives (9 units)
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 408
Biotechnology of Animal Reproduction
3
BCH 301
Protein Chemistry and Enzymology
3
BCH 306
Methods in Biochemistry
2
BTG 410
Comparative Virology
3
BTG 411
Process Biotechnology
3
BTG 412
Biotechnology Robotics
3
BTG 422
Biology of Cancer
3
BTG 413
Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3+
Required Courses and Electives for Microbial Biotechnology Option
Required Courses
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 305
Microbial Technology
3
BTG 306
Applied Microbiology
3
MCB 231
Basic Techniques in Microbiology
3
BTG 415
Analytical Methods in Microbiology
3
BTG 419
Marine Microbiology
3
Electives (9)
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 308
Animal Microtechniques and Tissue Culture
4
BTG 423
Plant Gene Transfer
4
BCH 301
Protein Chemistry and Enzymology
3
BCH 306
Methods in Biochemistry
2
BTG 410
Comparative Virology
3
41
BTG 411
Process Biotechnology
3
BTG 412
Biotechnology Robotics
3
BTG 415
Analytical Microbiology
4
MCB 324
Microbial Ecology
3
MCB 307
Immunology
3
BCH 308
Food and Nutritional Biochemistry
2
MCB 407
Pathogenic Microbiology
3
MCB 424
Microbial Physiology
3
BTG 419
Marine Microbiology
4+
BTG 413
Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3+
Required Courses and Electives for Plant Biotechnology Option
Required courses
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 423
Plant Gene Transfer
4
BOT 202
Seedless Plants
3
BOT 203
Seed Plants
3
BTG 425
Plant Microtechniques and Tissue Culture
BOT 301
Plant Taxonomy
3
Electives (9)
Course No. Course Title
Units
BCH 301
Protein Chemistry and Enzymology
3
BCH 306
Methods in Biochemistry
2
BTG 410
Comparative Virology
3
BTG 411
Process Biotechnology
3
BTG 412
Biotechnology Robotics
3
BTG 417
Plant Molecular Biology
3
BCH 308
Food and Nutritional Biochemistry
2
BTG 413
Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation and Development 3
BOT 202
Introductory Ecology
4
MCB 324
Microbial Ecology and Diversity
3
42
BOT 406
Plant Pathology
3
BOT 311
Medicinal Plants and Ethnobotany
3
BOT 303
Plant Physiology
4
BOT 306
Plant Breeding
3
STA 202
Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences
4
Required Courses and Electives for Bioinformatics Option
Required Courses (11)
Course No. Course Title
Units
CMP 204
Data Structures
4
STA 211
Basic Probability and Statistics II
3
STA 112
Basic Probability and Statistics
3
One of the following:
Homology Modeling of Proteins
3
BTG 411
Process Biotechnology
3
CMP 482
Introduction to Molecular Modeling
3
BTG 427
Evolutionary Genetics
3
At least one of the following:
CMP 208
Introduction to Discrete Structures
4
CMP 314
Computer Architecture
4
CMP 304
Introduction to Information Systems
4+
CMP 201
Principles of Programming Languages
4
CMP 404
Principles of Database Management Systems
4
Required Courses and Electives for General Biotechnology Option
Required Courses (3-4)
Course No. Course Title
Units
BTG 308
Animal Microtechniques and Tissue Culture
4
BTG 423
Plant Gene Transfer
4
BCH 301
Protein Chemistry and Enzymology
3
BCH 306
Methods in Biochemistry
2
43
BTG 411
Process Biotechnology
3
BTG 412
Biotechnology Robotics
3
BTG 415
Analytical Microbiology
4
MCB 303
Immunology
3
Electives (9-12)
Three additional electives from the lists of required and elective courses listed in the other four
biotechnology curriculum options.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
BTG 202: INTRODUCTION TO BIOTECHNOLOGY (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0)
Historical developments, Applications and Implications of molecular biology including ethical
and social controversies.
BTG 301:
MOLECULAR GENETICS (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Principles of genetics at the molecular level. Chemical nature of hereditary material. The
genetic code, regulatory mechanisms, the molecular basis of mutation. DNA replication and
recombination.
BTG 302:
MOLECULAR GENETICS LAB (3Units) (LH 30:PH 30)
Biochemical and molecular aspects of genefunction and gene recombination.
BTG 304:
MOLECULAR CELL BIOLOGY(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Genetics at the molecular level as related to gene structure, function variation and control with a
comprehensive treatment of plant and animal cell structure and function. Basic concepts of cell
physiology are treated.
BTG 305
MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
An integrated discussion of recent genetic biochemical and engineering approach to
processing from antibiotics, biomass and citric acids to zymomonas.
44
microbial
BTG 306:
APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Applications of microorganisms in industry agriculture environment with emphasis on the
physical and chemical factors of growth and control in relation to industrial and natural
processes.
BTG 307
ADVANCED NUTRITION I (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
See Nutritions Synopses
BTG 308:ANIMAL MICROTECHNIQUES(4) (LH 30 PH 60)
Microscopic structure of organism. Introductory microtechniques.
BOT 311:
INTRODUCTION TO ETHNOBOTANY
Plants used for treating diseases, Ethovetrinary medicinal plants
BTG 401:
BIOTECHNOLOGY SEMINAR (1 Unit)
Development of communication skills needed by professionals in the field of biotechnology
though student oral presentations and facilitated.
BTG 402
PROJECT SEMINAR (2 Units)
BTG 403:METHODS IN RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY (4) (LH 60:PH 0)
Introduction to techniques and experimentation approaches used in DNA technology: Principles
and techniques of Polymerase chain reaction, Southern, Northern and Western Blot methods of
protean and DNA identifications. Methods of gene transfer. Principles, methodologies and
applications of electrophoresis, chromatography, spectroscopy spectrophotometer, centrifugation
and isotopic techniques. Ultracentrifugation, dialysis, optical microscopy. Review of modern
analytical.
BTG 404:
INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45: PH 0)
Microorganisms of Industrial importance and their roles, culture techniques and maintenance of
selected strains, improvement of strains through mutation, gene amplification hybridization,
protoplast fusion and transformation & DNA techniques and future impact. Basic fermentation
design and operations. Single cell proteins, Bioinsecticides and Biofertlizers. Development and
prospects of enzyme technology Biodegradation of Industrial materials. Industrial production
and principles of processes organic acids, amino acid, antibiotics, vita mine.
45
BTG 405:NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCE ANALYSIS (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Computer analysis of nucleotide sequences assembly; restriction analysis; gene location and
identification; protein sequence analysis and structure prediction; database searching; sequence
alignments; and phylogenetic analysis.
BTG 406 : METABOLIC ENGINEERING (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Regulation of metabolism, induction, nutritional repression, feedback regulation metabolic
control mechanisms; Regulatory mechanism of carbohydrates metabolism; Regulation of protein
and amino acid synthesis; catabolite repression; Regulation of biosynthetic pathways in
prokaryotes and eucaryotes feedback resistance mutation;
BTG 418:
BIOSAFETY (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0)
Definition and scope. Hierarchy of regulatory organs. Overview of safety issues and application
in various products and services.
Environmental risks associated with gene manipulation.
Biohazards, Risk assessment and management in
BTG 407:
RESEARCH IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (6)
Independent research findings undertaken by students into selected areas of biotechnology under
the guidance of project supervision.
BTG 408: BIOTECHNOLOGY OF ANIMAL REPRODUCTION (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
The issue of food security, principle of animal breeding; marker assisted selection and breeding;
artificial insemination, invitro fertilization, multiple relation embryo techniques for farm
animals; genetic engineering of farm animals for better growth, monoclonal antibodies,
recombinant DNA technology for development of diagnostics reagents for detection of animal
diseases, animal vaccine production.
BTG 410:
COMPARATIVE VIROLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Biology of viruses and approaches to control through antiviral and genetic engineering. Genome
organization, gene expression, replication movement and transmission across kingdom.
BTG 411:
PROCESS BIOTECHNOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Description of various types of vessels for cell cultivation. Bioreactor design and optimization.
Agitation of bioreactors.
Survey of the applications of biotechnology, emphasizing the
46
pharmaceutical industry and the operation of fermentation systems. Case studies of down stream
separation and purification protocols employed on an industrial scale.
BTG 412:
BIOTECHNOLOGY ROBOTICS(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Application and use of robotic equipment in the analysis of large number of samples; assay and
protocol design; data collating, analysis and interpretation, applications in various life science
industries.
BTG 415:ANALYTICAL METHODS IN MICROBIOLOGY(3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Hands on training in the use of analytical instrumentation in microbiological research and
applications including biotransformatics and fermentations, biodegradation and identification of
bacteria and fungi.
BTG 416:
BIORESOURCES MANAGEMENT (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Biological diversity, genetic diversity, specific diversity, species of local cereals, local legume
species, local fruit tree species, genetic diversity expressed through large number of associations
or combinations of genes in individuals of single species, wild local plants related to cultivated
species and whose genetic diversity is crucial ingredient to coo-breeding or hybridization
processes aimed at giving more vigour to the crop varieties that have been cultivated over so
many years, loss of genetic variability of crops or genetic erosion, species disease resistance,
utilization of plant and animal genetic resources, local germplasms, conservation of plant and
animal genetic resources, the effects of destruction of natural environment on local plant and
animal genetic resources; the importance of conserving the biological heritage of plant and
animal kingdoms, development of seed and gene banks, modes of operation of gene banks,
germplasm collections of local crop species, gene banks and breeding, selection of resistant
varieties, biotechnologically-based alternatives to live animal experiments; biotechnological
protection of forest plantations and economic plants, germplam appropriation and privatization
for crop improvement, patents and plant breeders rights, production of improved plants and
animals.
BTG 417:
PLANT MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Fundamental and applied aspects of plant molecular biology; structure, expression and isolation
of plant nuclear genes; molecular biology of plant development, plant organelles and plantmicrobe interactions and plant biotechnology.
47
BTG 418
BTG 419
BIOSAFETY ISSUES (1 Unit) (LH 15:PH 0)
: MARINE MICROBIOLOGY (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
Examination of the roles of microbes in the oceans and their impact on oceanographic processes
and biochemical cycles. Emphasis is on bacteria and their interactions with other Marine
Organisms and the Marine environment. Laboratory exercises make use of modern techniques to
study metabolic rates and community structure.
BTG 420:INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AND BIOTHICS (1Unit) (LH 15:PH 0)
Definition and scope, ethical issues, sperm bank designer babies, organ donation. Property
rights protection, patents, innovations and lineation and other legal instruments.
BTG 422:
BIOLOGY OF CANCER (3Units) (LH 45:PH 0)
A consideration of chemical viral and physical oncogenic agents; genetics and host factors;
immunological response to neoplasia; chemotherapy.
BTG 423:
PLANT GENETRANSFER (4Units) (LH 45:PH 30)
Principles and experimental techniques of non sexual gene transfer in plants. Application of
gene-transfer techniques in crop improvement and research in gene expression.
48
B.SC. MICROBIOLOGY DEGREE PROGRAMME
PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The programme has been designed to provide a sound understanding of the concepts of microorganisms in relation to mankind and the environment. The programme will elaborate the
importance of micro-organisms in the industry, health and environmental sectors of the society.
The Microbiology programme will also emphasis the traditional biotechnology and the linkage
to the current modern biotechnology. The main objectives of the programme are to broadly
educate students for positions in the industry, health sectors, research institutes and to prepare
them for graduate and professional studies in the life applied areas of microbiology.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
UME
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, to form the core subjects with credit in three other relevant science
courses Biology, Chemistry, and Physics at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its
equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME)
into 100-level is required.
Direct Entry
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more relevant
subjects (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Geography, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the
three – year degree programme into 200-level.
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTIONS
YEAR I
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
MCB 101
Introduction to Microbiology
3
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
BIO 102
General Biology II
3
BIO 108
General Biology Practicals
1
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
49
Status
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
CHM 107
Chemistry Practice I
1
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
PHY 102
General Physics II
3
PHY 107
General Physics Practicals
1
CMP 101
Introductory Computer Science
3
MTH 101
General Mathematics I
3
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
GST 111
Use of English
2
GST 122
Use of English II
2
TOTAL
37
Electives : To be selected from Botany, Zoology, or other Biological/Chemistry courses.
YEAR II
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
MCB 201
General Microbiology
3
MCB 231
Basic Techniques in Microbiology
2
BIO 211
Introductory Genetics & Cell Physiology
4
ZOO 211
Invertebrate Zoology
3
TFT 211
Introduction to Food Science
3
CHM 259
Physical for the Life Sciences
3
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
GST 113
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
2
GST 223
Entrepreneurship Studies I
2
BOT 242
General Techniques in Botany
2
CHM 277
Polyfunctional Group & Aromatic Chemistry with 4
Mechanism of Reaction
CHM 229
Basic Inorganic Chemistry for Non-majors
3
BIO 212
Introductory Ecology
3
STA 201
Statistics for Agriculture & Biological Sciences
4
50
Status
TFT 211
Introduction to Food Sciences
3
BOT
241
General Botany III
3
BOT
271
Introduction to Ethnobotany
3
ARC 211
Archaeological Theory & Practice
4
ZOO 211
Invertebrate Zoology
3
CSC
Information Management Systems
4
272
TOTAL
60
YEAR III
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
MCB 307
Immunology
3
MCB 309
Food Microbiology
2
MCB 321
Mycology
3
MCB 322
Bacterial Diversity
3
MCB 391
Industrial Attachment
3
MCB 324
Microbial Ecology
3
MCB 325
Soil Microbiology
3
MCB 326
Introductory Virology
3
MCB 328
Biodeterioration
2
BOT 351
Introduction to Plant Diseases
3
BIO 311
Genetic Variability & Evolution
3
EPS 311
Entrepreneur Studies II
2
TFT 311
Food Microbiology
3
ZOO 312
Biology of Tropical Parasites
3
CMP 231
Scientific Programming:
3
CMP 291
Elementary Data Processing
3
TOTAL
40
51
Status
YEAR IV
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code Course Title
Units
MCB 491
Research Project
4
MCB 423
Industrial Microbiology
3
MCB 404
Advanced Food Microbiology
3
MCB 401
Essays in Microbiology
3
MCB 403
Pharmaceutical Microbiology
3
MCB 405
Principles of Epidemiology & Public Health 3
Microbiology
MCB 407
Pathogenic Microbiology
3
MCB 412
Microbial Genetics
3
MCB 424
Microbial Physiology & Metabolism
3
MCB 425
Environmental Microbiology
3
MCB 482
Virology & Tissue Culture
3
MCB 430
Microbiological Quality Assurance
2
MCB 431
Petroleum Microbiology
3
Electives
ZOO 412
Principles of Parasitology
BOT 451
Host
Pathogen
Relations
4
&
Plant
Disease 3
Management
BOT 417
Plants & Environmental Pollution Monitoring
3
BOT 463
Introduction to Mushroom Growing Technology
3
TOTAL
52
52
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTION
MCB 101 INTRODUCTORY MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
History of the Science of Microbiology. Sterilization and disinfection; Structure, ecology and
reproduction of representative microbial genera. Cultivation of microorganisms. Isolation of
microorganisms; isolation of bacteria, viruses.
MCB 201
GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Nutrition and biochemical activities of microorganisms. Antigens and antibodies. Identification
and economic importance of selected microbial groups. Microbial variation and heredity.
MCB 231 BASIC TECHNIQUES IN MICROBIOLOGY (2 Units) (PH 60)
Culturing of microorganisms; preparation of media for microbial growth. Isolation of pure
culture; streaking, pour plates etc; subculturing procedures. Staining techniques for
differentiation of microorganisms. Enumeration of microorganisms, direct and indirect
procedures. Identification of microorganisms to include colonial and cellular morphology and
biochemical procedures.
MCB 307 IMMUNOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Introduction. Historical background. Innate and acquired immunity. Antigens, antibodies,
cellular immunity. Immunological tolerance and suppression. Surgical grafting. Complement
System. Hypersensitivity. Immunological anomalies. Diagnostic immunology, Vaccines,
effector systems of parasite killing and nature of resistance in plants.
MCB 309
FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (2 Units) (LH 15: PH 30)
Pre-requisite: MCB 201/202; bch 201
The distribution, role and significance of micro-organisms in food; intrinsic and extrinsic
parameters of foods that affect microbial growth, food spoilage and food borne diseases. Microorganism. Indices of food sanitary growth and food microbiology standards. Disease of animal
transmitable to man via food products.
MCB 322 BACTERIAL DIVERSITY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
The morphology, life cycle and biochemical characteristics of bacteria. Systematic study of
bacteria and other prokaryotes, their nature, characteristics, identification and isolation.
53
MCB 324 MICROBIAL ECOLOGY
(3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Microbes and ecological theory. Physiological, morphological and genetic adaptations of
microorganisms to their environment. Microbial interactions; microorganisms in natural
ecosystems. The life of microorganisms in air, springs, rivers, lakes and seas. Cycling of
elements in water and sediments.
MCB 325
SOIL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
The characteristics of soil environment; microbial flora and fauna of soil; microbial activities in
soil; Nitrogen cycle, mineral transformation by microorganisms. Ecological relationship among
soil pathogens. Effect of pesticides on soil microorganisms. Biodegradation and biofuels
generation. Microbiology of the rhizosphere.
MCB 326 INTRODUCTORY VIROLOGY (3 Units) ( LH 30: P 30)
General characteristics of plant, animal and bacterial viruses; viral replication, spread and
cytopathic effects. Virus classification, purification and assay. Regulation of lytic development
and maintenance of the Lysogenic state in bacteriophages lambda, P2 and 14 single stranded
DNA and RNA phageviroids as pathogens.
MCB 328 BIODETERIORATION (2 Units) (L 15: P 30)
Principles of microbial deterioration of materials. Materials subject to microbial deterioration:
Foods, Jet fuels, paper, paints, textiles and leather, metals etc. Factors favoring deterioration of
materials. Major microbial groups involved in deterioration. Impact of processing and new
technologies on biodeterioration. Biodeterioration Control.
MCB 391 INDUSTRIAL ATTACHMENT ( 3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Students will be posted to industrial establishments such as food processing, brewing, distillery,
pharmaceutical, research institutes or medical and health institutions. A report to be submitted
for grading.
MCB 401 ESSAYS IN MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units)
Detailed literature search followed by presentation at a departmental Seminar of a scientific
topic, which must be of microbiological or biotechnological interest.
54
MCB 403 PHARMACEUTICAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Concepts of growth and death in microorganisms. The chemistry of synthetic chemotherapeutic
agents and antibiotics. Production and synthesis of antibiotics and antiseptics. Relationship of
antimicrobial agents to different microbial groups: Gram positives, Gram negatives, sporeformers etc . The mode of action and assay of antibiotics and antiseptics. Sensitivity and
resistance as related to microbial physiology. Microbiological quality control in the
Pharmaceutical industry.
MCB 404 ADVANCED FOOD MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Advanced ecology, taxonomy, biochemistry and analytical technology of bacteria, yeasts, fungi
and viruses associated with food spoilage, food-borne diseases and fermentations. Emphasis on
new developments in Food Microbiology; economic consequences of microorganisms in food;
exploitation of microorganisms in novel processes for the production of food ingredients.
MCB 405 PRINCIPLES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY & PUBLIC HEALTH MICROBIOLOGY
(3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Statistical applications to epidemiology. Nature of epidemiological investigations. Spectrum of
infections. Herd immunity. Latency of infections. Multifactorial systems in epidemics.
Zoonoses. Antigenic drifts. Biological products for immunization. Schedules for International
control of infectious diseases.
MCB 407 PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Study of some microbial pathogens of plants and animals with emphasis on those prevalent in
Nigeria. The geographical distribution, isolation, identification, morphology, life cycle, source of
infection, transmission and the host. Ecology, clinical manifestations of specific bacterial, viral
and fungal pathogens of man.
MCB 412 MICROBIAL GENETICS (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Principles of genetic analysis. Plasmids and transposable genetic elements, mutagenesis and
DNA repairs, bacteriophage genetics and genetics of Nitrogen fixation. Mechanism and nature
of mutation, induction, isolation and characterization of mutants. Genetic recombination in
prokaryotes including transformation, transduction, phage conversion and conjugation. Recent
techniques in microbial genetics. Chemical coding and expression of genetic information.
Fungal genetics. Principles and applications of genetic engineering.
55
MCB 423 INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30) )
Fermentation systems; design and use of fermenters. Microorganisms of Industrial importance.
Classification of microbial products by use. Relationship between primary and secondary
metabolism; characteristics, sources and strain improvement of industrial microorganisms.
Microbial growth and product formation in industrial processes; media for industrial
fermentations. Foaming, Major products of Industrial Microbiology: enzyme production and
immobilization; production of vitamins, amino acids, antibiotics, organic acids, beer and wine
MCB 424 MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY & METABOLISM (3Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Dynamics of growth. Nutrition and energy metabolism of microorganisms. Effect of physical
and chemical factors on growth. Biochemistry of various microbial processes such as transport,
regulation and respiration. Biosynthesis of microbial products. Buffer preparation and
standardization. Basic separation techniques in microbiology, dialysis, salting out, gel filtration,
electrophoresis etc. Assay techniques for various metabolites including microbial enzymes, acids
etc.
MCB 425 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
(3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Impact assessment of microbial contamination of soil, water and air in relation to the
deterioration of the environment. Soil, air and water pollution. Waste disposal and management.
Methods of water and sewage treatment with emphasis on specific microorganisms involved.
Disease transmission by water. Biological and Chemical Oxygen
MCB 430 MICROBIOLOGICAL QUALITY ASSURANCE (2 Units) (LH 15: PH 30)
A theoretical and practical consideration of the management of microbiological quality
assurance. HACCP, cleaning and sanitation. Microbiological specifications and regulations.
Local and international approaches to obtaining safe food. Management and quality assurance in
the microbiology laboratory.
MCB 431
PETROLEUM MICROBIOLOGY (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Biogenesis of fossil fuels with emphasis on the role of microorganisms. Petroleum prospecting
and secondary recovery. Microbial corrosion of pipes and equipment. Methanogenesis and
methanotrophy. Effects of oil spill on microbial activities in aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems.
Biodeterioration and biotransformation of hydrocarbons.
56
MCB 482 VIROLOGY & TISSUE CULTURE (3 Units) (LH 30: PH 30)
Structure, properties and classification of viruses. Principles of isolation, cultivation and
maintenance of plant and animal cells in vivo. Application of cell culture technique in virology.
Viruses as agents of diseases in animals.
MCB 491 RESEARCH PROJECT (4 Units)
A research project and dissertation to be undertaken on any topic of microbiological and/or
biotechnological interest.
57
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, COMPUTER SCIENCE AND INFORMATICS
B.SC MATHEMATICS PROGRAMME
DEPARTMENTAL INFORMATION
The department offers a B.Sc. degree programme in Pure and Applied, Mathematics which is of
a three or four-year duration, depending on whether the student is admitted by direct entry or by
JAMB Matriculation Examination.
PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE
The aim of the Department is to offer programmes designed to impact a sound knowledge of all
branches of Mathematics to students. Courses are offered in all the core areas of Mathematics as
well as in necessary courses in Applied Mathematics. The programmes help students to develop
the necessary skills, intellectual, mental and moral training for a career in Mathematics and other
related fields. The Department is inclined to producing B.Sc. degree holders that can compete
favourably with any other B.Sc. Degree holder in Mathematics from any part of the Globe, and
can pursue higher degrees in Mathematical Sciences any where in the World. Recently many
innovations have been made in the programme to accommodate the fast growing demands in
information technology, banking and oil industries.
As the “mother” and “language” of all sciences, the Department aims at adequately servicing the
faculties of Engineering, Physical Sciences, Pharmaceutical sciences, Medicals Sciences,
Environmental Studies, Business Administration etc. Since the current trend in technology,
engineering and life sciences emphasizes actual quantification, the programme of our department
embraces application in all these areas of human endeavour.
Recognizing the role of mathematics as a basic tool in the physical and engineering sciences, and
the current developments in the social and life sciences which have now become increasingly
quantitative, the mathematics undergraduate academic programme emphasizes the applications
of theory and methods to real life and physical problems. It helps the student to establish an
expertise in Mathematics, Applied Mathematics, Mathematical Physics, or Industrial
Mathematics. It also prepares him for graduate study in the mathematical sciences.
58
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
These are the University’s minimum requirements
Plus
a.
Credits at the Senior Secondary Certificate Examination or equivalent, in Mathematics,
and Physics or Chemistry or Biology.
b.
Either a pass in Pure Mathematics and in Applied Mathematics at the General
Certificate of Education A’ Level or equivalent, or a pass at the same level in Pure
Mathematics or in Mathematics (i.e., Pure and Applied Mathematics taken as one
paper), and a pass at the same level in Physics or Chemistry or Biology or Statistics.
JOB OPPORTUNITIES
On completion of the programme, a graduate has job opportunities in industry, government or
educational institutions.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMME
(i) Stress Areas
Each course in the department is designated by the three letters, MTH, followed by a three-digit
number. The first digit indicates the year, the second digit indicates the stress area, as listed
below, and the third digit gives the order of the courses.
The stress areas are as follows:
Service Courses
0
Pure Mathematics (Algebra, Geometry)
1
Pure Mathematics (Calculus, Analysis, Differential Equations)
2
Applied Mathematics (Theoretical and Applied Mechanics, and Mathematical Physics) 3
Mathematical Methods
4
Project
5
59
(ii) FOUR-YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME
FIRST YEAR
Course Code
Units
Status
Elementary Mathematics I
3
C
MTH 102
Elementary Mathematics II
3
C
STA
203
Statistics for Physical Sciences
2
R
STA
203
Introduction to Computer Science
2
R
GST
111
Use of English
2
C
GST
112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
2
C
MTH
101
Course Title
Choose any 4-5 units Elective from the following
PHY 101
Fundamentals of Physics I
3
E
PHY 107
Practical Physics II
2
E
CHM 101
Basic Principles of Chemistry I
2
E
CHM 171
Practical Chemistry
2
E
STA
111
Probability I
2
E
STA
121
Inference I
2
E
BIO
151
General Biology I
3
E
MTH 103
Elementary Mathematics III
3
C
MTH 131
Elementary Mechanics I
3
C
STA
206
Statistics for Physical Sciences
2
C
GST
121
Library Skill
2
C
GST
113
Nigerian People and Culture
2
C
Choose any 4-5 units Elective from the following
PHY 102
Fundamentals of Physics II
3
E
PHY 109
Fundamentals of Physics III
3
E
CHM 111
Basic Principles of Chemistry II
2
E
CHM 121
Basic Principles of Chemistry III
2
E
GEOL 141
Earth History
3
E
STA
112
Probability II
2
E
STA
132
Inference II
2
E
STA
133
Laboratory for Inference I
2
E
34/36
TOTAL
60
SECOND YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
MTH
211
Sets, Logic and Algebra
3
C
MTH
212
Linear Algebra I
2
C
MTH
221
Real Analysis I
3
C
MTH
231
Elementary Mechanic II
2
C
STA
211
Probability III
2
R
CMP
201
Computer Programming I
2
R
GST
223
Entrepreneurial Studies I
2
C
MTH
213
Three-dimensional Analytic Geometry
2
C
MTH
214
Linear Algebra II
2
C
MTH
222
Elementary Differential Equations I
3
C
MTH
223
Introduction to Numerical Analysis
3
C
MTH
241
Mathematical Methods I
3
C
STA
212
Probability IV
2
R
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
2
C
GST
222
35
TOTAL
THIRD YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
MTH 311
Abstract Algebra I
3
C
MTH 321
Metric Space Topology
3
C
MTH 322
Elements of Differential Equations II
3
C
MTH 323
Complex Analysis I
3
C
MTH 331
Introductions to Mathematical Modeling
3
C
MTH 332
Methods of Applied Mathematics I
3
C
GST
Introduction to Entrepreneurship Studies
2
C
311
Any 2-3 units from the following:
*MTH 313
Geometry I
2
E
MTH 329
Calculus in Rn
3
E
MTH 332
Optimization Theory I
2
E
61
MTH
334
Analytic Dynamics
3
E
MTH 336
Introduction to Operations Research
3
E
**MTH 341
Discrete Mathematics I
3
E
STA
311
Probability V
3
E
STA
321
Distribution Theory
2
E
STA
322
Regression Analysis I
2
E
STA
331
Inference V
2
E
CMP 334
Numerical Methods I
2
E
CMP 331
Operations Research I
2
E
CMP 332
Operating Systems I
2
E
CMP 321
Systems Analysis and Design
2
E
*To be taken with MTH 314
**To be taken with MTH 342
MTH 312
Abstract Algebra II
3
C
MTH 324
Vector and Tensor Analysis
3
C
MTH 325
Complex Analysis II
3
C
MTH 326
Real Analysis II
3
C
Any 4-5 units from the following:
Pure Mathematics Option
MTH 333
Optimization Theory II
2
E
MTH 335
Dynamics of a Rigid Body
3
E
MTH 337
Special Theory of Relativity
4
E
MTH 339
Continuum Mechanics
2
E
MTH 342
Discrete Mathematics II
2
E
STA
312
Probability VI
2
E
STA
332
Inference VI
2
E
Operating Systems II
2
E
CMP 333
TOTAL
33/35
62
FOURTH YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
Pure Mathematics Option
MTH 421
Ordinary Differential Equations
3
C
MTH 422
Functional Analysis
3
C
MTH 425
Lebesgue Measure and Integration
3
C
MTH 423
Partial Differential Equations
3
C
MTH 424
General Topology
3
C
MTH 451
Project
4
C
Applied Mathematics Option
MTH 421
Ordinary Differential Equations
3
C
MTH 427
Field Theory in Mathematical Physics
3
C
MTH 441
Numerical Analysis II
3
C
MTH 423
Partial Differential Equations
3
C
MTH 433
Fluid Dynamics
3
C
MTH 434
Mathematical Theory of Elasticity
3
C
Any 6-7 units from the following:
MTH 442
Mathematical Methods II
3
E
MTH 436
Analytical Dynamics II
3
E
MTH 437
Systems Theory
4
E
MTH 411
Abstract Algebra III
3
E
MTH 426
Measure Theory
4
E
MTH 431
General Theory of Relativity
3
E
MTH 432
Electromagnetism
3
E
MTH 435
Quantum Mechanics
3
E
30/32
TOTAL
63
(iii) THREE YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME
The three standard programme is the same as the four-year standard programme excluding the
first year. However, the direct entry students are required to take GST 111, GST 112, GST 121
and GST 113 during their first year.
(iv) SERVICE COURSES INTENDED FOR SPECIFIED DEPARTMENTS/FACULTIES.
FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE NO.
MTH 201
TITLE
UNITS
Advanced Mathematics I
3
MTH 203
Advanced Mathematics III (Primarily intended for surveying students)
3
MTH 206
Advanced Mathematics VI (Primarily intended for Engineering students)
2
SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE NO.
MTH 202
MTH 204
MTH 205
TITLE
UNITS
Advanced Mathematics II
Advanced Mathematics IV (Primarily intended for Surveying students)
3
3
Advanced Mathematics V
MTH 207 Advanced Mathematics VII (Primarily intended for Engineering students) 2
MTH 208 Advanced Mathematics VIII (Primarily intended for Engineering students) 2
64
3
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MATHEMATICS
MTH 101
Elementary Mathematics I
Elementary set theory:
3 Units
subsets, union, intersection, complements, Venn diagrams, Real
Numbers, integers, rational and irrational numbers; mathematical induction, real sequences and
series; theory of quadratic equations; binomial theorem, Complex numbers; algebra of complex
numbers, the Argand Diagram. De Moivre’s theorem, nth roots of unity. Circular measure,
trigonometric functions of angles of any magnitude, addition and factor formulae.
MTH 102
Elementary Mathematics II
3 Units
Function of a real variable, graphs, limits and continuity. The derivative as limit of rate of
change.
Techniques of differentiation.
Cure sketching; integration as an inverse of
differentiation. Methods of integration, definite integrals. Application of integration to areas
and volumes.
MTH 103
Elementary Mathematics III
3 Units
Geometric representation of vectors in 1-3 dimensions, Components, direction cosines. Addition
of vectors and multiplications of vectors by a scalar, linear independence. Scalar and vector
products of two vectors, Differentiation and integration of vectors with respect to a scalar
variable. Two-dimensional coordinate geometry. Straight lines, circles, parabolas, ellipses,
hyperbolas. Tangents and normals. Kinematics of a particle. Components of velocity and
acceleration of a particle moving in a plane. Force and momentum; Newton’s laws of motion;
motion under gravity, projectile motion, resisted vertical motion of a particle, elastic string,
motion of a simple pendulum, impulse and change of momentum. Impact of two smooth elastic
spheres. Direct and oblique impacts.
MTH 131
Elementary Mechanics I
3
Units
Vectors: Algebra of vectors; coplanar forces; their resolution into components, equilibrium
conditions, moments and couples, parallel forces; friction; centroids and centres of gravity of
particles and rigid bodies; equivalence of sets of coplanar forces. Kinematics and rectilinear
motion of a particle, vertical motion under gravity, projection; relative motion. Dynamic of a
particle. Newton’s laws of motion; motion of connected particles.
65
MTH 201
Advanced Mathematics I
3
Units
Mathematics and symbolic logic: inductive and deduction systems. Concepts of sets; mappings
and transformations. Introduction to complex numbers. Introduction to vectors, Matrices and
determinants
MTH 202
Advanced Mathematics II
3
Units
Discrete and continuous variables. The equation of a straight line in various forms. The circle.
Trigonometric functions; logarithmic functions; exponential functions. Maxima, minima and
points of inflexion. Integral calculus: Integration by substitution and by parts. Expansion of
algebraic functions. Simple sequences and series
MTH 203
Advanced Mathematics III
3
Units
Matrices and determinants: introduction to linear programming, and integer programming,
sequences and series. Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series. Vector calculus, line integrals and
surface integrals. Gauss’ (divergence), Green’s and Stokes’ Theorems. Complex numbers and
functions of a complex variable; conformal mapping; infinite series in the complex plane
MTH 204
Advanced Mathematics IV
3
Units
Translation and rotation of axes, space curves; applications of vector calculus to space curves;
the Gaussian and mean curvatures, the geodesic, and geodesic curvature. Differential equations:
second order ordinary differential equations and methods of solution.
Partial differential
equations: second order partial differential equations and methods of solution.
MTH 205
Advanced Mathematics V
3
Units
Translation and rotation of axes, plane geometry of lines, circles and other simple curves; lines
in space; equations of the plane, space-curve. The Gaussian and mean curvatures; the geodesic
and geodesic curvature.
MTH 206
Complex analysis -
Advanced Mathematics VI
3
Units
Elements of the algebra of complex variables, trigonometric, exponential
and logarithmic functions. The number system; sequences and series. Vector differentiation and
integration.
66
MTH 207
Advanced Mathematics VII
Elements of linear algebra.
Differential equations:
Calculus:
3
Units
Elementary differentiation and relevant theorems.
Exact equations, methods of solution of second-order ordinary
differential equations; partial differential equations, with application.
MTH 208
Advanced Mathematics VIII
Numerical analysis:
2
Units
Linear equations, non-linear equations; finite difference operators.
Introduction to linear programming
MTH 211
Sets, Logic And Algebra
3 Units
Introduction to the language and concepts of modern mathematics; topics include: Basic set
theory, mappings, relations, equivalence and other relations, Cartesian product. Binary logic,
methods of proof. Binary operations, algebraic structures, semi-groups, rings, integral domains,
fields. Homomorphism. Number systems; properties of integers, rationals, real and complex
numbers.
MTH 212
Linear Algebra I
2 Units
System of linear equations. Matrices and algebra of matrices. Vector space over the real field.
Subspaces, linear independence, bases and dimensions.
Gram-Schmidt orthogonalizaion
procedure. Linear transformations: range, null space and rank. Singular and non-singular
transformations
MTH 213
Three-Dimensional Analytic Geometry
2 Units
Plane curves, parametric representations, length of a plane arc, lines in three-space, surfaces,
cylinders, cylindrical and spherical coordinates, quadratic forms, quadrics and central quadrics.
MTH 214
Linear Algebra II
2 Units
Representations of linear transformations by matrices, change of bases, equivalence and
similarity.
Determinants.
Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.
Minimum and characteristic
polynomials of a linear transformation. Cayley-Hamilton theorem, bilinear and quadratic forms,
orthogonal diagonalisation. Canonical forms.
67
MTH 221
Real Analysis I
3 Units
Bounds of real numbers, convergence of sequences of numbers. Monotone sequences, the
theorem of nested intervals, Cauchy sequences, tests for convergence of series, Absolute and
conditional convergence of series, and re-arrangements.
Completeness of reals and
incompleteness of rationals. Continuity and differentiability of functions. Rolle’s and meanvalue theorems for differentiable functions. Taylor series.
MTH 222
Elementary Differential Equations I
3
Units
First-order ordinary differential equations. Existence and uniqueness of solution. Second-order
ordinary differential equations with constant coefficients. General theory of nth-order linear
ordinary differential equations. The Laplace transform. Solution of initial- and boundary-value
problems Lap lace transform method. Simple treatment of partial differential equations in two
independent variables. Applications of ordinary and partial differential equations to physical,
life and social sciences.
MTH 223
Introduction To Numerical Analysis
3 Units
Solution of algebraic and transcendental equations. Curve fitting, error analysis. Interpolation,
approximation, Zeros of non-linear equations of one variable. Systems of linear equations.
Numerical differentiation and integration. Numerical solution of initial-value problems for
ordinary differential equations.
MTH 231
Mechanics II
2 Units
Impulse and momentum, conservation of momentum; work, power and energy; work and energy
principle, conservation of mechanical energy. Direct and oblique impact of elastic bodies.
General motion of a particle in two dimensions, central orbits, motion in horizontal and vertical
circles; simple harmonic motion; motion of a particle attached to a light inelastic spring or string.
Motion of a rigid body about a fixed axis; moments of inertial calculations; perpendicular and
parallel axes theorems, principal axes of inertial and directions.
Conservation of energy.
Compound pendulum. Conservation of angular momentum.
MTH 241
Mathematical Methods I
3 Units
Real-valued functions of a real variable. Review of differentiation and integration and their
applications.
Mean-value theorem.
Taylor series.
68
Real-valued functions of two or three
variables.
Partial derivatives.
Chain-rule, extrema, Lagrange’s multipliers, increments,
differentials and linear approximations. Evaluation of line-integrals. Multiple integrals.
MTH 311
Group:
Abstract Algebra I
3 Units
definition; examples, including permutation groups.
Subgroups and cossets.
Lagrange’s theorem and applications, Cyclic groups. Rings: definition; examples, including Z,
Zn; rings of polynomials and matrices, integral domains, fields, polynomial rings, factorization.
Euclidean algorithm for polynomials, H.C.F. and L.C.M. of polynomials.
MTH 312
Abstract Algebra II
3 Units
Normal subgroups and quotient groups. Homomorphism, Isomorphism theorems. Cayley’s
theorems. Direct products, Groups of small order. Group acting on sets. Sylow theorems,
ideals and quotient rings, P.I.D.’s, Euclidean rings, Irreducibility. Field extensions, degree of an
extension, minimum polynomial. Algebraic and transcendental extensions. Straight-edge and
compass constructions.
MTH 313
Geometry I
2 Units
Coordinates in R3. Polar coordinates; distance between points, surfaces and curves in space.
The plane and straight line.
MTH 314
Geometry II
2
Units
Introductory projective geometry. Affine and Euclidean geometries.
MTH 315
Differential Geometry
3 Units
Concept of a curve, regular, differentiable and smooth curves, osculating, rectifying and normal
planes, tangent lines, curvature, torsion, Frenet-Serret Formulae, fundamental, existence and
uniqueness theorem, involutes, evolutes, spherical indicatrix, developable surfaces, ruled
surfaces, curves on a surface, first and second fundamental forms, lines of curvature, umbilics,
asymptotic curves, geodesics.
MTH 319
Numerical Analysis I
3 Units
Polynomial and spline approximation. Orthogonal polynomials and Chebtchev approximations.
Direct and interactive methods for the solution of systems of linear equations. Eigenvalue
problem – power methods, inverse power methods. Pivoting strategies.
69
MTH 321
Metric Space Topology
3
Units
Sets, metrics, and examples. Open spheres or balls. Open sets and neighbourhoods. Closed
sets. Interior, exterior, frontier, limit points and closure of a set. Dense subsets and separable
space.
Convergence in metric space, homeomorphism.
Continuity and compactness,
connectedness.
MTH 322
Elementary Differential Equations II
Series solution of second-order ordinary differential equations.
3 Units
Sturm-Liouville problems.
Orthogonal polynomials and functions. Fourier series, Fourier-Bessel and Fourier-Legendre
series. Fourier transformation, solution of Lap lace, wave and heat equations by the Fourier
Method (Separation of Variables).
MTH 323
Complex Analysis I
3 Units
Functions of a complex variable: limits and continuity of functions of a complex Variable.
Derivation of the Cauchy-Riemann equations; Bilinear transformations, conformal mapping,
contour integrals. Cauchy’s theorem and its main consequences. Convergence of sequences and
series of functions of a complex variable. Power series. Taylor series.
MTH 324
Vector algebra.
Vector and Tensor Analysis
The dot and cross products.
3 Units
Equations of curves and surfaces.
Vector
differentiation and applications. Gradient, divergence and curl. Vector integrals: line, surface
and volume integrals. Green’s, Stokes’ and divergence theorems. Tensor products of vector
spaces. Tensor algebra. Symmetry. Cartesian tensors and applications.
MTH 325
Complex Analysis II
3 Units
Laurent exp0ansions, isolated singularities and residues. The Residue theorem, calculus of
residues, and application to the evaluation of integrals and to summation of series. Maximum
modulus principle. Argument principle. Rouche’s theorem. The fundamental theorem of
algebra. Principle of analytic continuation. Multiple-valued functions and Riemann surfaces.
MTH 326
Real Analysis II
3 Units
Riemann integral of real function of a real variable, continuous monopositive functions.
Functions of bounded variation.
The Riemann-Stieltjes integral.
70
Point-wise and uniform
convergence of sequences and series of functions R → R. Effects on limits (sums) when the
functions are continuously differentiable or Riemann inerrable power series.
MTH 331
Introduction To Mathematical Modelling
3 Units
Methodology of model building; identification, formulation and solution of problems; causeeffect diagrams. Equation types. Algebraic, ordinary differential, partial differential, difference,
integral and functional, equations. Applications of mathematical models to physical, biological,
social and behavioural sciences.
MTH 332
Optimization Theory I
2 Units
Linear programming models. The simplex method: formulation and theory, duality, integer
programming; transportation problem. Two-person-zero-sum games. Nonlinear programming:
quadratic programming.
MTH 333
Optimization Theory II
Kuhn-Tucker methods.
2 Units
Optimality criteria.
Single variable optimization.
Multi-variable
techniques. Gradient methods.
MTH 334
Analytical Dynamics
3 Units
Degrees of freedom. Holonomic and non-holonomic constraints. Generalized coordinates.
Lagrange’s equations of motion for holonomic systems; force dependent on co-ordinates only;
force obtainable from a potential. Impulsive force
MTH 335
Dynamics of a Rigid Body
3 Units
General motion of a rigid body as a translation plus a rotation. Moment of inertia and product of
inertia in three dimensions. Parallel- and perpendicular-axes theorems. Principal axes, angular
momentum , kinetic energy of a rigid body. Impulsive motion. Examples involving one- and
two-dimensional motion of a simple systems.
Moving frames of reference; rotating and
translating frames of reference. Coriolis force. Motion near the earth’s surface. The Foucault’s
pendulum. Euler’s dynamical equations of motion of a rigid body with one point fixed. The
symmetric top. Processional motion.
71
MTH 336
Introduction To Operations Research
Phases of operations research study.
3 Units
Classification of operations research models; linear,
dynamic and integer programming. Decision theory. Inventory models. Critical path-analysis
and project controls.
MTH 329:-Calculus on R n
Algebraic structure of R n , topology of R n . The inverse function theorem. The implicit function
theorem.
MTH 332: Method of Applied Mathematics I
Algebra; solution of system of linear algebraic equations matrices and determination. Numerical
vectors and vector spaces. orthogonalisation of vectors; quadratic forms Numerical solution of
characteristic value problems functional space.Calculus of variations ; enter language equations,
language multipliers, variational operator. Integral Equation; Fred Holm and vilterra Equation
Green’s function. Fred Holm Equations were separable terms.
MTH 337
Special Theory of Relativity
4 Units
Classical mechanics and Principles of Relativity, Einstein Postulates; Interval between events,
Lorentz transformation and its consequences; Four-Dimensional Space-time, Relativistic
Mechanics of a particle, Maxwell’s theory in a Relativistic form. Optical phenomena.
MTH 341
Discrete Mathematics I
3 Units
Groups and subgroups, group axioms, permutation groups, cossets, graphs; directed and
undirected graphs, sub graphs, cycles, connectivity.
Applications (flow charts) and state-
transition graphs.
MTH 342
Discrete Mathematics II
Lattices and Boolean algebra.
2 Units
Finite fields:
Mini-polynomials, irreducible polynomials,
polynomial roots. Applications (error-correcting codes)
72
MTH 411
Abstract Algebra II
3 Units
Splitting fields. Separability. Algebraic closure. Solvable groups. Fundamental theorem of
Galois theory. Solution by radicals. Definition and examples of modules, sub modules and
quotient modules. Isomorphism theorems. Theory of group representations.
MTH 417
Numerical Analysis II
3 Units
Finite difference equation and operations. Discrete variable method for solutions of IVPs –
ODEs. Discrete and continuous Tan methods for solving IVP – ODE error analysis. Finite
difference and finite element methods. Stability, convergence and error analysis.
MTH 421
Ordinary Differential Equations
3 Units
Existence and uniqueness of solution; dependence on initial conditions and on parameters,
general theory for linear differential equations with constant coefficients. The two-point SturmLiouville boundary value problem; self-adjointness; Sturm theory; stability of solutions of
nonlinear equations; phase-plane analysis
MTH 422
Functional Analysis
3 Units
A survey of the classical theory of metric spaces, including Baire’s category theorem,
compactness, separability, isometries and completion; elements of Banach and Hilbert spaces;
parallelogram law and polar identity in Hilbert space H; the natural embeddings of normed linear
spaces into second dual, and H onto H; properties of operators including the open mapping and
closed graph theorem; the spaces C(X), the sequence (Banach) spaces, l pn
l p and c (= space
of convergent sequences).
MTH 423
Partial Differential Equations
3 Units
Partial differential equations in two independent variables with constant coefficients; the Cauchy
problem for the quasi-linear first-order partial differential equations in two independent
variables; existence and uniqueness of solutions. The Cauchy problem for the linear, secondorder partial differential equation in two independent variables, existence and uniqueness of
solution: normal forms.
Boundary- and initial- value-problems for hyperbolic elliptic and
parabolic partial differential equations.
73
MTH 424
General Topology
3 Units
Topological spaces, definition, open and closed sets, neighbourhoods.
topologies.
Bases and sub-bases.
Coarser and finer
Separation axioms, compactness, local compactness,
connectedness. Construction of new topological spaces from given ones. Subspaces, quotient
spacers, continuous functions, homeomorphisms, topological invariants, spaces of continuous
functions. Point-wise and uniform convergence.
MTH 425
Lebesgue Measure and Integration
3 Units
Lebessgue measure: measurable and non-measurable sets. Measurable functions, Lebesgue
integral; integration of non-negative functions, the general integral convergence theorems.
MTH 426
Measure Theory
4 Units
Abstract Lp-spaces
MTH 427
Field Theory in Mathematical Physics
3 Units
Gradient, divergence and curl. Further treatment and application of the definitions of the
differential. The integral definition of gradient, divergence and curl. Line-,surface- and volumeintegrals. Green’s, Gauss’, and Stokes’ theorems. Curvilinear coordinates. Simple notion of
tensors. The use of tensor notions.
MTH 431
General Theory of Relativity
3 Units
Particles in a gravitational field: Curvilinear co-ordinates, intervals. Covariant differentiation:
Christoffel symbols and metric tensor. The constant gravitational field. Rotation. The curvature
tensor. The action function for the gravitational field. The energy-momentum tensor. Newton’s
Laws. Motion in a centrally symmetric gravitational field. The energy-momentum pseudotensor. Gravitational waves. Gravitational fields at large distances from bodies. Isotropic
space. Space-time metric in the closed and open isotropic models.
MTH 432
Electromagnetism
3 Units
Maxwell’s field equations. Electromagnetic waves and electromagnetic theory of light; plane
electromagnetic waves in non-conducting media; reflected and refractional place-boundary.
Wave-guides and resonant cavities.
Simple radiating systems.
The Lorentz-Einstein
transformation. Energy and momentum. Electromagnetic 4-vectors. Transformation of (E.H.)
fields. The Lorentz force.
74
MTH 433
Fluid Dynamics
3 Units
Real and ideal fluids; differentiation following the motion of fluid particles. Equations of
motion and continuity for in compressible in viscid fluids. Velocity potentials and Stokes’
stream function. Bernoulli’s equation with applications to flows along curved paths. Kinetic
energy. Sources, sinks and doublets in 2- and 3-dimensional flows; limiting stream lines.
Images and rigid planes, streaming motion past bodies including aero foils.
MTH 434
Elasticity
3 Units
Stress and strain analysis, constitutive relations, equilibrium and compatibility equations,
principles of minimum potential and complementary energy, principles of virtual work,
variational formulation, extension, bending and torsion of beams; elastic waves.
MTH 435
Quantum Mechanics
3 Units
Particle-wave duality. Quantum postulates, Schrodinger’s equation of motion. Potential steps
and wells in one-dimensional Heisenberg formulation. Classical limit of quantum mechanics.
Poisson brackets. Linear harmonic oscillator. Angular momentum. Three dimensional square
well potential. The hydrogen atom. Collision in three-dimensions. Approximation methods for
stationary extremum problems.
MTH 436
Analytical Dynamics II
3 Units
Lagrange’s equations for non-holonomic systems. Lagrange’s multipliers. Variational principles.
Calculus of variations. Hamilton’s principle. Lagrange’s equations of motion from Hamilton’s
principle. Contact or canonical transformations. Normal modes of vibration. Hamilton-Jacobi
equations for a dynamical system.
MTH 437
Systems Theory
4 Units
Lyapunov theorems. Solution of Lyapunov stability equations. ATP + PA = Q. Controllability
and observability. Theorems on existence of solution of linear systems of differential equations
with constant coefficient.
MTH 441
Mathematical Methods II
3 Units
Calculus of variations: Lagrange’s functional an associated density. Necessary condition for a
weak relative extremum. Hamilton’s principle. Lagrange’s equations and geodesic problems.
The Du Bois-Raymond equation and corner conditions.
75
Variable end-points and related
theorems. Sufficient conditions for a minimum. Isoperimetric problems. Variational integral
transforms. Laplace, Fourier and Hankel transforms. Complex variable methods; convolution
theorems; applications to solutions of differential equations with initial/boundary conditions.
76
COMPUTER SCIENCE
B.Sc. COMPUTER SCIENCE DEGREE
PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME
The purpose, aims and objective of bachelors honours degree programme in computer science
should include:

Create in students the awareness of and enthusiasm for computer science and its
capabilities.

Involve the students in an intellectually stimulating and satisfying experience of
learning and studying

Provide a broad and balanced foundation in computer science knowledge and
practical skills.

Develop in students through an education in computer science a range of
transferable applicable skills of information technology to all aspects of human
endeavours.

Generate in students an appreciation of the importance of computer in an
industrial, economic, technological and social context.

Provide students with knowledge and skills base for further studies in computer
science or multi-disciplinary studies involving computer science.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, Physics to form the core subjects with credit in any other two relevant
science subjects, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In addition, an
acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Examination (UME), with relevant subject
combination is required for Admission into 100 Level.Candidates with two A level passes
(graded A-E) at the GCE Advanced Level in relevant subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and
Physics) may be admitted into 200-level.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
a)
Regime of Subject Knowledge
Each institution providing degree programmes in Computer Science is free, within the context of
university autonomy and academic freedom to decide on the content, nature and organization of
its courses and modules. However, it is expected that all programmes will ensure that students
are conversant with the core areas of computer science:
b.
Competencies and Skills
Students are expected to develop a wide range of different abilities, dynamism
and skills.
These may be divided into three categories, viz.
Cognitive Abilities and Skills
Practical Skills
General Skills
77
c.
Behaviourial Attitudes
General skills relating to non-subject specific competencies, communication,
interpersonal, organization skills.
ATTAINMENT LEVELS
Graduates of Computer Science are expected to have the ability to apply knowledge and skills to
solving theoretical and practical problems in Computer Science, development of relevant ICT
for national development and societal needs.
RESOURCE REQUIREMENT FOR TEACHING AND LEARNING
a) Academic and Non-Academic Spaces (See section 1.6)
b) Academic and Administrative Equipment (See Appendix)
c) Library and Information Resources (See section 1.6)
COURSE CONTENTS AND DESCRIPTION
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
CSC 101
CSC 102
MAT 101
MAT 102
MAT 103
PHY 101
PHY 102
PHY 107/108
STA 112
BIO 101
GST 111
GST 112
GST 121
Course Title
Introduction to Computer Science
Introduction to Problem Solving
General Mathematics I
General Mathematics II
General Mathematics III
General Physics I
General Physics II
General Physics Practical I & II
Probability I
Statistical Inference I
Communication in English I
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
Use of Library, Study Skills and ICT
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
4
4
2
2
2
37
Status
C
C
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
R
R
Electives may be selected from Mathematics and Physics Courses.
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
CSC 201
CSC 202
CSC 204
CSC 205
CSC 208
CSC 212
Course Title
Computer Programming I
Computer Programming II
Fundamentals of Data Structures
Operating Systems I
Discrete Structure
Computer Hardware
78
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
Status
C
C
R
C
R
R
CSC 218
CSC 299
MAT 201
PHY 202
GST 113
GST 122
GST 223
Foundations of Sequential Program
Industrial Training
Mathematical Methods
Electric circuits and Electronics
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
Communication in English II
Introduction to Entrepreneurial Skills
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
36
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Elective courses may be selected from the following: MATH 204, Linear Algebra I (2 units);
MATH 205, Linear Algebra II (2 units); PHY 201 General Physics III (3 units); and some
Statistics courses.
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
CSC 301
Structured Programming
CSC 302
Object- Oriented Programming
CSC 304
Data Management I
CSC 305
Operating Systems II
E
CSC 308
Formal Methods and Software Development
lCSC 310
Algorithms and Complexity Analysis
eCSC 314
Computer Architecture and Organization I
cCSC 315
Computer Architecture and Organization II
E
CSC 316
Compiler Construction I
lCSC 321
Systems Analysis and Design
eCSC 332
Survey of Programming Language
cCSC 333
Computational Science & Numerical Methods
tCSC 399
Industrial Training II
iGST 222
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
vGST 311
Entrepreneurship Studies II
e
s
Elective courses may be selected from the following courses:
Course Code
Course Title
STA 343
Operations Research
MTH 319
Numerical Analysis
STA 331
Statistical Computing
79
Units
Status
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
2
2
44
C
C
C
C
C
R
R
R
R
R
C
R
R
R
R
Units
3
3
2
Status
E
E
E
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
CSC 401
Organization of Programming Languages
3
R
CSC 403
Software Engineering
4
R
CSC 404
Data Management II
3
R
CSC 411
Artificial Intelligence
3
R
CSC 421
Net-Centric Computing
3
R
CSC 423
Computer Networks/Communications
3
R
CSC 441
Human Computer Interface
2
R
6
C
CSC 499
Project
27 Units
Electives to be selected from:
Course Code
Course Title
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
CSC
Special Topics in Software Engineering
Queuing Systems Performance Evaluation
Computer System Performance Evaluation
Compiler Construction II
Project Management
Distributed Computing System
Computer Graphics and Visualisation
Optimization Techniques
Formal Models of Computation
Information Technology Law
Modeling and Simulation
Special Topics in Computer Science
405
406
408
416
422
432
433
435
452
461
482
492
80
Units
Status
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
COURSE DESCRIPTION
CSC 101: Introduction to Computer Science: (3 Units; LH 30, PH: 45)
History of Computer Science and their generations.
Computer Hardware; functional
components Modern I/0 units
Software:
Operating Systems, Application Packages
Program:
Development; Flow charts and algorithms; Program Objects
BASIC or VISUAL BASIC Fundamentals.
CSC 102: Introduction to Problem Solving: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45)
Problem solving strategies, Role of algorithm in problem solving process, implementations
strategies, concepts and properties of algorithm.
CSC 201: Computer Programming I: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45)
Introduction to problem solving methods and algorithm development, designing, coding,
debugging and documenting programmes using techniques of a good programming language
style, programming language and programming algorithm development.
A widely used
programming language should be used in teaching the above. E.g. FORTRAN 92
CSC 202: Computer Programming II: (3 Units; L30, P45)
Principles of good programming, structured programming concepts, Debugging and testing,
string processing, internal searching and sorting, recursion.
Use a programming language
different from that in CSC 201. e.g. C-Language
CSC 204: fundamentals of Data Structures: (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45)
Primitive types, Arrays, Records Strings and String processing, Data representation in memory,
Stack and Heap allocation, Queues, TREES. Implementation Strategies for stack, queues, trees.
Run time Storage management; Pointers and References, linked structures.
CSC 205 Operating System I (3 Units; LH 30, PH 45)
Overview of O/S: Role & Purpose, Functionality Mechanisms to Support Client- server
models, hand-held devices, Design Issues influences of Security, networking,
multimedia, Windows.
O/S Principles:
Structuring methods Abstraction, processes and of recourses,
Concept of APIS Device organization interrupts.
81
CSC 208: Discrete Structure (3 Units; LH 45)
Basic Set Theory: Basic definitions, Relations, Equivalence Relations Partition, Ordered Sets.
Boolean Algebra & Lattices, Logic, Graph theory: Directed and Undirected graphs, Graph
Isomorphism, Basic Graph Theorems, Matrices; Integer and Real matrices, Boolean Matrices,
Matrices med m, Path matrices. Adjacency Vectors/Matrices: Path adjacency matrix, Numerical
& Boolean Adjacency matrices. Applications to counting and Discrete Probability Generating
Functions.
CSC 212: Computer Hardware: (3 Units; LH 45)
Computer circuits; diode arrays, PIAs etc, Integrated circuits fabrication process.Use of MSI,
LSI and VLSI IC’ hardware Design. Primary and Secondary memories; core memory, etc.
Magnetic devices; disks, tapes, video disks etc. Peripheral devices; printers, CRT’s, keyboards,
character recognition.
Operational amplifiers; Analog-to- digital and Digital-to-analog
converter. Analog computers.
CSC 218 Foundations of Sequential Program: (3 Units; LH 45)
The relationships between H/L languages and the Computer Architecture that underlies their
implementation: basic machine architecture, assembles specification and translation of P/L
Block Structured Languages, parameter passing mechanisms.
CSC 299: Industrial Training I: (3 Units)
Require 3 months of Industrial Training. Students experience will be documented and presented
in a Seminar.
CSC 301: Structured Programming: (3 Units; LH 45)
Structured Programming elements, structured design principles, abstraction modularity, stepwise
refinement, structured design techniques. Teaching of a structured programming language etc.
CSC 302: Object-Oriented Programming: (3 Units; LH 45)
Basic OOP Concepts: Classes, Objects, inheritance, polymorphism, Data Abstraction, Tools for
developing, Compiling, interpreting and debugging, Java Programs, Java Syntax and data
objects, operators. Central flow constructs, objects and classes programming, Arrays, methods.
Exceptions, Applets and the Abstract, OLE, Persistence, Window Toolkit, Laboratory exercises
in an OOP Language.
82
CSC 304: Data Management I: (3 Units; LH 45)
Information storage & retrieval, Information management applications, Information capture and
representation, analysis & indexing, search, retrieval, information privacy; integrity, security;
scalability, efficiency and effectiveness. Components of database systems DBMS functions,
Database architecture and data independence use of database query language.
CSC 305: Operating System II: (3 Units; LH 45)
Concurrency:
States & State diagrams Structures, Dispatching and Context Switching;
interrupts; Concurrent execution; Mutual exclusion problem and some solutions Deadlock;
Models and mechanisms (Semaphones, monitors etc.). Producer – Consumer Problems &
Synchronization. Multiprocessor issues. Scheduling & Despatching
Memory Management:
Overlays, Swapping and Partitions, Paging &
Segmentations Placement & replacement policies,
working sets and Trashing, Caching.
CSC 310: Algorithms and Complexity Analysis: (3 Units; LH 45)
Basic algorithmic analysis: Asymptotic analysis of Upper and average complexity bounds;
standard Complexity Classes Time and space tradeoffs in algorithms analysis recursive
algorithms. Algorithmic Strategies: Fundamental computing algorithms: Numerical algorithms,
sequential and binary search algorithms; sorting algorithms, Binary Search tress, Hash tables,
graphs & its representation.
CSC 314: Computer Architecture I and Organization I: (3 Units; (LH 45)
Fundamental building blocks, logic expressive immunization, sum of product forms. Register
transfer notation, Physical considerations. Data representation, and number bases, Fixed and
Floating point systems, representation memory systems organization and architecture.
CSC 315: Computer Architecture and Organization II: (3 Units; LH 45)
Memory system, general; characteristics of memory operation. (Technology-magnetic recording
semi-conductor memory, coupled devices, magnetic bubble). Memory addressing, memory
hierarchy, virtual memory control systems.
Asynchronous control, i/c control.
Hardware control, micro programmed control,
Introduction to the methodology of faulty tolerant
computing.
83
CSC 316: Compiler Construction I: (3 Units; LH 45)
Review of compilers assemblers and interpreters, structure and functional aspects of a typical
compiler, syntax semantics and pragatics, functional relationship between lexical analysis,
expression analysis and code generation. Internal form of course programme. Use of a standard
compiler (FORTRAN/COBOL/PL) as a working vehicles.
Error detection and recovery.
Grammars and Languages: the parsing problem. The scanner.
CSC 321: Systems Analysis and Design: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
System Concept; System Development Life Cycle Analysis: Fact gathering Techniques, data
flow diagrams, Process description data modeling. System Design: Structure Charts, form
designs, security, automated Tools for design.
CSC 333: Computational Science and Numerical Methods (3 Units; LH 45)
Operations research, Numerical Computation, Graphical computation, Modeling and simulation,
High performance computation.
CSC 332: Survey of Programming Languages (4 Units; LH 45: PH 45)
Overview of programming languages: History of programming languages, Brief survey of
programming paradigms (Procedural languages, Object-oriented languages, Functional
languages, Declarative – non-algorithmic languages, Scripting languages), the effects of scale on
programming methodology; Language Description: Syntactic Structure (Expression notations,
abstract Syntax Tree, Lexical Syntax, Grammars for Expressions, Variants of Grammars),
Language Semantics (Informal semantics, Overview of formal semantics, Denotation semantics,
Axiomatic semantics, Operational semantics); Declarations and types: The concept of types,
Declaration models (binding, visibility, scope, and lifetime), Overview of type-checking,
Garbage collection; Abstraction mechanisms: Procedures, function, and iterations as abstraction
mechanisms, Parameterization mechanisms (reference vs. value), Activation records and storage
management, Type parameters and parameterized types, Modules in programming languages;
Object oriented language paradigm; Functional and logic language paradigms.
CSC 399: Industrial Training II (3 Units)
Student’s Industrial work experience of 3 months’ duration. Students reports will be presented in
a seminar.
84
CSC 401: Organization of Programming Languages: (3 Units; LH 45)
Language definition structure. Data types and structures, Review of basic data types, including
lists and tress, control structure and data flow, Run-time consideration, interpretative languages,
lexical analysis and parsing. Pre-requisite – CSC 201, 202, 304, 302.
CSC 403: Software Engineering: (4 Units; LH 45: PH 45)
Software Design:
Software architecture, Design Patterns, O. O. analysis &
Design, Design for re-use.
Using APIS:
API programming Class browsers and Related tools,
Component based computing.
Software tools and
Environment:
Requirements analysis and design modeling Tools, Testing
tools, Tool integration mech.
CSC 404: Data Management II (3 Units; L H 30: P 45)
Rational Databases:
Mapping conceptual schema to relational Schema; Database Query
Languages (SQL) Concept of Functional dependencies & Multi- Valued dependencies.
Transaction processing; Distributed databases.
CSC 405 : Special Topics in Software Engineering (3 Units ;LH 30 : PH 45)
Topics from process improvement ; software re-engineering configuration management ; Formal
spécification, software cost – estimation, Software Architectue, Software patterns, Software
Reuse and Open source development.
CSC 406: Queuing Systems: (3 Units; LH 45)
Introduction; Birth-death queuing systems; Markovian queues, the queue M/GI bounds,
inequalities and approximations.
CSC 407 : Special Topics in Software Engineering: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
Topics from process improvement; software re-engineering configuration management; Formal
specification, software cost – estimation, Software Architecture, Software patterns, Software
Reuse and Open source development.
85
CSC 408: Computer System Performance Evaluation: (3 Units; LH 45)
Measurement techniques, simulation techniques; techniques, workload characterization,
performance evaluation in selection problems, performance evaluation in design problems,
evaluation of programme performance.
CSC 411: Artificial Intelligence: (3 Units; LH 45)
Introduction
to
artificial
intelligence,
understanding
natural
languages,
knowledge
representation, expert systems, pattern recognition, the language LISP.
CSC 416: Compiler Construction II (3 units; LH 45)
Grammars and languages, recognizers, Top-down and bottom-up language Run-time storage
Organization, The use of display in run-time storage Organization. The use of display in run
time storage allocation. LR grammars and analysers. Construction of LR table. Organisation of
symbol tablets.
Allocation of storage to run-time variables.
Code generation.
Optimisation/Translator with systems.
CSC 421: Net-Centric Computing: (3 Units; LH 45)
Distributed Computing, Mobile & Wireless computing, Network Security; Client/Server
Computing (using the web), Building Web Applications
CSC 422: Project Management: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
Team Management, Project Scheduling, Software measurement and estimation techniques, Risk
analysis, Software quality assurance, Software Configuration Management, Project Management
tools.
CSC 423:Computer Networks/Communication: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
Introduction, wares, Fourier analysis, measure of communication, channel characteristics,
transmission media, noise and distortion, modulation and demodulation, multiplexing, TDM
FDM and FCM Parallel and serial transmission (synchronous Vs analynchronous).
Bus
structures and loop systems, computer network Examples and design consideration, data
switching principles broadcast techniques, network structure for packet switching, protocols,
description of network e.g. ARPANET, etc.
86
CSC 432: Distributed Computing Systems: (3 Units; LH 30: P 45)
Introduction: Definitions, Motivation; Communication Mechanisms: Communication Protocols,
RPC, RMI, Stream Oriented Communication; Synchronization: Global State, Election,
Distributed Mutual Exclusion, Distributed Transactions; Naming: Generic Schemes, DNS,
Naming and Localization; Replication and Coherence: Consistency Models And Protocols; Fault
Tolerance: Group Communication, Two-And Three-Phase Commit, Check pointing; Security:
Access Control, Key Management, Cryptography; Distributed File Systems: NFS, Coda etc.
CSC 433: Computer Graphics and Visualization: (2 Units; LH 30: P 45)
Hardware aspect, plotters microfilm, plotters display, graphic tablets, light pens, other graphical
input aids Facsimile and its problems Refresh display refresh huggers, changing images, light
pen interaction. Two and three dimensional transformation, perspective Clipping algorithms.
Hidden line removal bolded surface removal. Warmock’s method, shading, data reduction for
graphical input. Introduction to had writing and character recognition. Curve synthesis and
fitting. Contouring. Ring structures versus doubly linked lists. Elerarchical structures. Data
structure: Organization for intersotive graphics.
CSC 441: Human-Computer Interface (HCI): (2 Units; LH 30)
Foundations of HCI, Principles of GUI, GUI toolkits; Human-centred software evaluation and
development; GUI design and programming.
CSC 452: Formal Models of Computation: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
Automata theory: Roles of models in computation Finite state Automata, Push-down Automata,
Formal Grammars, Parsing, Relative powers of formal models. Basic computability: Turing
machines, Universal Turing Machines, Church’s thesis, solvability and Decidability.
CSC 482: Computer Simulations: (3 Units; LH 30: PH 45)
Basic Definitions and Uses, Simulation Process, Some basic statistic Distributions Theory,
Model and Simulation. Queues; Basic components, Kendal notation, Queuing rules, Little’s
Law, Queuing networks, Special/types of queues. Stochastic Processes; Discrete state and
continuous state processes, Markov processes, Birth-Death
Random Numbers; types of Random Number Exercises.
87
Processes, Poisson Processes.
CSC 492: Special Topics in Computer Science: (3Units; LH 30: P 45)
Special topics from any area of computer science considered relevant at given time. Topics are
expected to change from year to year. Apart from seminars to be given by lecturers and guests,
students are expected to do substantial readings on their own.
CSC 499: Project (6 Units)
Students should embark on work that will lead to substantial software development under the
supervision of a member of staff.
88
STATISTICS
Scope of the Programme
In the Department students are groomed through a variety of courses at the end of which they
obtain B.Sc. (Hons) degree in Statistics
The degree programme aims at producing a statistician well equipped to face the challenges of
his profession. This is achieved through the diversity of courses offered. Some of the areas
covered are:
Probability and Stochastic Processes, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Statistical methods
and Inference, Sampling Technique, Quality Control, Operations Research, Time Series
Analysis, Actuarial Sciences, Education, Medical, Health, Energy and Environmental Statistics.
Efforts are made to strike a balance between theory and applications. Laboratory work, field
work and projects on selected topics are so arranged to achieve this balance. Computing
facilities are available and students are taught to make full use of them. In addition to services
available at the University Computing Centre, the department has a Computer Lab with more
than 20 functional desktop computers and other electronic calculators.
The Department provides service courses for the students in many Faculties who need
the knowledge of statistics. These special courses are tailored in content and orientation to suit
the needs of individual Faculties. At present, the Department has such special service courses
for students in the Faculties of Social Sciences, Agriculture, Biological Sciences, Physical
Sciences, Engineering, Environmental and Education. The Department holds regular
consultation with the Faculties to ensure continued relevance of the contents and delivery of
these special courses.
Philosophy of the Programme
In accordance with the philosophy of the University, the programme provides a thorough
training that enables man to understand his environment and thus be able to be a better master of
his destiny. A measure of the uncertainties surrounding man can be determined through the
study of random phenomena. A Statistician deals with how to observe such phenomena, properly
analyze them and make judicious conclusions about them.
Objectives of the Programme
Statistics as a science deals primarily with the study of random phenomena that occur in our
everyday life. It equips the student with the basic knowledge in Probability and Stochastic
Processes, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Statistical Methods and Inference, Sampling
Technique, Quality Control, Operations Research, Time Series Analysis, Actuarial Sciences,
Education, Medical, Health, Energy and Environmental Statistics.. It is designed to develop the
skills and the necessary intellectual orientation required by the student for subsequent career as a
statistician.
Entry Requirements:
The department admits students either by entrance examinations conducted by Joint Admission
and Matriculation Board or by the Direct Entry Mode. Those wishing to come into the
Department by entrance must in addition to the minimum University requirements, have credits
in Statistics, or Additional Mathematics or Mathematics and any two of Physics, Chemistry and
Economics. To qualify for direct entry an applicant must possess HSC/GCE A-Level with
passes in two subjects which must include Mathematics. Candidates holding NCE or Diploma
from a recognized institution also qualify for direct entry provided that they have passed
89
Mathematics and one other subject. While those who come in by entrance spend four years for
Statistics major entrants by Direct Entry Mode spend three years .
Job Opportunities:
Vast opportunities exist in the country for well trained Statisticians. Such persons may be
absorbed in Managerial positions in the economy and business, as teachers in the various levels
of education or as research personnel in any of the Research Institutions. They may choose to
work for Government, Banks or International Agencies.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMME
Stress Areas
Code Number
Basic Courses
0
Probability/Stochastic Processes
1
Design/Analysis/Distribution Theory
2
Inference/Methods
3
Sampling/Quality Control
4
Demography
5
Operations Research
6
Seminar
8
Project
9
STANDARD
MAJOR]:
FOUR-YEAR
UNDERGRADUATE
PROGRAMME
[STATISTICS
F1RST YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
STA 111
Probability I
2
C
STA 131
Inference I
2
C
Required Ancillary Courses
MTH 111
Elementary Mathematics I
3
R
MTH 113
Elementary Mathematics II
3
R
90
COS 101
Introduction to Computer Science
2
C
2
C
General Studies Courses
GSP 101
The Use of English I
Any combination of 4 units from Electives
TOTAL
4
18
Electives
First Semester
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 123
Probability I
2
C
PHY191
Practical Physics I
2
C
CHM101
Basic Principles of Inorganic Chemistry
2
C
CHM171
Basic Practical Chemistry
2
C
ECO101
Principles of Economics I
2
C
BIO151
AGR 201
GEO 103
General Biology
Introduction to Agriculture
Basic and Applied Geology for Environmental
and Physical Sciences
2
2
3
C
C
R
Units
Status
SECOND SEMESTER
Major Courses
Course Code
Course Title
STA 112
Probability II
2
C
STA 132
Inference II
2
C
STA 134
Statistical Computing I
2
C
3
R
2
6
C
R
Required Ancillary Courses
MTH 112
Elementary Mathematics III
General Studies Courses
GSP102
Use of English II
Any Combination of 6 Units of Electives
91
Electives
Second Semester
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
MTH132
Elementary Mechanics I
3
R
PHY 134
General Physics for Physical Sciences II
2
C
PHY 154
General Physics for Physical Sciences III
2
C
MTH 112
Elementary Mathematics III
3
R
CHM112
CHM122
ECO102
BIO152
GEO 142
Basic Principles of Physical Chemistry
Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry
Principles of Economics II
General Biology
Earth History
2
2
2
3
3
C
C
R
R
R
Units
Status
SECOND YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
STA 211
Probability III
2
C
STA 231
Inference III
3
R
2
C
2
C
2
2
C
C
Required Ancillary Courses
COS 201
Computer Programming I
MTH 213
Linear Algebra I
General Studies Courses
GSP103
Social Science I
GSP207
Humanities I
Any combination of 2 Units of Electives
2
92
Electives
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ECO 201
Microeconomic Theory I
2
C
MTH 211
Set, Logic and Algebra
3
R
MTH 221
Real Analysis
3
C
ECO281
PHY 251
Structure of Nigerian Economy 1
Electromagnetism 1
2
2
C
C
Units
Status
2
C
2
C
3
2
R
C
2
2
4
C
C
Units
Status
SECOND SEMESTER
Major Courses
Course Code
STA 212
STA 234
Course Title
Probability IV
Statistical computing II
Required Ancillary Courses
MTH 216
Elementary Differential Equation I
COS 202
Computer Programming II
General Studies Courses
GSP104
Social Science II
GSP208
Humanities II
Combination of 4 Units of Electives
Electives
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
ECO 203
Microeconomic Theory I
2
C
MTH 224
Introduction to Numerical Analysis
3
R
MTH 242
ECO 282
Mathematical Methods I
Structure of Nigerian Economy II
3
2
R
C
93
THIRD YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
Major Course
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
STA 311
Probability V
3
R
STA 341
Sampling Theory and Survey Methods I
3
R
3
2
2
6
19
R
C
C
Units
Status
STA 331
Inference IV
STA 321
Distribution Theory
STA 361
Algebraic Bases for Statistics
Any combination of 6 Units from the Electives
Total
Electives
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
STA 325
Biometrics I
3
R
STA 323
Analysis of Variance
3
R
STA 345
STA 351
STA 357
STA 363
STA 365
STA 353
STA 347
COS334
Statistical Quality Control
Demography
Actuarial Statistics I
Operation Research I
Laboratory for Operation Research I
Laboratory for Field work for Demography
Laboratory for Fieldwork for Quality Control
System Analysis and Design
3
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
R
R
C
R
C
C
C
C
Units
Status
SECOND SEMESTER
MAJOR COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
STA 334
Statistical Computing III
2
STA 346
Lab. and Fieldwork for Sampling
Theory and Survey Methods
2
INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
12
94
FOURTH YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
Major Courses
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
STA 417
Stochastic Processes I
2
C
STA 413
Time Series I
2
C
2
3
8
17
C
R
Units
Status
STA 421
Design and Analysis of Experiment I
STA 323
Regression Analysis
Any combination of 8 Units from the Electives
Total
Electives
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
STA411
Probability VI
3
R
STA425
Biometrics II
2
C
STA 345
STA 351
STA 433
STA 437
STA 441
STA 451
STA 461
STA 463
STA 471
STA 473
STA475
MTH 441
Statistical Quality Control
Bayesian Inference I
Multivariate Analysis I
Psychometrics I
Sampling Theory and Survey Methods
Actuarial Statistics II
Operation Research II
Decision Theory I
Health Statistics
Environmental Statistics
Educational Statistics
Mathematical Methods II
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
R
Units
Status
II
SECOND SEMESTER
Major Courses
Course Code
Course Title
STA 418
Stochastic Processes II
2
STA 422
Design and Analysis of experiment
STA 414
Time series Analysis II
II
2
2
STA 492
Project
Any combination of 6 units from the electives
TOTAL
6
6
18
95
Electives
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
STA 462
Operation Research III
2
STA 436
Non Parametric Methods II
2
STA 426
Biometrics III
2
STA 432
STA 434
STA 438
STA 466
STA 472
STA 474
MTH 322
Bayesian Inference II
Multivariate Analysis II
Psychometrics II
Laboratory for Operation Research II
Medical Statistics
Energy Statistics.
Elements of Differential Equations II
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
Status
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
STA 111
Probability I
2
Units
Elementary set theory. Techniques of counting. sample space and Events. Basic notions of
probability: Definition, axioms and laws. Simple conditional probability and independence.
STA 112
Probability II
2 Units
One-dimensional random variables (Discrete and continuous): Definition, moments and their
distributions: applications to Bernoulli, Binomial, Geometric, Poisson, Normal, Exponential and
Hyper geometric distributions.
STA 131
Inference I
2 Units
Statistical Data: Sources, Collection, presentation and Analysis. Measures of Central
tendency and dispersion, skew ness. Moments and kurtosis. Index numbers and demographic
measures.
STA 132
Inference II
2 Units
Elementary Time Series Analysis. Sampling and Statistical Inference: standard error and
sampling distributions of the mean and proportion. Tests of significance for means and
proportions. Simple linear regression and Correlation.
STA 134
Statistical computing I
2 units
Generation of data using table of random numbers. Presentation and analysis of data.
Computations using calculator involving measures of central tendency and dispersion, time
series, index numbers, simple linear regression and correlation.
Test of significance (one sample only).
STA 201
Statistics for Social Sciences I
2 Units
Sources, collection, analysis and presentations of date. Index numbers, elementary analysis of
time series, simple linear regression and correlation. Elementary non-parametric tests.
96
STA 202 Statistics for social Sciences II
2 Units
Introductory probability; Binomial, Normal and Poisson distribution. Interval estimation and
test of significance. Association of Attributes.
STA 203 Statistics for Agricultural and Biological Sciences I
2 Units
Initial steps in the planning of biological experiments. ‘’methods of data collection presentation
and analysis (measures of central tendency & dispersion). Frequency distributions. Elementary
probability. Discrete and continuous distribution. Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions,
exponential etc. Interval Estimation.
STA 204 Statistics for Agricultural & Biological Sciences II
2 Units
2
Tests of significance. Student t-test, (  ) test, multiple range tests, Latin square analysis. Two
sample test and paired comparism. Regression and Correlation. Analysis of Variance: one way,
two-way (no interaction). Analysis of covariance. Simple analysis of direct assays.
STA 205
Statistics for Physical Sciences & Engineering I
2 Units
Frequency Distributions. Elements of Probability discrete probability distributions: Binomial,
Poisson, Geometric and Hyper geometric. Continuous Probability distribution: Normal,
Student’s t, Chi-square (  2 ) and F. Combinational and moment generating functions.
STA 206 Statistics for Physical sciences & Engineering II
2 Units
Estimation: Point and Interval. Test of significance. Regression and Correlation. Analysis of
variance: one way and two way ( no interaction)
STA 211 Probability III
2 Units
Combinatorial Analysis. Probability models for the study of random phenomena in finite sample
spaces up to and including Bayes’Theorem. Probability distribution of Discrete and Continuous
two-dimensional random variables. Expectation and Univariate moment generating functions.
Truncated distributions.
STA 212 Probability IV
2 Units
Tchebychev’s inequality. Normal approximation to Binomial distribution. Bivariate, marginal
and conditional distributions and their moments. convolution of two distributions.
STA 231 Statistical Inference
III
3
Units
Estimation: Point Estimation by method of moments, maximum likelihood and least squares.
Properties of estimators: Unbiasedness, Efficiency, consistency (definition only)
Interval Estimation: Confidence interval for proportions, means, variance and variance ratio.
test of significance: Tests based on normal, t, chi-square and F distributions with regard to
means, proportions, variance. Tests for independence of attributes and goodness of fit.
STA 234 Statistical Computing II
2 Units
Use of computer software packages (Minitab, excel) on probability and inference.
STA 311 Probability V
3
Units
Probability Generating function. Bivariate Normal distribution: conditional and marginal
densities. bivariate Moment Generating functions, characteristic function, Inversion
formula. Various modes of convergence. Central limit Theorem. Elements of measure. Field of
sets, fields, measure functions, probability measure and probability space. Introduction to
Markov chains: basic concepts, state and parameter space, transition probabilities.
97
STA 321 Distribution Theory
2
Units
Bivariate Normal Distribution, the gamma, chi-square, 2 types of Beta, F and t distributions.
Distribution of functions of random variables – sums, products and quotients. Probability
Integral transformation. Order statistics and their functions.
STA 323 Analysis of Variance
3 Units
Analysis of one, double and multiple classifications of balanced data in crossed
and nested arrangements, Analysis of two –and three – way contingency tables for test of
independence and interactions. Incomplete block designs. Loglinear models. Analysis of
covariance in one-way, two-way and three-way and nested classifications.
STA 325 Biometrics
I
3 units
Direct Assays: types, nature and examples; precision of estimates, fiellers theorem, dilution
assays and design of direct assays. Indirect Assays: the dose response regression, condition of
similarity and monotony. Linearizing transformations and non-linear regression. Parallel line
assays: unsymmetrical designs, difference in preparations, potency estimation and fiducial limits
and validity test. Approximate and exact analyses for missing entries. Symmetry design for
parallel line assays. Efficiency
Reliability and Sensitivity
STA 331 Inference IV
3 Units
Criteria of Estimation: unbiasedness, consistency efficiency, sufficiency and minimum variance
(with proofs), Rao-cramer Inequality. Testing of hypothesis: Null and alternative hypothesis,
simple, composite hypothesis, Two types of error, critical region, Power size of a test, P – value,
Neyman,
-Pearson
Theory,
Most
powerful
test,
likelihood
ratio
test.
STA 334 Statistical Computing III
2 Units
Use of computer packages (GENSTAT, SPSS) and other current packages on topics in Inference
(IV), Anova, operation research, Regression and many other applicable areas.
STA 341 Sampling Theory & Survey Methods I
3 Units
Basic Sample selection procedures. Estimation of population mean, total and proportions
in simple random sampling with and without reokacenebt. Use of auxiliary information
(ratio, regression and difference estimators.) stratification: Estimation of mean total
population in stratified random sampling. sample size allocation. Cluster sampling.
Two stage Cluster sampling with clusters of equal sizes.
Data collection in (social investigations). Methods of social investigations. Planning of surveys.
Methods of collecting information. Questionnaire design. Response errors, processing, analysis
and presentation of data.
STA 345 Statistical Quality control
3 Units
Concept of quality and meaning of control. specifications: Control limits and specifications,
process
spread
and
specifications.
Control
charts:
for
variables
and
attributes: Determination of process capability and standard cusum charts
Acceptance Sampling Inspection by attributes: single, double and multiple sampling plans
STA 346 Lab for Sampling & Survey Methods
2 Units
Computations involving Stratification, Ratio and regression estimates, Cluster and two stage
sampling. Field Work..
98
STA 347 Lab & field work for quality Control I
2 Units
Practical construction of control charts. Computations involving tolerance limits,
simple,
multiple and sequential sampling plans. Use of the Poisson approximatio to design sampling
plans for the producers and consumers risk method. Design and analysis
of various rectification schemes.
STA 351 Demography
3 Units
Sources of demographic data: Census and vital registration. Rates and ratios. Study of mortality.
Construction of Life tables. Expectation of life. Measure of fertility and morbidity. Population
growth and projection. Migration and the population distribution. Interpretation of population
parameters from defective data. stable and quasi stable populations.
STA 353 Laboratory & Field Work for Demography
2 Units
Computations involving mortality and fertility rates, life tables and population growth
STA 357 Actuarial Statistics I
2
Units
Effective rate of interest-Normal rate of interest –Force of interest-Relationship
between i.i (m) and-Present Value-Effective and normal rate of Discount-Present Value of
immediate Annuity, Annuity-due, Increasing and decreasing Annuities, Continuous Annuity
Accumulation of Annuities-increasing by step and continuously. Repayment of Leon by equated
Installments (Annuity and Sinking funds)-Capital and Interest Element contained in the t-th
Installment-Purchase price of annuities net of Tax-Leon Schedules.
STA 361 Algebraic Basis for Statistics
2
Units
Vectors: Norms, scalar and cross products. Vector spaces: Basis and dimension. Matrices:
elementary operation with matrices vectors, rank, determinants, linear equations, orthogonality.
Bilinear and quadratic forms: eigensystem; Differentiation with vector and matrices
STA 363 Operations Research I
3 Units
The Nature of Operations Research: History, meaning and models. Classical methods of
optimization: maxima and minima, Lagrange’s Multipliers, Convex set and functions. Linear
Programming: formulation and Analysis using graphs. simplex and revised simplex methods.
Duality Theory and Applications. sensitivity Analysis in Linear Programming.
STA 365 Laboratory for Operations Research I
Problem formulation involving linear programming
involving: Simplex and revised simplex algorithms, graphs.
2 Units
applications. Computations
STA 411 Probability VII
3 Units
Probability spaces, measures and distributions. Product spaces: Product of measurable spaces,
product probabilities. Random variables as measurable functions. Independence and
expectations of random variables. Convergence of random variables: Weak convergence,
convergence almost every where, a convergence in p-th mean. central Limit Theorem.
Characteristics function and Laplace transforms. Inversion formula.
STA 413
Time Series I
2 Units
Components of Time Series, measurement of trend, the seasonal index, the cyclical component
and random fluctuations serial correlation, Correlogram.
99
STA 414
Time Series II
2 Units
Stationary Time Series: Second Order Stationarity, the autocorrelation function, Autoregressive
process, Moving Average Processes of mixed models. Integrated Models. Estimation of the
parameters, Forecasting and spectral density.
STA 417
Stochastic Processes I
2 Units
Random Walk: Simple and general random walk with absorbing and reflecting barriers.
Markovian processes with finite chains. Branching processes. Poisson process, relevant
applications.
STA 418
Stochastic Processes II
2
Units
Birth and Death Processes. Queuing Processes: M/M/1, M/M/S, M/C and G/M/1 Queues and
their waiting time distributions Diffusion process. Relevant applications.
STA 421 Design & Analysis of Expt. I
2 Units
Meaning, Need, Purpose and Basic principles of Experimental Design. Efficient design:
Randomization, replication and blocking, local control. Basic designs: Completely randomized
design (CRD), Randomized complete block design (RCBD), Latin square. Relative efficiency,
Missing values. Multiple comparisons. Departures from underlying assumptions. Examples from
agriculture, biology and industry.
STA 422 Design and Analysis of Experiment II
2 Units
BIB designs, and Factorial experiments. Split-plot design. Expected mean square (EMS)
rules. 2n
factorial designs: Yates Algorithm confounding, fractional replication
Applications with real life data. Introduction to response surface methodology.
STA 423 Regression Analysis
3 Units
Simple linear and multiple regression, Inference on regression parameters, Polynomial
regression. Examination of residuals, use of dummy variable. Reparametrization of non-linear
models, Partial, total and multiple correlation ratio. Generalized least squares, Prediction from
regression. Multicollinearity auto correlation and Heteroscedasticity Durbin – Watson test,
Outliers selection of the best regression equation. Simple treatment of logistic regression.
STA 425 Biometrics II
2 Units
Slope Ratio Assays: the power dose Metameter, multiple regression equation. Analysis of
variance
and
validity
tests.Symmetrical
(2K
+
1)
point
design.
Comparison of assay techniques.
STA 426 Biometrics III
2
Units
Multiple Assays: Economy of multiple. Assays, multiple slope ratio assays and
Design of multiple assays. Distribution of Responses between preparations. Composite
Responses: the discriminant Problem examples of an assay using a Discriminant function;
discriminants and Concomitants; the economics of Discriminant analysis.
STA 431 Bayesian Inference I
2 Units
Baye’s theorem. Posterior distributions. Point estimation with the loss functions. Squared error
loss, absolute error loss and zero one loss. Interval estimation. Shortest, highest posterior
density (HPD), equal tail and one tail intervals, prediction of a future observation. Choice of
priort:natural conjugate family of priors (NCP) and non-informative priors (NIP). Application to
some standard one and two-Parameter problems.
100
STA 432 Bayesian Inference II
2 Units
Comparison of the means and variances of two Normal and two Poisson distributions. Linear
regression: joint and marginal posterior distributions of regression parameters for normally
distributed regressor variables.
Tests of hypothesis: Jeffrey’s methods and decisiontheoreticapproach. Applications
STA 433 Multivariate Analysis I
2 Units
The Multivariate Normal Distribution: definition, Generating function, conditional distribution
of the estimates. The hotellings distribution, Wishart distribution. Inference about mean
vectors: One sample and two sample cases. Tests of independence
STA 434 Multivariate Analysis II
2 Units
Classification: the linear discriminant function for two groups, errors of
misclassification and estimation of misclassification probabilities. Principal Components:
Meaning, Computation and interpretation; sampling properties. Factor analysis: Model for factor
structure, estimation of factor loadings, factor rotation. Applications.
STA 435 Non-Parametric Method I
2 Units
Nonparametric versus Parametric Inference. Distribution-Free Statistics. Order Statistics and
their distributions. Kolmogorov type of tesat statistics. Common nonparametric test including
Runs, signs and Ranks in one and two sample problems. Exact and asymptotic methods.
STA 436 Non-Parametric Method II
2 Units
‘’Rank’’ estimates of location in one two sample problems. Rank test applied to C( >2)
samples: Kruskal- Wallis and Friedman tests. Rank test in simple linear regression and
correlation. Sample cases. Tests of independence.
STA 437 Psychometrics I
2 Units
Foundations of mental measurement theory: measurements in psychology and education/
construction of true scores. The classical test theory model: basic equations for test of fixed
length and for homogeneous test for variable length. Composite test fact affecting measurement
precision, estimation and predication Estimate of parameters of the classical model.
STA 438 Psychometrics II
2 Units
Other weak true-score models. Some test theory for imperfectly parallel measurements, types of
reliability coefficients and their estimation. Some test theory for equivalent measurement, item
sample in test theory and in research design. Applications.
STA 441 Sampling Theory & Survey Methods III
2 Units
Unequal probability sampling; probability proportional to size with replacement and probability
proportional to size – systematic selections (with cluster of unequal size). Multistage sampling
Estimation totals, ratio. Double sampling for ratio and regression estimation, Gains in precision
due to stratification, post stratification Domain estimation. Practical examples.
STA 451 Actuarial Statistics I
2 Units
Investment and Appraisal Techniques; Analysis of experiments, data and derivation of exposed
to risk formulae. Graduation methods (and their application to curve fitting). Construction of
mortality, sickness, multiple decrements and similar tables with application to life insurance.
National social security and pension schemes. Stochastic Interest Rate Models-Independent
Annual Interest Rates. Mean and variance of Sn An and simple problems associated with these
101
STA 461 Operations Research II
2 Units
Game theory: two persons; zero sum games, saddle point, dominance and strategies.
Mathematical Programming: non-line programming, integer programming. Dynamic
programming. Theory of reliability: reliability function, active and passive reliability; reliability
of systems in series, in parallel, and voting. Hazard rate,
mean time to failure.
STA 462 Operations Research III
2 Units
Optimization. Network Analysis: network flows; transportation problem. Assignment problem,
maximal flow problem, critical path method (CPM) and Project Evaluation and Review
Technique (PERT).
STA 463 Decision Theory I
2 Units
Formulation of decision-theoretic problems. comparison between game theory and decision
theory. Risk, Utility, Loss and decision function.
STA 464 Decision Theory II
2 Units
Admissibility and completeness. Minimax and Bayes solution. Invariant statistical problems.
Applications.
STA 466 Laboratory for Operations Research II
2 Units
Exercises on problems formulation in Applications of Operations Research. Computations in
mathematical programming, dynamic programming, integer programming, non-linear
programming, network analysis and Games theory.
STA 471 Health Statistics
2 units
Scope and types of health Statistics. classification of diseases, injuries and causes of death
Sources and method of collecting health statistics; census, sample surveys vital registration and
administrative statistics. Health indicators: types, uses and problems. Health planning and
financing. Health information system. Operation
research in the health services.
STA 472 Medical Statistics
2 units
Scope and nature of medical statistics, epidemiology methods; relative risks and, odds ratios
adjustment of data with and without use of multivariate models, cohort studies. (Life tables)
competing risks survival analysis. sequential methods in clinical trial. Stochastic models in
epidemiology and other areas
STA 473
Environmental Statistics
2 units
Scope, nature and sources of Environmental statistics. Assessment of environmental quality and
measurement of air and water pollution. Sampling method in natural and applied sciences.
Environmental impact assessment. Requirement for Environmental reporting system.
Characteristic and uses of the United Nations frame work for the development of environmental
statistics. Capacity development for Environmental reporting system.
STA 474
Energy Statistics
2 units
Energy source: renewable and non-renewable, Nature scope and uses of energy statistics.
Concepts, definition and units of measurement in use in Energy statistics. Energy production and
consumption survey. Data requirements and the procedure for developing an energy database.
Constructing an energy balance sheet with Nigeria as a case study. Modeling energy supply and
demand
102
STA 475 Educational Statistics
2 Units
Source, nature and uses of Educational statistics. Source and methods of collecting educational
statistics. Educational indicators. Design of educational information systems, Educational
models and performance of flows (flows, manpower) etc.) evaluation, multivariate methods in
Educational analysis, operations research in Educational management.
STA 491 Project
6 Units
Each final year student is expected to produce an acceptable first hand study of an approved
topic under staff supervision. The project should be based on some of the theories and
techniques covered in the courses.
103
CHEMISTRY
B.Sc. DEGREE IN APPLIED CHEMISTRY
The Department of Chemistry offers a 4-year Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) degree programme in
Applied Chemistry. The programme is not only dedicated to excellence but is designed in such a
way to confer skills and competences on the graduate in the chemical sciences as applicable to
the wide spectrum of industrial concerns and other domains of applied chemistry and associated
activities. The overall objective is to equip the graduate to go into the world with an
entrepreneurial orientation such that he/she functions as a job and wealth creator rather than a
job seeker, in consonance with FUNAI’s overarching philosophy of producing self-confident
and self-reliant graduates.
Other objectives of the programme include:

Stimulate the students to demonstrate interest, and on a sustained basis, in the
field of chemistry and other areas of science, especially in the context of
harbouring the knowledge and tools necessary for problem-solving and enhancing
human well-being.

Create a thirst for expansion of the knowledge base such that the students acquire
a life long attitude of inquiry and drawing scientifically sound conclusions and
inferences based on empirical observations.

Provide the student with a sound theoretical and practical grounding in the
discipline such that he/she can proceed to postgraduate studies and is able to
compete with the best in the world.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Candidates to be admitted into the programme must pass the Senior Secondary School
Certificate or its equivalent with at least five credits, to include English Language, Mathematics,
Chemistry, Physics as the core subjects and at least one other science subject. Candidates for
admission must pass the Unified Tertiary Matriculation Examination (UTME) at a decent level
acceptable to the University and subject themselves for screening by the University through a
mechanism fashioned out for the purpose of attracting the best candidates.
104
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Graduates from the programme are expected to
(a) Be familiar with the language of the discipline and the underlying concepts and tools that
predispose them to engaging the problems in the industry and the world at large that
require knowledge and skills imparted by chemistry with confidence.
(b) Demonstrate a high level of skills in carrying out laboratory-based practical work and to
present their work in a logical, coherent manner that demonstrates clarity of thought.
(c) Be able to communicate well and show a methodical self-organization in dealing with
people.
(d) Be attracted to engage in entrepreneurial activities on graduation, irrespective of whether
they are employed or not
LIST OF COURSES
FIRST YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
C
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
C
CHM 107
Practical Chemistry I
1
C
CHM 108
Practical Chemistry II
1
C
MTH 101
General Mathematics I
3
R
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
R
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
R
PHY 102
General Physics II
3
R
PHY 105
PHY 108
BIO 101
BIO 102
BIO 107
BIO 108
CSC 101
GST 101
GST 111
GST 112
GST 113
TOTAL
Practical Physics I
Practical Physics II
General Biology I
General Biology II
Practical Biology I
Practical Biology II
Introduction to Computer Science
Library Skills
Use of English I
Use of English II
Nigerian Peoples and Culture
1
1
3
3
1
1
3
2
2
2
2
41
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
C
C
C
C=Compulsory, R=Required ancillary courses , E= Electives
105
SECOND YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
CHM 210
Physical Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 211
Organic Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 212
Inorganic Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 213
Analytical Chemistry I
3
C
ACH 221
Structure and Bonding in Chemistry
2
C
ACH 232
Introduction to Environmental Chemistry
2
C
MAT 201
Mathematical Methods
3
R
MAT 202
Linear Algebra II
2
R
STA 212
Statistics for Physical Sciences and Engineering
4
R
PHY 201
Electromagnetism and Atomic Physics
3
R
PHY 212
Electronics
3
R
CSC 203
Introduction to Computer Systems
3
R
ECO101
Economics Principles I
2
R
ECO 102
Economics Principles II
2
R
GST 203
Entrepreneurship Studies II
2
R
Chose a minimum of 4 Units and a maximum of 6 Elective
PHY 207
Thermal Physics, Waves and Optics
3
E
PHY 201
General Physics V (Elementary Modern Physics)
3
E
General Physics VI (Energy and the
1
E
PHY 206
Environment)
MTH 207
Real Analysis I
2
E
BCH 201
General Biochemistry I
3
E
BCH 202
General Biochemistry II
3
E
BIO 201
Genetics I
2
E
BIO 202
Introductory Ecology
1
E
BIO 203
General Physiology
1
E
BIO 204
Biological Techniques
1
E
41/43
TOTAL
106
THIRD YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
CHM 301
Physical Chemistry III
2
C
CHM 302
Inorganic Chemistry III
3
C
CHM 303
Organic Chemistry III
3
C
CHM 304
Atomic and Molecular Structure and Symmetry
3
C
CHM 316
Applied Spectroscopy
2
C
CHM 310
Polymer Chemistry I
2
C
CHM 323
Industrial Raw Materials Resource Inventory
1
C
GST 301
Entrepreneurship Studies II
2
R
CHM 399
SIWES (Entire 2nd Semester)
6
C
A minimum of 6 Units from the following courses
CHM 305
Petrochemistry
2
E
CHM 306
Organometallic Chemistry I
2
E
CHM 307
Carbohydrate Chemistry
1
E
CHM 308
Natural Products Chemistry I
1
E
CHM 309
Chemical Physics I
1
E
CHM 311
Colour Chemistry and Technology
3
E
CHM 311
Instrumental Methods of Analysis
3
E
CHM 313
Applied Surface and Colloid Chemistry
1
E
CHM 318
Industrial Chemical Processes I
2
E
CHM 319
Environmental Chemistry
2
E
CHM 320
Industrial Chemical Technology I
2
E
CHM 321
Unit Operations
2
E
BCH 311
General Biochemical Methods
2
E
CSC 202
Computer Programming II
2
E
30
TOTAL
107
FOURTH YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
CHM 400
Chemistry Seminar
1
C
CHM 401
Research Project
6
C
CHM 411
Analytical Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 406
Reaction Kinetics
2
C
CHM 407
Electrochemistry
2
C
CHM 408
Statistical Thermodynamics
2
C
CHM 411
Polymer Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 419
Organic Synthesis
2
C
CHM 420
Organometallic Chemistry II
2
C
CHM 421
Heterocyclic Chemistry
2
C
CHM 424
Co-ordination Chemistry
2
C
CHM 425
Non-aqueous Solvents
1
C
CHM 426
Chemistry of Lanthanides and Actinides
1
C
CHM 427
Research Methods
2
C
Choose a minimum of 5 Credit Units and a maximum of 7 Credit Units from the
following list of courses
CHM 402
Theory of Molecular Spectroscopy
2
E
CHM 403
Quantum Chemistry
2
E
CHM 404
Group Theory and Symmetry
2
E
CHM 405
Statistical Mechanics
1
E
CHM 409
Radio- and Nuclear Chemistry
2
E
CHM 412
Colour Chemistry and Technology II
2
E
CHM 413
Industrial Chemical Technology II
2
E
CHM 415
Polymer Technology
2
E
CHM 417
Industrial Chemical Processes II
2
E
BCH 412
Industrial Biochemistry
2
E
BCH 413
Pharmaceutical Biochemistry
2
E
CHM 418
Photochemistry and Pericyclic Reactions
2
E
108
CHM 422
Physical Organic Chemistry
2
E
CHM 423
Natural Products Chemistry
2
E
CHM 428
Catalysis in Chemistry, Biology and the Industry
2
E
CHM 429
Chemistry of the Environment and Climate Change
2
E
CHM 430
Chemistry of Biomolecules
2
E
CHM 431
Food Chemistry
2
E
CHM 432
Agrochemical Technology
2
E
CHM 433
Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms
2
E
CHM 434
Introduction to Green Chemistry
2
E
CHM 435
Chemistry of Cement, Paints, Adhesives and Dyes
2
E
36/38
TOTAL
COURSE DESCRIPTION
CHM 101
GENERAL CHEMISTRY I
Matter, atoms, molecules, chemical reactions and chemical equations. Laws of chemical
combination and stoichiometry. Atomic structure, electronic configuration in elements, theory of
valencies, chemical bonding, including covalent, ionic, metallic and hydrogen bonding.The
periodic classification of elements and the periodic table, blocks, rows, and groups of elements.
General features of the chemistry of s-, p-, d-, and f-blocks of elements. Modern electronic
theory of atoms Isotopes – origin, detection, concentration and separation. Natural and artificial
radioactivity, stability of nuclides, fission and fusion of elements. Measurement of radioactivity
and calculations involving radioactive reactions. Chemical bonding. Properties of gases and the
gas laws. The kinetic theory of gases, deviations from the ideal gas equation, the van der Waal
equation, liquefaction of gases and the Joule-Thompson effect. Solutions, definition of terms,
colligative properties of solutions –lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult’s law, elevation of
boiling point, lowering of freezing point and osmotic pressure. Kinetics – rates of chemical
reactions, homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria, factors affecting rates, activation energy,
transition state and chemical catalysis. Chemical equilibria –reversibility of chemical reactions,
factors affecting chemical equilibrium, solubility and solubility product, common ion effect.
109
Electrochemistry as an equilibrium process. Heat changes in chemical reactions, heats of
reaction and laws of thermochemistry.
CHM 102
GENERAL CHEMISTRY II
3 UNITS
Brief historical survey of the development and importance of organic chemistry. The carbon
atom and bonding in organic compounds, sp3, sp2, and sp hybridization and their structural and
optical implications of isomersm. Functional groups, homologous series, classification of
organic compounds, isolation, purification and derivatization of organic compounds, qualitative
and quantitative analysis of organic compounds. IUPAC (systematic) nomenclature of organic
compounds. Structural determination in organic chemistry. Electronic theory in organic
chemistry. Saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons. Periodic table and periodicity of properties.
Valence forces, structure of solids. The chemistry of selected metals and non-metals.
CHM 107
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY I
1 UNIT
Practical chemistry deriving from CHM 101.
CHM 108
PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY II
1 UNIT
Practical chemistry class deriving from CHM102
CHM 210
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Kinetic theory of gases, ideal and non-ideal behaviour of gases. Derivation of the kinetic theory
equation for the pressure of an ideal gas and the deductions therefrom for the behaviour of real
gases. Molecular collision, mean free path, gas viscosity, the Boltzmann Distribution Law.
Equipartition of energy and Brownian motion. Colligative properties of solutions and their utility
in molecular mass determination. The nature and scope of thermodynamics. The laws of
thermodynamics, free energy and entropy. Heat capacities, the Carnot Cycle. Reactions and
phase equilibria. Reaction rates, rate laws, mechanisms and theories of elementary processes.
Photochemical processes. Basic electrochemistry. Crystal formation, lattices and crystal
structures, symmetry properties and symmetry elements of crystals. Changes of state, phase
equilibria and transitions, the phase rule, and the Clausius Clapeyron equation.
CHM 211
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Factors affecting the structure, physical properties and electron availability in organic
compounds. Electronic effects in organic molecules, introduction to reaction mechanisms, with
110
emphasis on breaking and making of bonds as electrical transactions, collision theory of reaction
rates and the diagnosis of order, molecularity and rate laws. Preparation, physical and chemical
properties of the various classes of organic compounds and their derivatives studied from a
mechanistic point of view. Preparation, properties and uses of cycloalkanes, cycloalkenes and
cycloalkadienes, conformation in acyclic and cyclic alkane systems, Stereochemistry.
Classification of organic reactions, reaction rates, the transition state theory and equilibria in
organic reactions. Aliphatic electrophilic and nucleophilic reactions. Aromatic hydrocarbons and
aromaticity, using benzene to exemplify chemical properties and reactions of aromatic
compounds. Electrophilic substitution reactions (nitration, halogenation, sulphonation alkylation,
acylation, etc), detailed mechanism, reactivities and orientation, side chain reactivities of
aromatic compounds. Nucleophilic addition and substitution reactions, reactions of carbanions
and a variety of condensation reactions (aldol, Claisen, etc.). Stuctures, synthesis and reactions
of isolated and fused ring systems.
CHM 212
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Chemistry of first row transition metals. Introduction to coordination chemistry, including
elementary treatment of the crystal and ligand field theories. Comparative chemistry of the
following elements: (a) Ga, In, Tl; (b) Ge, Sn, Pb; (c) As, Sb, Bi; (d) Se, Te, Po. Introduction to
organometallic chemistry. The role of metals in biological systems.
CHM 213
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY I
2 UNITS
Meaning and importance of analytical chemistry, expression of analytical results, preparation of
solutions. Theory of errors in quantitative measurements and analysis, theory of sampling,
detection and elimination of errors. Statistical treatment of data.
Theory of sampling.
Theoretical basis for quantitative inorganic analysis; separation methods. Gravimetric analysis,
volumetric methods of analysis including acid-base equilibria, complexometric titration and
redox titration. Electroanalytical methods of chemical analysis, introduction to electrode
processes, electrode potential, conductometric methods of titration and potentiometric titration.
Separation methods.
CHM 214
STRUCTURE AND BONDING IN CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
The concept of quantum states, orbitals, shapes of orbitals and energies. Simple valence theory
and electron repulsion theory. Atomic spectra, methods of determining molecular shape, bond
111
lengths and bond angles. Detailed structure and chemistry of some representative main group
element compounds.
CHM 301
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY III
2 UNITS
The nature and scope of chemical kinetics. Factors influencing rates of reactions. Pseudo order
reactions and their utility. Integrated rate expressions for first, second and third order reactions.
Meaning of fractional order reactions. Experimental methods in kinetics, kinetics as a tool for
determining reaction mechanisms. The Bodenstein (steady state) approximation. The effect of
temperature on rates of chemical reactions, the Arrhenius equation and the mechanistic
importance of the Arrhenius parameters. Effects of isotopic substitution on reaction rates. The
chemical potential, a review of the Gibbs and Helmholtz free energy functions. A detailed
review of the second law of thermodynamics, entropy and equilibrium. An introduction to
statistical thermodynamics. Ideal and non-ideal solutions, properties of electrolytes and
colligative properties of solutions, equilibrium electrochemistry, including applications.
CHM 302
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY III
2 UNITS
The noble gases. Hydrogen. Electronic structure and comparative study of Group IA and group
IIA elements. Chemistry of boron, carbon and silicon; nitrogen and phosphorus, oxygen and
sulphur, the halogens. General characteristics of transition elements, complex formation with
ligands, emphasizing co-ordination numbers, hybridization and geometry of complexes. Ligand
and crystal field theory theories. Ligand substitution reactions. Resemblances among transition
elements. Trace metals and bioinorganic chemistry. The occurrence, extraction and properties,
especially magnetic properties, of rare earth metals and their industrial applications. Introduction
to radiochemistry, radioactivity and the periodic table.
CHM 303
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY III
2 UNITS
Alcohols and their reactions. Ethers and epoxides. Carboxylic acids and their derivatives.
Aldehydes and ketones. Carbanions, α-, β-unsaturated compounds. Amines. Aromatic and
aliphatic chemistry. Polyfunctional chemistry. Heterocyclic compounds.
CHM 304
ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR STRUCTURE & SYMMETRY 3 UNITS
The Schroedinger equation. Helium atom, ground and excited states, spin and the Pauli
Principle. The hydrogen molecule. Comparison of molecular orbital and valence bond theories.,
concept of resonance and configuration interaction. Coulson-Fischer function. molecular orbitals
112
for diatomic molecules. Simple pi-electron theory, Huckel theory, Walsh rules. Rotational,
vibrational and electronic spectra. Applications for determining bond lengths and angles. Brief
mention of other methods. Atomic spectra. Russel Saunders coupling. orbital and spin angular
momentum. Use of symmetry in chemistry.
CHM 305
PETROCHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Petroleum in the contemporary energy scene. Nature, classification and composition of crude
petroleum and natural gases. Distribution of petroleum and natural gases resources (the global
and Nigerian situations). Petrolleum technology. Survey of refinery products and process.
Petrochemicals in industrial raw materials. Prospects for the petrochemical industry in Nigeria.
Prospects for the petrochemical industries in Nigeria and LNG.
CHM 306
ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY I
2 UNITS
Introduction to organometallic compounds of the transition elements. Classification of
organometallic compounds. Preparation, structure and reactions, including abnormal behaviour
of organometallic compounds. Synthetic utility of organometallics. Generation and detection of
free radicals from organometallic compounds. The organic chemistry of ferrocenes and related
compounds. The role of organometallic compounds in catalysis, energy generation and transport,
and the electronic industry.
CHM 307
CARBOHYDRATE CHEMISTRY
1 UNIT
Classification, structure and nomenclature. Sugars. General reactions, preparations, and reaction
mechanisms. Configuration. Epimerization.
CHM 308
NATURAL PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY
1 UNIT
Terpenoids, carotenoids, steroids, alkaloids an lipids.
CHM 309
CHEMICAL PHYSICS
1 UNIT
Theory of bonding in H2+ and H2. rotation and vibration of molecules. Heat capacities of
crystals.
CHM 310
POLYMER CHEMISTRY I
2 UNITS
Historical development of polymer science. The nature of polymers. Nomenclature. Outline of
raw materials for polymers. Definition of terms used in polymer science. Classification of
113
polymers. Structures of polymers. Polymerization reactions: Condensation polymerization in
detail. Solubility and solution properties of polymers. Structure and properties of polymers.
Fibre forming polymers. Addition polymerisation, co-ordination catalysis, stereoregulation, the
Ziegler-Natta system. Co-polymerisation, kinetics, mechanism and polymerization methods.
Bulk solution, suspension, etc. condensation or step growth polymerization. Polymer
characterization, degradation and stabilization.
CHM 311
COLOUR CHEMISTRY & TECHNOLOGY
3 UNITS
Colour and constitution. Classification of dyes. Dye synthesis and the properties of dyes and
pigments. Dyeing mechanisms. Classification of dyes and fibres. Fibres and dyeing of natural
and synthetic, man-made fibres. Colour fastness, properties, chalking, bleeding and blooming in
dyes. The chemistry and theory of dyeing. The chemistry and application of reactive dyes.
Dyeing machineries and printing technology. Dyes used as food additives and in the
manufacture of paper, cosmetics, and drugs. Colour photography.
CHM 312
INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS
3 UNITS
Spectroscopic techniques. Quantitative analysis. X-ray methods. Fluorescence methods. Nuclear
magnetic resonance and electron spin resonance. Refractometry interferrometry. Polarimetry.
Polarography. Calorimetry.
CHM 313
APPLIED SURFACE AND COLLOID CHEMISTRY
1 UNIT
Some general principles relating to surfaces. Electrical potentials. Attractive forces. Solid/gas
interface and solid/liquid interface. Definition of colloids and the history of colloid
development. Types of colloid. Polymers. Proteins, Gels, association colloids, detergents and
detergency.
CHM 316
APPLIED SPECTROSCOPY
2 UNITS
Principles and applications of UV, IR, NMR and Mass spectrometry. The determination and
Elucidating of structures of organic compounds.
CHM 317
INDUSTRIAL RAW MATERIALS RESOURCE INVENTORY 2 UNITS
Survey of Nigeria’s industries and their raw material requirements. Mineral chemistry. Fossils
and their uses. Plant and animal products. Nuclear, solar and hydrodynamic sources of energy.
Potentials and applications of locally available raw materials as industrial feedstocks.
114
CHM 318
INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL PROCESSES I
2 UNITS
Production of primary intermediates and synthesis of industrial organic chemicals.Polymers,
adhesives, dyes, explosives, insecticides, pesticides, herbicides, flavouring agents and
pharmaceuticals. Fermentation process.
CHM 319
ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Concepts of elementary cycles. Characterization of the atmosphere. Sources, types and effects
of environmental pollution. Waste water treatment. Composition of industrial and domestic
wastes and waste management. Water chemistry and analysis., chemical and physical
instrumentation in environmental sciences. Introduction to environmental impact assessment.
CHM 320
INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY I
2 UNITS
Heat and mass transfer processes. Unit operations. Chemical technology equipment.
CHM 321
UNIT OPERATIONS
2 UNITS
Fluid flow and transportation in pipes. Heat flow. Filtration. Mass transfer operations:
humidifcation, gas absorption and distillation, solvent extraction, drying, ion exchange and
leaching. Application of mass, energy and momentum balances and constitutive equation to
establish operating parameters and conditions in the above listed unit operations.
CHM 399
SIWES
6 UNITS
One semester of industrial work experience in an industrial concern where students are exposed
to the requirements and skills in the industry. This not only stimulates their interest but exposes
them to the environment of the industry for their future.
CHM 400
CHEMISTRY SEMINAR
1 UNIT
Students are given topics of current importance in applied chemistry to undertake literature
survey, write their findings on the topic as a scientific paper and present to the Departmental
audience for assessment. This is to aid their competence in searching for information, organising
their findings into a coherent scientific report and presenting it as part of peer dialogue.
CHM 401
RESEARCH PROJECT
6 UNITS
The student carries out a research project in a topic in which he/she participates in choosing,
which must be applied in nature and geared towards solving a problem of economic or
115
developmental important with chemistry content or providing information that would help in
solving the said problem. The student works under the guidance of a staff supervisor. As much
as is possible, the student is encouraged to explore his/her initiative. A project report is
submitted at the end of the project and the student is subjected to an oral defence of his/her
work.
CHM 402
THEORY OF MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY
2 UNITS
Quantum theory of rotation and vibration. Theory of microwave, IR, Raman, UV-VISIBLE and
NMR spectroscopy. General introduction to electron spin resonance. Mossbauer effect, nuclear
quadruple resonance and other modern techniques.
CHM 403
QUANTUM CHEMISTRY
3 UNITS
Postulates of quantum mechanics; operators, angular momentum solution of the hydrogen atom
problem. Theory of atomic spectra. Self consistent field theory. Computational aspects.
Perturbation and variation methods.
CHM 404
GROUP THEORY AND SYMMETRY
2 UNITS
Review of molecular symmetry operations. Definition of group. Molecular symmetry groups.
Intro duction of the mathematical structure of groups. Group representations. Detailed study of
groups Cn, Dn, Coov and full rotation group. Applications. General symmetry applications.
Symmetry of crystal lattices. Block orbitals for infinite system.
CHM 405
STATISTICAL MECHANICS
1 UNIT
Maxwell Distribution statistics. Calculation of thermodynamic properties –partition functions,
heat capacities, entropy, equilibrium constants. Use of spectroscopic data, transition state theory
and quantum effects.
CHM 406
REACTION KINETICS
2 UNITS
Review of the first, second and third order rate equations. Rate constants and equilibrium
constants. Collision theory, transition state theory, reaction coordinates. Unimolecular reaction
theory, bimolecular reaction mechanisms, chain reaction mechanisms, catalysis and
heterogeneous reactions. Photochemical reaction mechanisms.
116
CHM 407
ELECTROCHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Electrical double layer, potential at zero charge, polarisable and non-polarizable interface, mass
transport, concentration polarization, Fick’s law, Levic equation. Electrodiscs. Polarography.
Corrosion – types and precaution.
CHM 408
STATISTICAL THERMODYNAMICS
2 UNITS
Microstates and randomness, ensembles, probability and distribution functions; the Boltzmann
distribution, statistical thermodynamics of gases, the calculation of thermodynamic equilibrium
cnstants from partition functions, statistical thermodynamics of monoatomic solids, introduction
to the Fermi – Dirac and Dose – Einstein statistics.
CHM 409
RADIO-NUCLEAR CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Natural radioactions, fusion, fission, decay processes, nature of radiation. Nuclear models,
energetics of nuclear reactions. Principles and measurement of radioactivity. Applications of
radioactivity. Radiation hazards.
CHM 410
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Theory of error. Potentiometric and pH methods. Conductomeric methods. Electroanalytical
methods. Amperometric and colorimetric methods of analysis. Coupled methods of analysis,
GC-MS. Sampling and sample pre-treatment. Radiochemical methods. Chromatography.
CHM 411
POLYMER CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Polymerization mechanisms, detailed treatment of addition polymerization. Stereospecific
polymerization. Copolymerization. Phase systems for polymerization. Industrially important
thermoplastic and thermosetting polymers. Polyurethanes. Rubber elasticity. Mechanical
properties of polymers. Analysis and testing of polymers. Degradation of polymers.
CHM 412
COLOUR CHEMISTRY AND TECHNOLOGY II
2 UNITS
The chemistry and theory of dyeing. Chemistry and application of reactive dyes. Preparation and
dyeing of man-made fibres. Dyeing machineries. Printing. Colouring matters for food, drugs and
cosmetics. Dyes used in the paper industry. Colour photography.
117
CHM 413
INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY II
2 UNITS
Hydrogen and carbon monoxide synthesis. Gas, oxoprocess, water gas, sources of hydrogen and
its applications. Industrial organic material. Raw materials. Technical and economic principles
of processes and product route. Flow diagrams. Selected oils and fats, soaps and detergents,
sugar, varnishes, plastics, woodpulp and paper. Environmental pollution.
CHM 415
POLYMER TECHNOLOGY
2 UNITS
Large-scale industrial polymerization processes. Polymer technology. Polymer processing,
injection, extrusion, compression and transfer moulding of thermoplastics. Polymer
additives,polymeric surface coatings and adhesives.
CHM 417
INDUSTRIAL CHEMICAL PROCESSES
2 UNITS
Chemical processing of minerals. Metallurgy and hydrometallurgical processes. Industrial
electrochemistry. Manufacture of some heavy inorganic chemicals. Cement and binding
materials. Inorganic fertilizers.
CHM 418
PHOTOCHEMISTRY & PERICYCLIC REACTIONS
2 UNITS
Interaction of radiation with matter; electronic excitation, selection rules,deactivation routes,
sensitization, quenching, photofragmentation, oxidation, reduction, rearrangement, pericyclic
reactions and molecular orbital symmetry.
CHM 419
ORGANIC SYNTHESIS
2 UNITS
A critical review of important reactions, reagents and methods, including the mechanisms.
Applications in the synthesis of important and complex compounds.
CHM 420
ORGANOMETALLIC CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Introduction to organometallic compounds of transition elements. Classification of ligands,
electron, bonding, preparation of organic transition metal compounds. Reactions and structures
of organometallic compounds of transition elements. The organic chemistry of ferrocene and
related compounds. Organometallic compounds and catalysis.
118
CHM 421
HETEROCYCLIC CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Synthesis andmechanistic aspects of fused heterocyclic systems – particularly quinolines, bioquinolines, benzofurans, benzothiophenes, indoles, genzopyrylium salts, coumatins and
chromones. Application of heterocyclic systems to drug synthesis.
CHM 422
PHYSICAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Preparation and reactions of stereoisomers. Stereoselectivity. Neighbouring group effects, and a
few special topics in physical organic .chemistry. conformational analysis.
CHM 423
NATURAL PRODUCTS CHEMISTRY II
2 UNITS
Chemistry of terpenoids, steroids, alkaloids, antibiotics, flavonoids, prostaglandins and
chlorophylls. Other natural products of pharmaceutical importance. General methods of
isolation, separation, purification and structural determination of natural products. Classification.
Discussion of the chemistry of important members. Biogenesis.
CHM 424
COORDINATION CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Definition, recognition and the applications of co-ordination compounds. Nomenclature, coordination formula and isomerism in complexes. Steroechemistry of co-ordination compounds.
Theories of structure and bonding in co-ordination compounds and physical methods of
structural investigation. Ligand exchange mechanisms. Crystal field and ligand field theories and
their applications in co-ordination chemistry. The Jahn-Teller effect. Stabilization of unsual
oxidation states of metals by co-ordination. Thermodynamic stability of complexes, the stability
constant, and chelate effect. Kinetics and mechanism.
CHM 425
NON-AQUEOUS SOLVENTS
1 UNIT
Classification and general characteristics, solute-solvent interactions. Protonic solvents.
Oxyhalid solvents. Liquid halides. Dinitrogen tetroxide. Sulphur dioxide. Levelling effects of
solvents, non-aqueous titrations.
CHM 426
CHEMISTRY OF LANTHANIDES AND ACTINIDES
1 UNIT
The elements and position of the two series in the periodic table. Comparison of the two series.
Lanthanide contraction. Electronic configurations and their consequences on oxidation states,
size relationships, magnetic properties and colour. Chemical properties and structure of the
119
elements and their compunds. Recovery and separation of the elements. Uses of lanthanides and
actinides.
CHM 428
CATALYSIS IN CHEMISTRY, BIOLOGY & THE INDUSTRY
3 UNITS
A survey of the mechanisms of chemical catalysis in homogeneous condensed media to include
anchimeric assistance, covalent catalysis, and general/specific acid-base catalysis. The Bronsted
relationship as a diagnostic tool. Features of enzyme catalysis. Isotope effects in chemical and
biological catalysis. Strain, distortion and conformational change in enzyme catalysis. Hydrogen
bonding, electrostatic interactions and hydrophobic forces as important factors in catalysis.
Heterogeneous catalysis in industrial processes – a survey of important chemical reactions in the
industry and the phenomenon and economic consequences of catalysis.
CHM 429
CHEMISTRY OF THE ENVIRONMENT & CLIMATE CHANGE
3 UNITS
The environment, pollution, nature of environmental alterations, complexity of the ecological
system. Air pollution, components of unpolluted air, characteristics of polluted air, relative
toxicities of pollutants and control of atmospheric pollutants such as CO, SO2, NOx,
hydrocarbons, photochemical oxidants, and particulate matter. Pollution of soils, characteristics
of unpolluted soil, structure of the soil, soil pollution and remediation techniques. Minimization
of environmental change. The phenomenon of acid rain and mitigation of its effects. Industrial
pollutants and methods of handling – specific examples from local industries. Case studies of (i)
ground water pollution by industrial activity and (ii) pollution in the Niger Delta by oil
production and its economic and political consequences. Anthropomorphic activities as causal
agents of climate change – the role of the chemical industry. Economic and human consequences
of climate change and ameliorative actions.
CHM 430
CHEMISTRY OF BIOMOLECULES
2 UNITS
A study of the chemistry of the following naturally occurring macromolecules and their
derivatives, from the point of view of primary, secondary and tertiary structures (where
applicable) and biological function: polysaccharides, lignin, cell wall structures, proteins, nucleic
acids (RNA and DNA), and nucleoproteins. The chemistry of energy and oxygen transport,
photosynthesis and nitrogen-fixation should also be considered.
120
CHM 431
FOOD CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
Components of food, test for fats, proteins and carbohydrates. Digestion and absorption of food.
Water and minerals as food. Basic reactions of food – pectinolysis. Manufacture of sweets and
sugar. Emulsification and rancidity in oils. Denaturation and purification of proteins, maturation
and browning. The chemical aspects of food spoilage and food contamination. Food processing
and preservation – principles and specific applications as in milk processing. Quality control in
food processing. Chemical aspects of food storage.
CHM 432
AGROCHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY
2 UNITS
The chemistry of agrochemicals - fertilizers, pesticides, plant growth hormones, and food
preservatives. Classification
of the different types of agrochemicals, their synthesis and
common reactions, especially in the environment. Nature-based agrochemicals. The interactions
of agrochemicals with the environment. The economic and environmental consequences of
agrochemical usage. The technology of slow release agrochemicals. Alternative methods of soil
nutrition enhancement and pest control.
CHM 433
INORGANIC REACTION MECHANISMS
2 UNITS
Fundamentals of inorganic reaction mechanisms. Substitution reactions of octahedral and square
planar complexes. Electron transfer reactions. Addition and insertion reactions. Homogeneous
catalysis and inorganic reactions in biochemical systems. Metal ion mimics of biological
reactions.
CHM 434
INTRODUCTION TO GREEN CHEMISTRY
2 UNITS
The principles of green chemistry. Sources and effects of greenhouse gases. Chemistry
innovations to reduce greenhouse emissions and sequester greenhouse gases. Strategies for the
reduction of toxicity of chemicals and the concept of ‘benign by design’. Energy through
biodegradable batteries. Biofuels
and renewable energy. Nanotechnology and sustainable
chemistry. Chemical syntheses in water. This course would also involve a mini project in which
the student takes a known process with chemical basis and work to deliver cleaner processes and
products.
CHM 435
CHEMISTRY OF CEMENT, PAINTS & ADHESIVES
2 UNITS
Definition of cement, paint and an adhesive. Raw materials and processes for the manufacture of
cement. Components of paints. Classification of pigment. Resins and oils – types and properties.
121
Paint formulations and testing. Preparation of other surface coatings, varnish, enamel, etc. Types
of adhesives. Raw materials for adhesives. Composition and formulation of adhesives. The
physics of adhesion
122
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF
PHYSICS WITH ELECTRONICS
PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME
a. To provide students with a sound knowledge of all the branches of Physics and electronics.
b. To instill in students a sense of enthusiasm for Physics and Electronics, and appreciation of its
applications in different contexts.
c. To develop in students the ability to apply their knowledge and skills in Physics and
Electronics to the solution of theoretical and practical problems.
d. To provide students with knowledge and skills base for further studies in specialized areas of
Physics or multi-disciplinary areas involving Physics and Electronics.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
The entry requirements be at least credit level passes in five subjects that must include English,
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry and a credit in one other relevant science subject at the
Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In addition, an acceptable pass in the
University Matriculation Examination (UME) into 100 – level is required.
MINIMUM DURATION OF PROGRAMME
The duration for the programme shall be 4 years.
DIRECT ENTRY
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A – E) at the Advanced Level in Physics and one or
more relevant subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and Biology) may be admitted into a three year
programme at 200 – level.
STRESS AREAS AND CODES
Courses offered in the Department of Physics and Electronics are subdivided into ten stress
areas. Each course in the stressed area is denoted by a three digit code; the first digit denotes the
year/level of study (e.g. 1 for first level, 2 for second level etc), the second digit denotes the
stress area (as shown below) while the third digit denotes the semester (odd numbers for first
semester and even numbers for second semester).
123
STRESS AREAS
CODE NUMBER
Basic (General) Courses
0
Solid State/Energy Sources
1
Mechanic
2
Thermal Physics and Solar Energy Physics
3
Electromagnetism
5
Atomic and Nuclear/Quantum Physics/Particle Physics
6
Electronics
7
Astrophysics and Space Science/Geophysics
8
Practical Physics and Project
9
A. FOUR YEAR STANDARD PROGRAMME
FIRST YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
PHY 101
General Physics I
3
C
PHY 102
General Physics II
3
C
PHY 107
General Physics Laboratory I
1
C
PHY 108
General Physics Laboratory II
1
C
MTH 101
General Mathematics I
3
R
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
R
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
R
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
R
CHM 107
General Chemistry Laboratory I
1
R
CHM 108
General Practical Chemistry II
1
R
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
R
BIO 102
General Biology II
3
R
CMP 101
Introduction to Computer Science I
2
R
CMP 102
Introduction to Computer Science II
2
R
GST 121
Library Skill
2
C
GST 111
Use of English I
2
C
GST 122
Use of English II
2
C
Total
38
124
Status
SECOND YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
PHY 221
Mechanics
2
C
PHY 212
Structure of Matter
2
C
PHY 241
Waves
2
C
PHY 242
Physical optics
2
C
PHY 252
Electromagnetism
2
C
PHY 262
Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics
3
C
PHY 271
Electric Circuit and Electronics
2
C
PHY 291
Practical Physics I
2
C
PHY 292
Practical Physics II
2
C
PHY 299
Students Industrial Work Experience I
-
C
MTH 201
Mathematical Methods I
3
R
MTH 202
Elementary Differential Equations
3
R
CMP 201
Computer Programming I
2
R
STA 203
Statistics for Physical Science
3
R
GST 112
Logic Philosophy and human Existence
2
C
GST 113
Nigeria people and Culture
2
C
GST 222
Peace and Conflict Resolution
2
C
GST 223
Entrepreneurship Studies I
2
C
Total
Status
38
THIRD YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
PHY 301
Methods of Theoretical Physics I
2
C
PHY 302
Methods of Theoretical Physics II
3
C
PHY 311
Solid State Physics I
3
C
PHY 312
Renewable and nonrenewable Energy
2
C
PHY 321
Relativity Physics
3
C
PHY 331
Thermal Physics
3
C
PHY 362
Quantum Mechanics I
3
C
125
Status
PHY 371
Industrial Electronics
2
C
PHY 372
Electronic measurements
2
C
PHY 381
An Introduction to Astronomy
2
C
PHY 382
Basic Geophysics and Meteorology
2
C
PHY 392
Practical Physics
2
C
PHY 393
Workshop Course I (Mechanical)
2
C
PHY 394
Workshop Courses II (Electronics)
2
C
PHY 399
Students Industrial Work Experience II
GST 311
Entrepreneurship studies II
2
C
CMP 202
Computer Programming II
2
R
Total
C
37
FOURTH YEAR
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 401
Computational Physics
2
C
PHY 402
General Physics
2
C
PHY 411
Solid State Physics II
3
C
PHY421
Analytical Mechanics
3
C
PHY 432
Statistical Physics
3
C
PHY 451
Electromagnetic Theory
3
C
PHY 461
Quantum Mechanics II
3
C
PHY 462
Nuclear Physics
3
C
PHY 494
Project
6
C
A. ELECTIVE COURSES FOR PHYSICS MAJORS ONLY.
A minimum of 4 Units from any one group or, subject to Departmental approval, from different
groups.
126
(i) ASTROPHYSICS/GEOPHYSICS
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 481
Stellar Structure and Evolution
2
E
PHY 483
Modern Cosmology
2
E
PHY 485
Aeronomy
2
E
PHY 487
Industrial Geophysics
2
E
PHY 482
Galaxies
2
E
PHY 484
High Energy Astrophysics
2
E
PHY 486
Meteorology
2
E
(ii) Medical/Biophysics
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 463
Radiation Instrumentation
2
E
PHY 465
Biophysics I
2
E
PHY 467
Interaction of radiation with Matter
2
E
PHY 464
Medical Nuclear Physics
2
E
PHY 466
Biophysics II
2
E
PHY 468
Radiation Protection and Dosimetry
2
E
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 453
Classical Electrodynamics and Plasma
2
E
PHY 455
Symmetries in Physics
2
E
PHY 457
Interaction of radiation with Matter
2
E
PHY 452
Advanced Quantum Mechanics
2
E
PHY 454
Introduction to Elementary Particle Physics
2
E
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
127
PHY 431
Solar Energy I
2
E
PHY 433
Biomass Energy
2
E
PHY 432
Solar Energy II
2
PHY 434
Fossil Energy
2
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
PHY 471
Physical Electronics I
3
E
PHY 473
Digital Logic Theory
3
E
PHY 475
Electronic Materials
3
E
PHY 472
Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation
3
E
PHY 474
Circuit Theory
3
E
PHY 476
Physical Electronics II
3
E
Total
(iii)
40
Three Year Standard Programme
The same as the four year programme with the first year deleted, except that direct entry students
take GS 101 and GS 102 – Use of English and either GS 207 and GS 208 – HumanitiesTotal
or GS
103 and GS 104 – Social Science GS 202 – Peace and conflict resolution.
COURSE DESCRIPTION
PHY. 101: Fundamentals of Physics I
(3 Units)
Units and dimensions. Elements of vector algebra. Kinematics, linear and circular motion.
Laws of mechanics and gravitation, simple applications, motion of planets. Conservation laws,
energy, momentum; work and harmonic motion, simple and compound pendulums. Elasticity,
moduli of elasticity, bending moments, Fluid mechanics. Temperature and its measurement.
Heat capacity, specific heat, latent heat, critical points. Calorimetry. Gas laws; kinetic theory of
gases; thermal energy, work done by expanding gases; laws of thermodynamics. Heat transfer;
conduction, convection, radiation.
Longitudinal and transverse waves; vibrations in solids.
Sound waves in solid, liquids, gases; pitch, intensity land quality of sound. Doppler effect.
Acoustics of buildings. Ultrasonic.
128
PHY. 102
Fundamentals of Physics III
(3 Units)
Electrostatics; Coulomb’s law, Gauss’s law; simple applications. Electric field, Electrostatic
potential. Energy in electric field, capacitance. Insulators, conductors, dielectrics; polarization.
Electric current. Ohm’s law, circuit analysis. Thermoelectricity. Magnetic effects of current,
Ampere’s law, Applications. Permanent magnetism, earth’s magnetic field. Faraday’s law of
Induction.
Maxwell’s equations.
Alternating currents.
AC circuits.
Measuring devices.
Motion of a charged particle in electric and magnetic fields, Hall effect. Atomic and Nuclear
Structure. Nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactor.
PHY. 107:
General Physics Laboratory I
(1 Unit)
Selected Experiments from PHY 101.
PHY 108
General Physics Laboratory II
(1 Unit)
Selected experiments from PHY 102
PHY 212:
Structure of Matter
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 101 and PHY 102)
Structure of Solids, basic crystal structures, space lattices, primitive cells and Brilloium zones,
Bragg’s law of reflection for X-rays.
properties, theory of elasticity.
Types of crystals, crystal binding and mechanical
Fluid mechanics, equation of continuity, supersonic flow.
Kinetic theory of gases; thermal conductivity, viscosity and diffusion of gases; gases at low
pressures; Van der Waals equation. Brownian motion.
PHY 221:
Mechanics
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 101 )
Kinematics and mechanics of many particle systems; angular momentum. Dynamics of rigid
bodies, moment of inertia; symmetrical top gyroscope. Central forces; gravitational potential
problems. Kepler’s laws of planetary motion. Inertial frames Galilean transformations; Coriolis
force. Constancy of speed of light.
Lorentz transformations; length contraction and time
dilation, Einstein’s mass-energy relation.
PHY 241:
Waves
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 101)
129
General properties of wave motion, longitudinal and transverse waves, interference of waves.
Propagation of waves; effect of medium, dispersion, phase and group velocity, attenuation of
waves. Wave equations, various solutions; reflection and refraction of waves. Vibrating strings,
Longitudinal waves in metal bar; free and forced vibrations, resonance. Coupled systems.
Fourier analysis. Elastic waves in solids. Interference and diffraction of light – interferometers,
diffraction gratings, polarization of light-production and analysis of polarized light.
PHY 242:
Physical Optics
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 101)
Interference of light, types of fringes; division of wave front, fresnels biprism, Rayleigh
refreactometer; division of amplitude, interference in thin films. Newton’s rings, Michelson
interferometer,
Fabryperot
interferometer,
interference
filters,
Diffraction;
Fraunhofer
diffraction, single slit, circular aperture; zone plate, Cornu’s spiral. Resolving power of optical
instruments. Polarization of light, production and analysis of polarized lights, optical activity,
phase contrast microscope.
PHY 252:
Electromagnetism
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 102)
Electrostatics. Gauss’ Law. Fields of charge distribution, methods of images. Dielectrics,
Polarization, Electric current, current density. DC Network theory. Amperes Law, Magnetic
fields of simple circuits. Transients in capacitive and inductive circuits. AC circuits analysis.
Magnetization and hysteresis.
Permanent magnetism – Diamagnetism, Paramagnetism and
Ferromagnetism. Lorentz force. Hall effect. Maxwell’s equation – electromagnetic waves.
PHY 262:
Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics
(3 Units)
Experimental tests of inadequacies of classical physics, concept of quanta, Wave-particle
duality. From Bohr’s hypothesis to foundation of quantum mechanics. Concept of spin –
Pauli’s exclusion principle. Introduction to atomic and molecular spectra. X-rays. Lasers.
Radioactivity – Structure of nuclei. Nuclear fission and fusion. Nuclear reactors. Feasibility of
fusion power; Detectors. Accelerators.
PHY 271 Electric Circuits and Electronics
(2 Units)
DC circuits Kirchoffs laws. Network Theorems Network topology, General network solutions.
AC circuits. Inductance, capacitance, the transformer, sinusoidal wave-forms, rms and peak
130
values, power, impedance and admittance. Series RLC circuit, Q Factor, resonance. Filters.
Electronic structure of matter, conductivity in crystalline solids. Theory of energy bands in
conductors, insulators and semiconductors, electrons in metal and electron emissions intrinsic
and extrinsic semiconductors, doping. Carrier and transport phenomena in semiconductors. The
P-N junction, Junction break downs, Zener diodes.
PHY 291:
Practical Physics I
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 107, PHY 108)
Selected experiments from the 200-level Physics Courses.
PHY 292:
Practical Physics II
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 107, PHY 108)
Selected experiments from the 200-level Physics Courses.
PHY 301:
Methods of Theoretical Physics I
(2 Units)
Rotation and Translations in three dimensional space, coordinate transformations; curvilinear
coordinates. Basic properties of matrices and Determinants. Cauchy-Riemann relations. Partial
Differentiation and double integrals.
Power series.
Complex cariables, Argand diagram,
Cauchy’s theorem, residue theorem and contour integrations applied to problems in Physics.
Fourier analysis, Fourier transforms and their applications to problems in Physics.
PHY 302:
Methods of Theoretical Physics II
(3 Units)
Dimensional analysis and applications. First and Second order Partial differential equations in
Physics; Heat diffusion equation; wave equations. methods of Solution; Separation of variables,
Lap lace transforms, eigen values and eigen functions. Spherical Harmonics, Beta and Gamma
Functions and their applications.
PHY 311:
Solid State Physics I
(3 Units)
Crystal structure of solids, space lattices primitive cells and Brilliouin Zones; Miller indices,
structure factor.
Crystal diffraction by X-rays and neutrons, the reciprocal lattice; crystal
binding and mechanical properties of solids.
Theory of elasticity; lattice vibrations of
monatomic and diatomic chains; free electron theory of metals.
PHY 312 General Physics V
(2 Unit)
131
Energy and power; Principles, demands and outlook; transformation of energy and its costs;
thermal population; electrical energy from fossil fuels; hydroelectric generations; principles and
problems. Electrical energy from nuclear reactors, energy in the future; breeder reactors, fusion
power, geothermal power, tidal power, etc. Problems and promise. Effects on environment.
PHY 321:
Relativity Physics
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 221)
Galilean transformations, Michelson – Moley experiment, limitations of classical mechanics.
Constancy of velocity of light; Lorentz transformations. Time dilation, length contraction,
simultaneity of events, relativistic addition of velocities.
Doppler effect.
Relativistic
kinematics, mass – energy equivalence. Four vectors, relativistic invariance, invariance of
Maxwell’s equation.
PHY 331:
Thermal Physics
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 101)
First and second laws of thermodynamics – reversible and irreversible processes – Carnot’s
cycle, heat engines – isothermal and adiabatic expansion.
Maxwell’s relations.
Thermodynamic potentials,
Entropy – Third law of thermodynamics.
Joule-Kelvin effect –
refrigeration. Equation of state jof perfect gas; Maxwell-Bolzmann statistics; Partition function;
Equipartition theorem. Low temperature physics. Black body radiation.
PHY 362:
Quantum Mechanics I
Wave-Particle duality.
(3 Units)
Fundamental postulates of quantum mechanics – Heisenberg’s
uncertainty principle, statistical interpretation of wave functions. Correspondence principle:
Hamilton-Jacobi equations, Schrödinger’s equation, application to one-dimensional time
independent problems.
Central force problems – angular momentum and radial quantum
numbers of hydrogen like atoms. Introduction to scattering theory.
PHY 371: Industrial Electronics
(3 Units)
Operational amplifiers, analog-computers, Electronic building blocks, design of digital systems,
photoconductivity and erosions in solids, solar cells and applications Telecommunications,
telephony, telegraphy, telex, telemetry, antenna systems. AM and FM radio transmitters and
receivers, television, electron microscope, electronic control of industrial processes.
132
PHY 372 Electronic Measurements
(3 Units)
Electronic quantities measurement techniques: direct readout and comparison methods. Errors in
measurement, Deflectional instruments: types of meter movements and torques.
Moving coil instruments. Instrument transformers, potentiometers, Bridge measurements; basic
principles of bridges, detectors, DC bridges, AC bridges for capacitance and inductance
measurements universal bridge. Oscilloscopes, frequency and phase measurements.
PHY 381:
An Introduction to Astronomy
(2 Units)
Astronomical Units of mass distance and time. Optical and radiotelescopes, observatories in
space. Limitations due to nature of electromagnetic waves. Solar systems, physics of planets
and satellites, formation of planets, origin of the solar system. Stars, distances, brightness,
colours, luminosity, stellar types, spectra, stellar masses and dimension, stellar evolution.
Herztprung-Russel diagram, exploding stars, supernova, neutron stars, pulsars, black holes.
Galaxies, the Milky Way. Classification of galaxies, abnormal galaxies, quasars, isotropy and
homogeneity of the universe. Extra terrestrial life.
PHY 382:
Basic Geophysics & Meteorology
Introduction
to
seismic,
gravitational,
magnetic
(2 Units)
electrical/electromagnetic,
induced
popularization, well-logging and radioactivity methods as applied to prospecting for economic
mineral deposits. Use of geophysics in the solution of civil engineering problems. Earth’s
atmosphere; use of fluid dynamics; effect of rotation of the earth. Sources of atmospheric
motion, energy from the sun, periodic variation of solar energy. Composition of the atmosphere,
different layers, effect of composition absorption of solar energy in the atmosphere. Distribution
of temperature, pressure and wind with height; diurnal and seasonal variation of temperature.
Cloud formation, physics of clouds, Isotherms, isobars, weather charts. Various weather
systems, land and sea breezes, monsoon, dust haze, cyclones. Weather forecasting.
PHY 391:
Practical Physics V
(2 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 291)
Selected Experiments from the 300-Level Physics Courses.
PHY 392:
Practical Physics VI
(2 Units)
Selected Experiments from the 300-Level Physics Courses
133
PHY 393:
Workshop Course I (Mechanical)
(2 Units)
Safety precautions in mechanical workshop/industries. Units and measurements, Materials and
Tools. Use of various mechanical hand tools-hand riles, hacksaw, drills, etc. Use of machine
tools and practice – lathe machines, drilling machine, power hacksaw etc.
Welding and
fabrication practice. Woodwork tools and practice project. Technical drawing: Introduction to
technical drawing, geometrical construction, isometric and oblique drawings. Orthographic
projections – 1st and 3rd angle projections, maintenance and repair of machine tools, gears and
threads.
PHY 394:
Workshop Course II (Electronics)
(2 Units)
Safety precautions in electronic workshop/industries. Units and measurements. Identification of
electronic tools, electronic symbols and electronic components, colour codes in resistors and
capacitors. Soldering techniques, circuits designs and wiring. Use of test equipment like
multimeters, oscilloscopes and signal generators. Design and oscillators. Production line, role
of computers. Projects.
PHY 401:
Computation Physics
(2 Units)
Use of numerical methods in Physics, various methods of numerical integration, differentiation;
numerical solutions of some differential equations in Physics; statistical analysis of experimental
data.
Use of calculators and computers, computer programming, use of flow diagrams,
programming practice using some problems in Physics
PHY 402:
General Physics II
(2 Units)
Review of the five integrated themes in Physics, Viz (1) Concepts of space, time and motion (2)
Conservation Principles – Energy, charge, angular momentum etc (3) Fields – gravitational,
magnetic, electrostatic, etc; (4) Waves and (5) Quanta. Solution of simple problems on the
above topics.
PHY 411:
Solid State Physics II
(3 Units)
Nearly free electron theory of solids, Band theory of solids; metals, insulators and semiconductors; diamagnetism, paramagnetism and ferromagnetism; superconductivity; Defects in
solids, Lasers and Masers.
134
PHY 421:
Analytical Mechanics
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 221)
N-particle systems; generalized coordinates; D’Alambert’s principle, Lagrangrian formulation;
Hamiltonian formulation. Hamilton-Jacobi equations. Canonical transformations, generators,
Poisson brackets, Jacobin identity.
Continuous systems; classical theory of fields.
Small
vibrations.
PHY 432:
Statistical Physics
(3 Units)
The perfect classical gas, equation of state; partition function; Maxwell-Boltzmann, BoseEinstein and Fermi-Dirac Statistics, Einstein-Debye theory of specific heats of solids.
Liquefaction of gases; liquid helium, superfluity, Bose-Einstein condensation, production of low
temperatures. Nuclear demagnetization. Negative temperatures. Gas, Kelvin and Magnetic
temperature scales thermal properties of superconductors. Ordinary and High-temperature super
conductors.
PHY 431:
Solar Energy I
(3 Units)
Development of alternative energy sources – solar, wind, geothermal and others. Survey of
current solar energy activities and applications, solar radiation, radiation measuring instrument.
The Basic flat plate collector, selective surfaces antireflective coatings, collector designs,
thermal energy storage, high density batteries and fuel cells, solar houses, heat engines, thermal
electric power generation, cooling and refrigeration, solar ponds, distillation.
Design
performance and economics of solar systems. Demonstration projects.
PHY 432:
Solar Energy II
(2 Units)
Photoconductivity in solids, photo emission, photovoltaic generation of emf photovoltaic cells.
Amorphous photovoltaic cells and energy storage. Design performance and economics of solar
photovoltaic systems. Measurement and Instrumentation for voltaic systems. Application of
photovoltaic in industry and agriculture.
PHY 433:
Biomass Energy
(2 Units)
Photosynthesis, chemical processes and energy storage in plants. Fuel wood, animal waste,
manufacture of synthetic fuel e.g methanol, from Biomass oxidation and hydrolysis of fuels.
Wood stoves and burners. Desertification and fuel wood conservation.
135
PHY 434:
Fossil Energy
(2 Units)
Conventional sources of energy – petroleum and gas, coal, hydroelectric and thermal power
stations. Petroleum exploration, mining and refining. Design, operation and economics of
conventional fossil energy conversion and conservation systems, turbines, generators, boilers
and internal combustion engines. Energy consumption in industry, transportation and other
sectors.
PHY 451:
Electromagnetic Theory
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 252)
Maxwell’s equations, Poynting Vector, propagation of electromagnetic waves, polarization,
reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves.
Retarded and advanced potentials.
Transmission lines, wave guides, resonant cavities. Antenna, antenna arrays. Radiation from
moving charges.
PHY 452 Advanced Quantum Mechanics
(2 Units)
Relativistic wave equations Klein-Gordon and Dirac equation, application of Dirac equation to
hydrogen – like atoms. Guage invariance and coupling of Dirac and Klein-Gordon equation to
electromagnetic fields. Feyman’s path integral method – Feyman diagrams with simple
application.
PHY 453
Classical Electrodynamics & Plasma Physics
(2 Units)
Maxwell’s equations; covariant formalism; gauge transformation; solutions in presence of
sources. Multipole expansion of electromagnetic fields. Radiation from moving charges; self
energy problems.
Motion of charged particles in electromagnetic fields.
Plasma physics.
Boltzmann’s equation; linearized solutions. Magnetohydrodynamics, hydromagnetic waves.
PHY454:
Introductions to Elementary Particle Physics
(2 Units)
Leptons, Baryons and Masons-their quantum numbers, interactions and other properties.
Quarks, gluons and harmonic spectroscopy.
Unification of weak and electromagnetic
interactions. Theory of strong interactions. Possibilities of total unification of all interactions.
Recent developments.
136
PHY 451:
Electromagnetic Theory
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 252)
Maxwell’s equations, Poynting Vector, propagation of electromagnetic waves, polarization,
reflection and refraction of electromagnetic waves.
Retarded and advanced potentials.
Transmission lines, wave guides, resonant cavities. Antenna, antenna arrays. Radiation from
moving charges.
PHY 461:
Quantum Mechanics II
(3 Units)
State vectors and operators in Quantum mechanics-Schrodinger, Heisenberg and interaction
representations.
Harmonic oscillator, using creation and annihilation operators.
Angular
momenta. Time independent and time dependent perturbation theories: application to laser
systems. Identical particles and the spin-statistics theorem. Theory of scattering.
PHY 462:
Nuclear Physics
(3 Units)
(Prerequisite: PHY 261)
Nuclear structure, binding, stability, the liquid drop model, the shell model. Nuclear reactions,
general features, kinematics of the compounds nucleus, Breit-Wigner formula, nuclear fission.
Reactor physics, chain reaction, thermalization of neutrons, moderators, properties, basic
interpretations. Particle detectors. High energy accelerators.
PHY 463:
Radiation Instrumentation
(2 Units)
Radiation detection: Ionization chambers, Geiger counter, scintillation contours, bubble
chambers, Semiconductor detector, Multi-channel analyzers.
X-ray equipment.
Image
intensifiers. Teletherapy equipment. Ultrasonic equipment, radioisotopic scanners. Gamma
cameras.
PHY 464:
Medical Nuclear Physics
(2 Units)
Production of radioisotopes – principles of nuclear scanning and tracer techniques. Therapeutic
uses of radioisotopes. Nuclear magnetic resonance.
PHY 465:
Biophysics I
(2 Units)
Ionization of biomolecules eg amino acids; electrical charge on biomolecules and implications
for separation and purification methods: ion exchange, chromatography, electrophoresis, thin
layer and paper chromatography. Thermodynamic principles: the living organism as a nonequilibrium thermodynamic system. Energy transfer in living systems contrasted with that in in137
animate machines.
Bioelectricity: ion channels, action potentials and nerve impulse
transmission. Study of the electric cell.
PHY 466:
Biophysics II
(2 Units)
Optics of the eye, photo energy transduction in vision. Sound waves receiver and the ear,
hearing aids. Human voice, ultrasound and applications. Fluid flow and viscosity: implications
of blood flow. Viscosity and applications in serum analysis in health and disease and in Sickling
test. Aerodynamics, measurement of blood pressure, flow and volume. Osmotic pressure and
tonicity of biological fluids and infusion solutions. Surface tension and the lung, surface active
agents. Pulmonary resistance, elastic recoil, etc in relation of lung function. Centrifugation:
sedimentation velocity and equilibrium, applications.
PHY 467:
Interaction of Radiation with Matter
(2 Units)
Interaction of x and gamma – rays with matter: Coherent, Rayleigh and Thomson scattering.
Photoelectric effect, Compton effect, pair production, photodisintegration,. Probabilities of
interactions. Attenuation and absorption coefficients. Linear energy transfer, interactions of
charged particles and neutrons with matter.
PHY 468:
Radiation Protection and Dosimetry
(2 Units)
Radiation units. Maximum permissible doses. Genetic effects, acute and chronic exposure.
Personal Dosimetry.
Radiation shielding; Safe operation procedures.
Waste disposal.
Dosimetry methods and instruments.
PHY 471. Physical Electronics I
(3 Units)
Thevenin and Norton equivalent circuits, semiconductor diode, Rectifier Circuits, Thermionic
Valves, Bipolar junction transistors. Thyristors and other semiconductor devices. Basic transistor
circuits (BJTs, FETs, JFETs) Integrated circuits, power supplies. AC amplifiers, Noise, feed
back Oscillators including Multivibrators and non-sinusoidal oscillators, Pulse shaping.
PHY 472:
Electronic Measurement and Instrumentation
(3 Units)
Measurements, nature, design of experiments, scale. Voltage and current measurements, digital
voltmeters, measurement of AC voltage, average peak to peak response and rms detectors, direct
and alternating current probes.
Frequency and time measurements, standards, time signal
broadcasting, synthesizer. Signal analysis, digital analysis, digital techniques, Fourier transform
138
techniques, signal statistics. Types of sensors; solid state, electrolytic, gaseous, ion, capacitor,
magnetic induction and electronic sensors, various types of recorders. Basic principles of design
service and maintenance of instruments.
PHY 473: Digital Logic Theory
(3 Units)
Numbers, symbols, Binary Arithmetic, Boolean Algebra, Karnaugh Mapping, Digital Signals
and Logic Gates, Principles of Digital Computing, Counters, Switches, Ladder Logic,
Combinational Logic Functions, Multivibrators, Shift Registers, Digital-Analog conversion,
Digital communication, Digital storage (Memory) and processors.
PHY 474 Circuit Theory
(3 Units)
Network Theorems, Network Topology, General network solutions. Network transformations.
Time domain analysis of networks. Frequency domain analysis of networks. Fourier series and
periodic signals. Application of Fourier series in network analysis. Fourier Transform and non
periodic signals. Laplace transforms. Application of Laplace transformation to transient analysis
of RLC circuits. Transfer function concepts. Reliability of transfer functions.
PHY 475 Electronic Materials
(3 Units)
Structure, electrical and optical properties of semiconductor, Semiconductor metal contacts,
Ohmic and Schotty contacts, Influence of impurities and defects on properties of contacts,
quantum-well.
PHY 476. Physical Electronics II
(3 Units)
Therenin and Norton equivalent circuits, semiconductor diode, Rectifier Circuits, Thermionic
Valves, Bipolar junction transistors. Thyristors and other semiconductor devices. Basic transistor
circuits (BJTs, FETs, JFETs) Integrated circuits, power supplies. AC amplifiers, Noise, feed
back Oscillators including Multivibrators and non-sinusoidal oscillators, Pulse shaping.
PHY 481:
Stellar Structure and Evolution
(2 Units)
Physics of the stellar interior, equilibrium equation of stellar structure, continuity of mars,
hydrostatic equilibrium, thermal equilibrium, energy production. Energy, transport, radiation,
conduction, convection, neutrinos; stability against convection. Equations of state; effects of
degeneracy, relativity; Opacity. Energy generation, nuclear reaction in stars. Stellar models;
139
solutions of the equations of stellar structure; polytropic, analytic, linear and numerical models.
Survey of present knowledge of stellar evolution. Hertzprung-Russel diagram.
PHY 482:
Galaxies
(2 Units)
The Milky Way, stellar and gas content, kinematics and mass distribution, spiral structure, 21cm.
Line studies of galactic structure, star clusters. Radio emission from galaxies. Morphology and
classification of galaxies; general properties of galaxies; Systems of galaxies, interaction
between galaxies, magnetic fields. Connection between galaxies. Radio galaxies and quasistellar objects.
PHY. 483:
Modern Cosmology
(2 Units)
The content of the universe. He cosmological principle; Olber’s paradox; Hubble’s law; theories
of gravitation, variation of the constancy of nature with time. The Robertson-Walker line
elements, the dynamics of world models, Hubbles’ constant, red shift-magnitude relations,
source counts, the luminosity-volume tests, angular diameter-red shift tests.
PHY 484:
High Energy Astrophysics
(2 Units)
X-ray, gamma-rays, high energy particles; their interactions with matter, nuclear reactions;
spallation, observational techniques, Cosmic ray astrophysics; historical development; definition
of rigidity; solar wind; flux freezing; solar modulation; the galaxy; diffusion loss equation for
electrons in the galaxy. Synchrotron radiation, inverse Compton scattering; Supernova, Galactic
and extragalactic origin of cosmic rays, observational evidence. Acceleration of cosmic rays;
Fermi mechanism; shock waves; super-novae. Chells; neutron stars and pulsars; the origin of
the highest energy cosmic rays.
PHY 485 Aeronomy
(2Units)
Composition of the atmosphere; ionization. Influence of the sun on atmosphere.
The neutral atmosphere, pressure, density and temperature distribution. Formation of ionized
layers, Chapman theory; Propagation of electromagnetic waves in ionized medium; experimental
techniques for probing the ionosphere. Earth’s magnetic field in space, magnetic variation,
ionospheric conductivities and dynamo theory. Trapping of charged particles in the earth’s
magnetic field. Magnetic storms. The equatorial ionosphere. Ionospheric irregularities. Elements
of air glow and aurora.
140
PHY 486:
Meteorology
(2Units)
Earth’s atmosphere; use of fluid dynamics; effect of rotation of the earth. Sources of atmospheric
motion, energy from the sun, periodic variation of solar energy. Composition of the atmosphere,
different layers, effect of composition absorption of solar energy in the atmosphere. Distribution
of temperature, pressure and wind with height; diurnal and seasonal variation of temperature.
Cloud formation, physics of clouds, Isotherms, isobars, weather charts. Various weather
systems, land and sea breezes, monsoon, dust haze, cyclones. Weather forecasting.
PHY 487:
Industrial Geophysics
Introduction
to
seismic,
gravitational,
(2 Units)
magnetic
electrical/electromagnetic,
induced
popularization, well-logging and radioactivity methods as applied to prospecting for economic
mineral deposits. Use of geophysics in the solution of civil engineering problems.
PHY 494 Project Report
(6 Units)
This course offers students to do research in contemporary Physics under the supervision of a
staff. The research report is presented by the student on completion.
141
GEOLOGY
B.Sc. DEGREE IN GEOLOGY
COURSE OBJECTIVE AND PHILOSOPHY
The Department of Geology offers a 4-year Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) programme in Geology
and is dedicated to excellence in research in the geosciences. The focus of the educational
programme in Geology is to enable the student acquire the skills relevant to the ever increasing
Earth Resources Industry and ancillary services. Graduates are expected to gain expertise in a
wide range of geological and mining activities.
The other objectives of the Geology degree programme include:
 Providing the students with a broad and balanced foundation of geological knowledge
and practical skills and developing in students the ability to apply their geological
knowledge and skills to the solution of theoretical and practical problems in geology.
 Providing students with the knowledge and skills base from which they can proceed for
further studies in specialized areas of geology or multi-disciplinary areas involving
geology.
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
The entry requirements include credit level passes in five subjects including English Language,
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry to form the core subjects with additional credit in any other
one relevant science subject, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent. In
addition, an acceptable pass in the University in the University Matriculation Examination
(UME) is required for admission into 100L for a four-year degree programme. Candidates with
at least two A level passes at the Advanced Level in two relevant subjects (Chemistry,
Mathematics or Physics) may be admitted into 200 Level to undertake the three – year degree
programme.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
The main learning outcomes include understanding: 1) The major terminologies used in geology and obtaining a firm grasp of fundamental
geological concepts.
2) The major groups of rocks and their characteristic features and the fundamentals of earth
history and the concept of time in geology.
142
3) Physical geology and the practical identification of common rock-forming minerals and
fossils and the principles of systematic paleontology, and the morphology, evolution, and
identification of major animal phyla and their stratigraphic and paleoecologic
distributions.
4) The principles of crystallography and mineralogy and the procedures of identifying
minerals using the polarizing microscope.
5) The principles of stratigraphy, sedimentology, and palynology, the recognition of
sedimentary environments from the rock records, and their application in sedimentary
basin analysis.
6) Petroleum geology and the nature of source and reservoir rocks and hydrocarbon traps
and evaluation of petroleum potential of a sedimentary basin.
7) The fundamentals of groundwater, mineral, and hydrocarbon exploration and site
investigations for engineering foundation studies.
8) The value of geological fieldwork and the production of reliable geological reports.
JOB PROSPECTS
The oil and gas industry and the various companies that offer services to them employ a good
number of geophysics and geology graduates in Nigeria. In more recent times, due to the rapidly
increasing awareness on environmental degradation, the Environmental Industry is gradually
also becoming a major employer of geosciences graduates. Other prospective employers:

The Nigerian Geological Survey Agency

The Nigerian Mining Corporation

Construction companies

The Federal Ministry of Water Resources

The State Water Corporations

Water Drilling Companies
143
COURSE CONTENTS
FIRST YEAR
Course Code
Title of Course
Units
Status
GES 101
Use of English
2
C
GST 112
Humanities
2
R
GST 121
Use of Library
2
R
GEY 101
Introduction to Geology I
3
C
GEY 102
Introduction to Geology II
3
C
MTH 111
Elementary Mathematics I
3
R
PHY 101
Fundamentals of Physics I
3
R
PHY 102
Fundamentals of Physics II
3
R
PHY 191/192 Practical Physics I/II
4
R
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
3
R
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
3
R
CHM 112
Basic Practical Chemistry
3
R
BIO 101
General Biology I
3
R
CSC 101
Introduction to Computer Science
3
R
STA 111
Descriptive Statistics
4
R
ELECTIVES
FRE 101
Elementary French
4
E
PHY 201
General Physics III
3
E
MTH 102
General Mathematics II
3
E
C = Compulsory Course; R = Required Ancillary Course; E = Elective 43 Units Allowed
SECOND YEAR
Course Code
Title of Course
GEY 202
Crystallography & Mineralogy
GEY 203
Optical Mineralogy
GEY 205
Paleobiology I
GEY 206
Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks I
GEY 210
Geological Field Geology
GEY 212
Structural Geology & Map Interpretation
GEY 299
Industrial Attachment I
STA 205/206 Statistics for Physical Sciences I/II
GPH 202
Introduction to Earth Physics
CHM 203
Organic Chemistry II
CHM 201
Physical Chemistry II
CHM 231
Analytical Chemistry
GES 222
Peace Studies and Conflict Resolution
GST 223
Entrepreneurship Studies I
MTH 222
Elementary Differential Equations I
ELECTIVES
MTH 113
Advanced Mathematics III
PHY 221
Mechanics
Introduction to Atomic & Nuclear Physics
PHY 262
PHY252
Electromagnetism
ACH 202
Inorganic Chemistry II
FRE 201
Intermediate French I
144
Units
3
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
2
3
3
3
2
2
3
Status
C
C
C
C
C
C
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
3
2
E
E
3
E
2
3
2
E
E
E
41 Units Allowed
THIRD YEAR
Course Code
GEY 301
GEY 302
GEY 304
GEY 305
GEY 306
GPH 308
GEY 310
GEY 312
GEY 313
GEY 314
GEY 316
GEY 317
GEY 318
GEY 399
GST 311
CSC 201
37 Units Allowed
Title of Course
Geochronology & Precambrian Geology of Africa
Environmental Geology
Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks II
Sedimentology
Marine Geology
Principles of Geophysics
Geological Field Mapping & Surveying
Aerogeology & Remote Sensing
Structural Geology II
Stratigraphy
Paleobiology II
Mining & Applied Geology
Geology of Nigeria & Africa
Industrial Attachment II
Entrepreneurship Studies II
Computer Programming I
FOURTH YEAR
Course Code
Title of Course
GLY 402
Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks III
GLY 404
Economic Geology
GLG 405
Geochemistry
GLG 406
Biostratigraphy
GLG 408
Petroleum Geology
GPH 415
Applied Geophysics
GLY 410
Engineering Geology
GLY 411
Hydrogeology
GPH 416
Tectonophysics
GLY 414
Seminar
GLY 415
Project
ELECTIVES
STA 413
Analysis of Time Series
PHY 382
Meteorology
CHM 323
Resources of the Industry
PHY 413
Physics of the Earth’s Interior
35 Units Allowed
145
Units
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
3
2
2
Status
E
E
C
C
R
R
C
C
C
C
R
C
C
R
R
R
Units
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
3
2
6
Status
C
C
C
C
C
C
R
R
C
R
C
2
2
2
2
E
E
E
E
COURSE SYNOPSIS
GEY 101
Introduction to Geology I
2 units (LH 30; PH 45)
Study of the earth and the solar system; study of minerals – their crystallography, physical and
chemical properties, major rock types; geomorphic processes and products; internal processes
and products; economic resources of the earth.
GEY 102
Introduction to Geology II
3 Units (LH 45; PH 45)
The Geologic time scale and dating of rocks. Origin and chemical evolution of the atmosphere,
hydrosphere and biosphere. Fossils and their uses. Main biological groups to which fossils
belong – life through geologic time.
Concepts of paleoclimate, paleogeography,
paleooceanography, plaleomagnetism. Fundamental principles of stratigraphy.
GEY 202
Crystallography and Mineralogy
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Formation of crystal; crystalline state; laws of crystallography; space lattice and unit cell
symmetry elements, goniometry and stereographic projection; crystallographic projection;
crystallographic notations; seven crystal systems and 32 classes of crystal symmetry, crystal
defects; twinning and twin laws. Principles of crystal chemistry; physical and determinative
properties of minerals; systematics of minerals; silicates; description of common rock-forming
minerals. Industrial Mineralogy.
GEY 203
Optical Mineralogy
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Properties of light; polarizing microscope; double refraction, refractive index and relief;
uniaxiality an biaxiality of crystals; optical indicatrix, optical properties of minerals under
polarized, plane-polarized cross polarized, and convergent-polarized light; determination of
optic sign and dispersion X-ray crystallography.
GEY 205
Paleobiology I
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Rules of nomenclature, sampling and identification of fossils. Taxonomical, morphological and
evolutionary studies of the major invertebrate phyla- Protozon, Portifera, Coelentereta, Bryozoa,
Brachiopoda, Mollusca, Arthropoda, Echinodermata, and Graptolithina; their stratigraphic and
paleoecologic distribution; introduction to vertebrates plants and trace fossils.
146
GEY 206
Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks I
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Properties and chemistry of magma; volcanoes and their products; occurrences of intrusive
igneous rocks; mineralogy and texture of igneous rocks; descriptions of various classes of
igneous rocks and their evolution. Metamorphism and its controlling factors; regional, contact
an dislocation metamorphism; metamorphic facies and migmatites.
GEY 210
Geological Field Mapping
3 Units (LH 15; PH 90)
Fundamentals of structural geology; description of deformational structures, field mapping
techniques (the use of Brunton ‘Compass and clinometer, plane table, etc); study of topographic
maps; preparation of simple geologic maps; study of land use and conservation.
GEY 212
Structural Geology and Map Interpretation
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Principles of rock deformation, attitudes of planes; study of geometry, mechanics and types of
deformational structures; primary structures in igneous rocks; problems concerning geologic
maps’ application of orthographic projection in structural geology; structural mapping practice.
GEY 301
Geochronology & Precambrian Geology of Africa
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Geology and evolution of Precambrian domains and rocks, with special reference to Nigeria and
Africa. Principles of radiometric age determination
GEY 302
Environmental Geology
2 Units (LH 30)
Metallic and non metallic mineral resources; their composition, distribution, and utilization;
Industrial Minerals; Fossil fuels, surface and underground water hydrology.
GEY 304
Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks II 3 Units
(LH 30; PH 45)
Texture, mineralogy, chemistry, mode of occurrence, and classification of igneous and
metamorphic rocks.
Magma types; magmatic evolution.
Phase rule and thermodynamic
principles; crystallization of silicate melts; one-component and two-component systems;
eutectic, peritectic, and solid solution series, reaction principles; mineral paragenesis; Systematic
petrographic study of major igneous rocks types; methods of normative mineral calculation.
147
GEY 305
Sedimentology
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Origin of sediments; sedimentary processes; hydrodynamic interpretation; quantitative and
statistical study of sedimentary rocks; description of sedimentary environments from rock
records. Petrographic study of selected thin sections under polarizing microscope.
GEY 306
Marine Geology
2 Units (LH 30)
History of oceanographic expeditions and research; elements of physical oceanography; oceans
and climates; chemical, physical and biological aspects of oceans; description and origin of main
physiographic features of oceans; resources of oceans, their exploration and exploitation; ocean
laws, management and conservation.
GEY 310
Geological Field Mapping & Surveying
3 Units (PH 90)
Techniques in geologic mapping; preparation of geologic maps; practice mapping of selected
areas; report writing on field mapping. (Course is to be offered during short vacation or term
breaks).
GEY 312
Aerogeology and Remote Sensing
2 units (LH 30; PH 45)
Elements of photogrammetry and photo interpretation; Preparation of photogeologic map; Major
satellite programmes; GIS application for Digital Image Processing – image stretching, spatial
filtering, band rationing, lineament density analysis, colour composites, principal component
analysis, image classification; Geologic application of remote sensing techniques.
GEY 313
Structural Geology II
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Stress and strain; deformational ellipsoid; major deformational structures of the earth; formation
of cleavage, schistosity and lineation; mega and micro structures; emplacement of salt domes;
plutons and other intrusive bodies; polyphase deformation; structural petrology; Problems
concerning geologic maps and structures; stereographic projection in structural geology.
GEY 314
Geology of Nigeria & Africa
3 Units (LH 45)
Distribution and description of Igneous, Metamorphic and sedimentary rocks of Nigeria;
structural development and major tectonic elements of Nigeria, Origin of Nigerian sedimentary
basins; economic geology of Nigeria.
148
GEY 315
Stratigraphy
2 Units
(LH 30; PH 45)
Development of stratigraphy and stratigraphic principles; geologic time and geochronology;
texture, structure and composition of sedimentary rocks, sedimentary environments, stratigraphic
record in time an space; litho- and biostratigraphic units; stratigraphic codes and nomenclature
principles and practice of correlation. Principles of Sequence Stratigraphy.
GEY 316
Paleobiology II
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Palaeontologic principles and Paleobiologic models. Macro and micro evolution. Taxanomic,
morphologic and biostratigraphic studies of the major groups of microfossils especially,
foraminifera, pollen and spores; their paleoenvironmental applications.
GEY 317
Mining and Applied Geology
2 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
History of Mining; Exploration - Geology - Reserves; Mining equipments; mining methods:
Blast design and Assessment for surface mines and quarries, underground mines, exploring
drilling; mining safety; mineral processing; mining laws; mine administration and management.
GEY 402
Petrology of Igneous and Metamorphic Rocks III
2 Units (LH 15; PH 45)
Study of igneous and metamorphic rocks emphasizing distribution, genetic relationship,
petrography and petrogenesis; treatment of selected metamorphic minerals and their stability
field; discussion of some typical igneous and metamorphic areas of the world with emphases on
Nigeria.
GEY 404
Economic Geology
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Concept of ore genesis; factors controlling deposition of metallic ores; metallogenic provinces
and epochs. Physical and chemical properties, mode of formation, and industrial uses of clays,
limestone, evaporates, and coal. Mineral deposites of Nigeria and other parts of the world;
techniques for exploration, extraction and evaluation of reserves.
GEY 405
Geochemistry
2 Units (LH 30)
Geochemical classification of elements, meteorites, distribution of elements in the cosmic
system lithospheric hydrosphere, and atmosphere; geochemical cycles of some selected
elements; geochemistry of different rock types; weathering and soil formation; principles and
methods of exploration geochemistry and geochemical analysis; chemistry of petroleum and
coal.
149
GEY 406
Biostratigraphy
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Basic concepts in Biostratigraphy. Biostratigraphic study emphasis on Ammonites, Pelecypoda,
gastropoda, foraminifera, ostracode and pollen and spores from Nigeria. Statistical data analysis
of paleontological data.
GEY 408
Petroleum Geology
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Composition, origin, maturation of petroleum, Migration and accumulation of petroleum; source,
reservoir and cap rocks; types of traps; drilling, logging and production; reservoir and reserve
estimation; recovery and exploration methods; geological and geographical distribution of
petroleum; petroleum geology of Nigeria.
GEY 410
Engineering Geology
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Application of geologic principles to engineering problems, geologic site in investigations,
dams, tunnels, reservoir etc; engineering properties of rocks and minerals; elements of soil
mechanical foundations concrete aggregates and quarrying techniques, influence of groundwater
on engineering structures.
GEY 411
Hydrogeology
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
Occurrence, movement, replenishment and depletion of groundwater; physics of fluid-flow in
porous media; porosity and permeability; well boring, testing and development; groundwater
exploration and exploitation, environmental isotopes and tracers, groundwater quality and
contamination, groundwater and geotechnical problems.
GEY 414
Seminar/Special Paper
2 Units
Each qualified students is expected to work on a seminar topic approved and supervised by a
lecturer. The evaluation for this course is based on seminar presentation (50%), and special
paper based on the topic (50%). The student presents the seminar before a departmental forum.
The student is evaluated based on mastery of his topic and clarity of presentation by the lecturers
present at the seminar. The special paper will be graded by the supervisor and one other lecturer.
GEY 415
Research Project
6 Units
Each qualified student is expected to work on a topic approved by his/her supervisor. The project
may involve field mapping, special geophysical investigation or industrial-based project to be
completed within the specified period. The project must show the student’s understanding of the
150
area covered. The research should be compiled and submitted as on a project report which will
be defended by the student before an external examiner. The final grade shall be the average of
the grades from the external examiner (50%), and two departmental assessors, which shall
normally include the student’s supervisor (50%).
151
APPLIED GEOPHYSICS
B.SC. DEGREE IN APPLIED GEOPHYSICS
PHILOSOPHY, AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE DEGREE PROGRAMME
The programme is intended to equip the students with the necessary skills to have adequate
knowledge of the composition of the Earth’s subsurface and be able to fully exploit the earth’s
natural resources for national development.
The programme also aims at bringing together the ingredients necessary for a well-paid career as
required in the mineral/oil industry and engineering/groundwater-related areas of the national
economy and in the relevant government establishments. Opportunities for the attainment of
academic excellence through effective teaching and research in all aspects of Applied
Geophysics are also provided.
The specific objectives of the Department are among others, to:
i.
Impact basic and fundamental knowledge in all areas of Applied Geophysics.
ii.
Provide the necessary training and exposure in all aspects of Applied Geophysics
that is in the forefront of development such as in hydrocarbon and groundwater
exploration, environmental pollution, Dam site Roads and other Civil Engineering
construction site investigations.
iii.
Provide opportunity for a better appreciation of fields with the use of integrated
Applied Geophysics at maximizing growth and technological development in all
aspects of explorations.
iv.
Develop the necessary manpower needed for industrial, technological, research,
and academic development of the country in all aspects of Applied Geophysics.
v.
Provide effective teaching, research and practical oriented/field work programme
that is required in all the fields of applied Geophysics.
vi.
Offer the opportunities for the full development of Applied Geophysics to meet the
ever growing challenges as is applicable in the industry, private sector and
government services, for the overall growth and development of the country and
mankind in general.
152
ADMISSION AND GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
The entry requirements shall be at least credit level passes in five subjects including English
Language, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry to form the core subjects with credit in any
other one relevant science subject, at the Senior Secondary School Certificate or its equivalent.
In addition, an acceptable pass in the University Matriculation Exams is required.
Candidates with two A level passes (graded A-E) at the Advanced Level in one or more relevant
subjects (Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics) may undertake the three – year degree
programme into 200-level.
LEARNING OUTCOMES
Regime of Subject Knowledge
 The range of knowledge to be covered is the various areas of exploration, processing and
interpretation methods in order to equip the students with the knowledge of the earth in
general and the available natural earth resources of Nigeria in particular.
Competencies and Skills
 At the B.Sc. degree level, geophysics students are expected to develop a wide range of
cognitive and practical skills in Geophysics.
 Graduates of Geophysics are expected to have the ability to apply knowledge and skills
to solving theoretical and practical problems in the exploration and exploitation of the
earth’s natural resources and also be able to carry out research in the geosciences.
COURSE CONTENTS
FIRST YEAR
100 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
GEY 101
Introduction to Geology I
GEY 102
Introduction to Geology II
PHY 101
Fundamentals of Physics I
PHY 102
Fundamentals of Physics II
PHY 191/192
Practical Physics I/II
CHM 101
General Chemistry I
CHM 102
General Chemistry II
ACH 112
Basic Practical Chemistry
MTH 111
Elementary Mathematics I
MTH 121
Elementary Mathematics II
CSC 101
Introduction to Computer Science
GST 111
Communication in English I
GST 112
Logic, Philosophy and Human Existence
GST 121
Use of Library, Study Skills & ICT
153
Units
2
2
3
3
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
Status
C
C
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
R
R
ELECTIVES
FRE 101
Elementary French
PHY 104
General Physics I
39 Units Allowed
4
3
E
E
SECOND YEAR
200 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
MTH 241
Mathematical Methods I
MTH 222
Elementary Differential Equation I
PHY 201
General Physics III
PHY 241
Waves
PHY 242
Physical Optics
PHY 331
Thermal Physics
CSC 201
Computer Programming I
CSC 202
Computer Programming II
GEY 206
Petrology of Igneous & Metamorphic Rocks I
GEY 202
Crystallography & Mineralogy
GEY 212
Structural Geology & Map Interpretation
GEY 210
Geological Map Interpretation & Field Mapping
GPH 202
Introduction to Earth Physics
GPH 220
Geomathematics
Units
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
2
3
3
3
2
3
Status
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
E
C
C
C
C
C
C
GST 223
Entrepreneurship Studies I
2
R
GES 222
Peace & Conflict Resolution
2
R
GEY 229
Industrial Training I
3
R
PHY 252
Electromagnetism
3
R
Units
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
Status
C
C
C
C
E
C
R
C
C
R
R
42 Units Allowed
THIRD YEAR
300 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
GEY 314
Principles of Stratigraphy
GEY 312
Aerogeology and Remote Sensing
GEY 313
Structural Geology II
GEY 305
Sedimentology and Sedimentary Petrology
GEY 317
Mining & Applied Geology
GEY 318
Geology of Nigeria & Africa
GPH 305
Geophysical Field Methods
GPH 307/309 Gravity & Magnetic Prospecting Methods
GPH 308
Principles of Geophysics
GPH 312
Electrical & Electromagnetic Methods
PHY 381
Introduction to Astronomy
154
STA 202
Statistics for Physical & Engineering Sciences
4
R
GST 311
Entrepreneurial Skills II
2
R
GPH 399
Industrial Training II
42 Units Allowed
FOURTH YEAR
400 LEVEL COURSES
Course Code
Course Title
GPH 403
Energy & Environmental Studies
GEY 404
Economic Geology
GPH 416
Tectonophysics
GEY 408
Petroleum Geology
GEY 410
Engineering Geology
GPH 415
Project
GPH 404
Geophysical Data Processing
GPH 405
Engineering Geophysics
GPH 408
Geophysical Seminar
GPH 409
Radiometric and Well Logging Methods
GPH 410
Geophysics and Geothermal Energy
GPH 411
Seismic Reflection & Refraction Methods
GPH 412
Groundwater Geophysics
GPH 413
Borehole Geophysics
GPH 414
Environmental Geophysics
36 Units Allowed
3
R
Units
2
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
2
3
3
4
3
3
3
Status
C
E
R
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
E
C
E
C
E
COURSE DESCRIPTION
GPH 202:
INTRODUCTION TO EARTH PHYSICS (2 Units, LH 30)
The Earth’s History. The Earth’s interior. Seismicity and earthquake zones. The nature of the
gravity field of the earth. The measurement of gravity and the figure of the earth. The Earth’s
magnetic field. Rock magnetism, Polar wandering and the continental drift. Heat flow and
geothermometry.
GPH 220.
GEOMATHEMATICS (3 Units, LH 45)
Differential and integral calculus. Types of functions. Vector analysis, magnetic and Gravity
potential theory representation. Matrix algebra, solution of Laplace equations and spherical
harmonic analysis. Fourier analysis. Statistical regression analysis, curve fitting techniques and
analysis of errors. Bessel equation and Lagendre polynomials. Solution of Matrix equations.
155
GPH 305:
GEOPHYSICAL FIELD METHODS AND INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS
(2 Units, LH 30).
Study of the essential elements of geophysical data acquisition systems. Seismic surveys using
explosive or surface sources. Signal amplification, multiplexed, etc. methods in Electrical
prospecting. Elements of currents and voltage measurement circuitries.
Field surveys using
gravimeters in Electromagnetic prospecting. Field procedures for the different EM methods.
Geophysical Logging Instruments and methods. Instrument circuitry in Induced Polarization
Prospecting Methods.
GPH 307:
MAGNETIC PROSPECTING METHODS (2 Units, LH 30)
Introduction: Potentials: Fundamentals of magnetic dipole interactions with applications to
simple mass distributions, Gauss Theorem.
The filed equation.
Instrumentation and field
procedures. Reduction of magnetic data. Anomaly separation and interpretation. Air-borne and
sea-borne magnetic surveys.
Data acquisition and Interpretation. Applications of magnetic
methods in mineral exploration and geologic mapping.
GPH 308
PRINCIPLES OF GEOPHYSICS
3 UNITS (LH 30)
Physics of the earth. Earth structure and composition as revealed by seismology, gravity and
magnetic methods. Analysis of electrical properties of rocks. DC resistivity prospecting and
data analysis, including instrumentation. Thermal history of the earth and geothermal methods.
GPH 309:
GRAVITY PROSPECTING METHODS (2 Units, LH 30)
Introduction: Potential; Theory of attraction and potential with applications to simple mass
distributions. Theorems of Green and Gauss.
The field equations, Green’s formulae and
Equivalent surface layers, Instruments and Data acquisition. Gravity Data reduction, regional,
residual anomaly separation. Interpretation of gravity anomalies, death and total mass estimates
applications of gravity method in mineral exploration, groundwater and geologic mapping.
GPH 312:
ELECTRICAL PROSPECTING METHODS (3 Units, LH 45)
An introduction to the fundamentals, instrumentation, field procedure, computations,
interpretation and application of electrical exploration methods. Laboratory work will scale and
mathematical models coupled with fieldwork in areas of known geology.
156
GPH 399: INDUSTRAL TRAINING IN GEOPHYSICS (3 Units)
An independent geological and geophysical filed studies exercise lasting 8-12 weeks during the
long vacation at the end of the third year. A report on this exercise would be written and
submitted at the beginning of the second Semester of the fourth year.
GPH 405:
ENGINEERING GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45)
Shallow geophysical techniques for evaluation of engineering parameters; elastic co-efficient,
geologic structured, groundwater, seismic hazards and regulatory criteria.
GPH 409:
Radiometrics and Well Logging Methods (2 Units, LH 30)
Fundamental principle of radioactivity, nuclear, radioactive decay processes, radioactivity of
rocks and minerals. Instrumentation, and data interpretation. Case histories.Concepts of the
logging techniques.
Electrical logging methods.
Polarization, E, Dipmeter, etc.
Resistively, self-potential, induced
Porosity logs-sonics, gamma ray, density, neutron logs,
etc…Others-susceptibility, caliper, thermal, gravimetry logs. Instruments, data acquisition and
interpretation of logs, application of geophysical logs in oil and ground water exploration.
GPH 411: SEISMIC PROSPECTING METHODS (4 Units, LH 60 )
Geophysics and Mineral Exploration activity.
Seismic exploration:
Wave types:
direct,
refracted and reflected wave paths. Curved ray theory and applications. Refraction for the Nlayer horizontal case. Numerical solution for a refraction profile over a single dipping interface.
Field techniques, processing and interpretation of modern seismic refraction sections, static
correction charts. The place of Geophysics in Oil Exploration, propagation of seismic waves.
Analytical treatment of elementary seismic reflection problems. Field techniques.
Processing
and interpretation of modern seismic reflection sections, NMO charts.
GPH 412: GROUNDWATER GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 30, PH 45)
Applications of geophysical methods in groundwater exploration. Aquifer determination in
basement complex and sedimentary areas.
groundwater investigation.
Mapping of geological structure useful to
Determination of aquifer characteristics. Relevant geophysical
techniques and field procedures. Borehole location strategy. Case histories.
157
GPH 415
Gravity,
APPLIED GEOPHYSICS
Resistivity,
Magnetic,
Seismic
3 Units (LH 30; PH 45)
prospecting
methods;
Induced
Polarization;
Electromagnetic methods, Geophysical methods in hydrogeology and engineering geology.
GPH 414:
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45)
Applications of geophysical techniques in environmental pollution studies, saline water intrusion
and mapping, determination of groundwater quality, chemical pollution at industrial sites and
delineation of chemical plumes, oil spillage, pollution and its mapping.
GPH: 410:
GEOPHYSICS AND GEOTHERMAL ENERGY (3 Units, LH 45)
Origin and nature of heat flow from the earth.
Factors that control economic aspects of
geothermal energy. Descriptions of known fields. Application of heat flow measurement,
Electrical surveys, seismicity studies and other exploration tools for the search and evaluation of
geothermal energy. Field Trips.
GPH 413:
BOREHOLE GEOPHYSICS (3 Units, LH 45)
Concepts of the logging techniques. Electrical logging methods. Resistively, self-potential,
induced Polarization, E, Dipmeter, etc. Porosity logs-sonics, gamma ray, density, neutron logs,
etc…Others-susceptibility, caliper, thermal, gravimetry logs. Instruments, data acquisition and
interpretation of logs, application of geophysical logs in oil and ground water exploration.
GPH 416
TECTONOPHYSICS
2 Units (LH 30)
Internal constitution of the earth; global tectonics and polar wandering; paleomagnetism and
seafloor spreading etc; study of major tectonic elements of the earth such as heat-flow, rift zone,
island arcs, hot spots, continental margins, mobile belts and shield areas of the world;
magnetostratigraphy and geochronology.
158
FACULTY OF HUMANITIES AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
159
ENGLISH
B.A DEGREE IN ENGLISH
PHILOSOPHY
When the Federal University commenced studies in 2011, the Department of English Language
and Literature was one of the pioneer departments. It mounted studies in literature and English
Language, culminating in the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree in English language and
literature. The Department was determined to make a great impact in the study of
Nigerian/African literature, world literature, language and its components and contemporary
trends in language studies.
OBJECTIVES
In order to achieve the ideals contained in the philosophy enunciated above, a comprehensive
academic programme to enhance the acquisition of a sound knowledge of the linguistic theories
and functions of the English language and literary studies is designed herein, with the following
specific objectives in mind:
1. To train students to understand the nature and functions of the English language as a means
of communication and to understand literature as an application of language;
2. To train students to gain greater refinement of character and personality development
through language and literary studies;
3. To train students to understand, speak and write correctly in the English Language to
enhance their performance in academic studies and research as well as in the practice of
their chosen careers;
MODE OF ADMISSION
The two modes of admission include:
I
JAMB, UTME and
Ii
Direct Entry
160
ENTRY REQUIREMENTS
A. UNIFIED TERTIARY MATRICULATION EXAMINATION
i.
West African School Certificate Examination (WASCE) O’L or Senior Secondary
School Certificate Examination (SSCE) or General Certificate of Examination (GCE)
with passes at credit level in at least five (5) subjects including English Language,
Literature-In-English, Mathematics and any two other arts subjects obtained at not
more than two sittings.
ii.
The National Examination Council (NECO) certificate with passes at credit level in
at least five (5) subjects including English Language, Literature-in-English,
Mathematics and any two other arts subjects obtained at not more than two sittings.
DIRECT ENTRY
Admission into the three year full-time programme is open to candidates who combined English
Language in a double major NCE programme in a college of Education recognized by the
National Commission for Colleges of Education (NCCE).
DURATION OF STUDY OF PROGRAMME
Four (4) years for UTME candidates
Three (3) years for Direct Entry candidates
100 LEVEL
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ENG 101
English Language 1
3
C
ENG 103
Spoken English
3
C
ENG 111
Introduction to Prose Fiction
3
C
ENG 113
Introduction to Drama and Theatre
3
C
LIN 101
Introduction to Linguistics 1
2
R
GST 101
Use of English 1
2
C
GST 102
Philosophy and Logic
2
C
GST 103
Citizenship Education 1
2
C
FRE 101
Basic French 1
2
R
TOTAL
22
161
100
LEVEL
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ENG 104
Rhetorics and Composition
3
C
ENG 112
Introduction to Poetry
3
C
ENG. 134
Introduction to West African Prose Fiction
3
C
GST 104
History and Philosophy of Science
2
R
GST 106
Use of English II
2
R
GST 107
Citizenship Education
2
R
LIN 102
Introduction to Linguistics II
2
R
FRE 102
Basic French II
2
R
Course Title
Units
Status
ENG 201
Advanced English Syntax I
2
C
ENG. 203
Advanced English Composition
3
C
ENG. 203
Advanced English Composition
3
C
ENG. 205
History of the English Language
3
C
ENG. 221
Survey
to 3
C
Introduction to Nigerian Literature: Poetry and 3
C
200 LEVEL
Course
FIRST SEMESTER
Code
of
English
Literature
Medieval
Renaissance
ENG. 223
Drama
ENG. 231
African Drama and Theatre
3
C
FRE 203
Basic French III
2
R
CMP 201
Introduction to Computer
2
R
TOTAL
200 LEVEL
24
SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ENG 202
Advanced English Syntax II
2
C
ENG. 204
Advanced English Composition
3
C
ENG. 222
Survey of English Literature (Restoration and 3
C
162
18th c.)
ENG. 232
English for Specific Purpose
3
C
ENG. 234
Introduction to Oral Literature
3
C
ENG. 242
Survey of American Literature
3
C
FRE 204
Basic French IV
2
E
GST 202
Peace and Conflict Resolution
2
E
TOTAL
300 LEVEL
Course Code
21
FIRST SEMESTER
Course Title
Units
Status
ENG. 301
ENG. 303
Introduction to Applied Linguistics
Discourse Analysis
3
3
C
C
ENG. 305
English Language in Nigeria
3
C
ENG. 333
TOTAL
Introduction to African Poetry
3
12
C
C
Units
Status
300 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
ENG: 302
ENG. 304
Phonology of English
Introduction to Semantics
3
3
C
C
ENG. 306
Introduction to Sociolinguistics
3
C
ENG. 352
TOTAL
Research Methods
3
12
C
C
Units
Status
400 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
ENG. 401
ENG. 403
ENG. 421
ENG. 431
ENG. 441
ENG. 402
ENG. 404
ENG. 412
English Morphology
Psycholinguistics
English Literature: The Modern Period
African Heroic Literature
Caribbean Literature
Varieties of English
New Trends in Syntax
Literary Theories and Criticism
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
ENG. 414
ENG. 422
ENG. 442
TOTAL
Contemporary Drama
Literature and Society
The Long Essay
3
3
3
22
C
C
C
163
COURSE DESCRIPTION
ENG 101: ENGLISH LANGUAGE 1
3 UNITS
This course is designed to imbue the students with a reasonable efficiency in the use of English
language.
ENG 103: SPOKEN ENGLISH
3 UNITS
This course is rudimentary and essentially fundamental for first year students of English
language and literature. It teaches basic skills needed for the acquisition of the spoken form of
English.
ENG 111: INTRODUCTION TO PROSE FICTION
3 UNITS
The course introduces new students to the nature and scope of prose fiction generally. It
examines the origin and scope of prose fiction and provides the foundation for the teaching of
other prose fiction courses.
ENG 113: INTRODUCTION TO DRAMA AND THEATRE 3 UNITS
This course is intended to introduce the students to the generic classification, origin and
development of drama and theatre from the classical period to the present time.
ENG 104: RHETORICS AND COMPOSITION 3 UNITS
The course deals with major issues including origin and current trends in the study of rhetorics
and composition in the modern world.
ENG 112: INTRODUCTION TO POETRY
3UNITS
This course focuses on language in its most condensed artful form especially as an instrument
which can stir, touch and arouse in man the most deeply felt emotions.
ENG. 134: INTRODUCTION TO WEST AFRICAN PROSE FICTION
3 UNITS
The course aims to introduce the student to West African Literature within the genre of prose
fiction. It registers the approaches to the study and understanding of West African prose.
164
ENG 201: ADVANCED ENGLISH SYNTAX 1
2 UNITS
The course studies the salient features of English Grammatical structure in a fairly practical way
focusing on Traditional Grammar. Particular attention will be paid to basic sentence and phrase
structures, clause types and inter-sentential relations so as to give the student a solid foundation
for the study of other grammatical theories of the English Language.
ENG. 203 ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION
3 UNITS
Advanced English composition deals basically with acquiring skills for effective continuous
writing. It builds on knowledge garnered from the teaching of Use of English 1 and 11 by
teaching the student on how to acquire effective skills for any form of continuous writing.
ENG. 203: ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION
3 UNITS
Advanced English composition deals basically with acquiring skills for effective continuous
writing. It builds on knowledge garnered from the teaching of Use of English 1 and 11 by
teaching the student on how to acquire effective skills for any form of continues writing
ENG. 205: HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
3 UNITS
The course introduces students to the origin, growth and development of the English Language.
Particular attention will be paid to major divisions in the development-Old, Middle and modern
English and contemporary period.
ENG. 221: SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE: MEDIEVAL TO RENAISSANCE
3 UNITS
This survey course broadly looks at the contributions of major literary writers of the historical
moments which make up the course: Anglo-Saxon, Medieval, Elizabethan, and Renaissance.
ENG. 223 INTRODUCTION TO NIGERIAN LITERATURE: POETRY AND DRAMA
3 UNITS
This course is intended to introduce the students to Nigerian poetry and Drama, highlighting a
number of recurring variables. It adopts a historical approach by introducing the various phases
in the development of Nigerian Poetry and Drama.
165
ENG. 231: AFRICAN DRAMA AND THEATRE
3 UNITS
Having had the introductory course in drama and theatre in the first year, in this second year the
students will be exposed to the drama genre of Africa. Thus, they will be exposed to the origins,
growth and development and place of drama in Africa at the present time.
ENG 202: ADVANCED ENGLISH SYNTAX 11 2 UNITS
The course explores the salient features of English grammatical structure using the scale and
category theory of English grammar.
ENG. 204: ADVANCED ENGLISH COMPOSITION
3 UNITS
The course deals with acquiring skills for effective continuous writing.
ENG. 222: SURVEY OF ENGLISH LITERATURE (RESTORATION AND 18 TH C.)
3 UNITS
This course examines the English literature of the Restoration and 18thc against its political and
philosophical backgrounds.
ENG. 232: ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSE
3 UNITS
This is the study of the English register and vocabulary used for communication in specific
professions and disciplines.
ENG. 234: INTRODUCTION TO ORAL LITERATURE
3 UNITS
The course examines the African oral narrative, poetry and traditional dramatic festivals.
ENG. 242: SURVEY OF AMERICAN LITERATURE 3 UNITS
This is a critical survey of American literature from the colonial era to the present.
ENG. 301: INTRODUCTION TO APPLIED LINGUISTICS
3 UNITS
Applied linguistics refers to the application of linguistic knowledge in accomplishing certain
language tasks. In this course the students are to be exposed to issues in language learning and
acquisition, contrastive analysis and error analysis.
166
ENG. 303: DISCOURSE ANALYSIS
3 UNITS
Discourse analysis means the analysis of language in use”. It is completely linguistic, social and
cognitive in nature.
ENG. 305: ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN NIGERIA
3 UNITS
This course is concerned with the study of the English language in the Nigerian context or
situation. It considers the historical, political/social and cultural factors responsible for the
introduction and implementation of the language in Nigeria.
ENG. 333: INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN POETRY
3 UNITS
This course is on African poetry in English expression. Essentially the course will teach the
students the emergence of African poetry in English expression.
ENG: 302: PHONOLOGY OF ENGLISH
3 UNITS
This course is designed to expose the students to the basic skills in spoken English with
particular emphasis on Received pronunciation (RP)
ENG. 304: INTRODUCTION TO SEMANTICS
3 UNITS
The course introduces students to semantics as a branch of linguistics which deals with the study
of meaning in natural language.
ENG. 306: INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLINGUISTICS
3 UNITS
Socio linguistics explores how language is used in society. It will expose the students to different
speech communities and the behaviours inherent in humans as they get in contact with language.
ENG. 352: RESEARCH METHODS
3 UNITS
This course introduces students to the challenges of writing supervised research. It exposes the
students to the necessary background to writing their final year long essays or publishable
papers.
ENG. 401: ENGLISH MORPHOLOGY
The course entails detailed study of morphological concepts and processes in the English
language. Concepts such as the morph, the Morpheme, the allomorph, the root, the base and the
stem will be treated.
167
ENG. 403: PSYCHOLINGUISTICS 3 UNITS
The course is deigned to teach the students various theories in language acquisition, the link
between language and linguistics, and the functions of the brain in relation to language
acquisition.
ENG. 405: STYLISTICS OF ENGLISH
3 UNITS
This course aims at teaching the students the different definitions and meanings of stylistics and
how it uses its knowledge of linguistics to interpreter literature.
ENG. 421: ENGLISH LITERATURE: THE MODERN PERIOD
3 UNITS
The course introduces the students to modernist writers of English literature. It explores the
origins, development and form of the period, covering major poets, novelists and playwrights.
ENG. 431: AFRICAN HEROIC LITERATURE
3 UNITS
This course aims at establishing that there is EPIC IN Africa by highlighting the features f the
Epic and juxtaposing the features with the epic found in Africa and those of the outside world.
ENG. 441 CARIBBEAN LITERATURE
3 UNITS
This course examines the social, political, historical and intellectual background to the literature
of the English speaking Caribbean peoples as is manifested in their essay, political pamphlets
and autobiographies.
ENG. 402:
VARIETIES OF ENGLISH
3 UNITS
The course examines the concept of variety category emphasizing the two major kinds of
language variety: Dialects and Diatypes/Register.
ENG. 404: NEW TRENDS IN SYNTAX
3 UNITS
New trends in syntax examines the works of traditional grammarians. It highlights the analysis
of language and grammar.
ENG. 412: LITERARY THEORIES AND CRITICISM
3 UNITS
The course looks at the literary theories which provide the foundation for interpretation and
critical evaluation of creative literature-poetry, drama and prose fiction and non-fiction.
168
ENG. 414: CONTEMPORARY DRAMA
3 UNITS
Contemporary Drama focuses attention on modern dramatic aesthetics and concepts.
ENG. 422: LITERATURE AND SOCIETY
3 UNITS
The course exposes students to contemporary views and relationship between imaginative
literature and the societies that produce and read it.
ENG. 442: THE LONG ESSAY
3 UNITS
This involves a practical demonstration of the student’s research capability in any of the areas of
language and literature.
169
HISTORY
B.A. IN HISTORY AND STRATEGIC STUDIES
BRIEF INTRODUCTION
The Department of History and Strategic Studies is one of the pioneer academic disciplines in
the newly established Federal University, Ndufu-Alike Ikwo (FUNAI) in Ebonyi State. In fact,
History has always been a pioneer Department in almost all the non-specialised universities in
Nigeria such as University of Nigeria, Nsukka; University of Ibadan, Ahmadu Bello University,
Zaria and the later generation universities. The discipline has produced some of the best minds
and university administrators in Nigeria, for instance, Professor K.O. Dike and Professor J. F.
Ade Ajayi and enjoyed enviable profile in Nigeria’s university system.
However, with the passage of time, the discipline began to wane in popularity. Departments of
History in many universities had difficulty attracting applicants.
Many responded by
introducing new components to the original History stem. History and International Studies
became the vogue. One university opted for History and Diplomatic Studies while another went
for History and Strategic Studies. The Department of History and Strategic Studies, FUNAI is
the second Department to opt for this nomenclature and its concomitant courses.
There are compelling grounds for opting for History and Strategic Studies. The role of strategy
in all human activities be these at the individual, community, corporate, institutional, national
and international levels, can hardly be over-stressed. People are constantly confronted with the
dilemma of choice among competing courses of action against the backdrop of limited resources
with which to attain identified ends. Choice requires strategic calculations so as to maximize
ends with limited resources. The ends vary and could be economic, commercial, financial,
social, cultural and even personal.
Given, therefore, that strategy is inherent in every situation requiring choice among competing
alternative courses of action, training in strategic studies prepares students to operate very
effectively in a complex and rapidly globalizing world. This is especially so since the students
have the advantage of historical hindsight in making strategic decisions. Indeed, history is
littered with accounts of situations where strategic decisions were of pivotal essence in the
course of human civilization. Wrong strategic decisions have resulted in human failures of
170
staggering proportions just as right strategic ones have led to landmark advancements in human
civilization.
The courses offered by the Department, therefore reflect the dynamics of a fast globalizing
world. This makes history a more relevant and pragmatic instrument for nation building.
PHILOSOPHY
The philosophy of the programme is anchored on the centrality of the past in understanding the
present and envisioning the future. The rationale is to enable students to appreciate the Siamese
relationship between the past and the present and to learn how to apply this principle in dealing
with local, national and international or global issues.
AIMS AND OBJECTIVES
The Department aims at:
i.
Contributing to the nurturing of informed and responsive citizenry.
ii.
Educating students in historical movements and issues of national, international
and global importance to enable them acquire balanced knowledge of the world
and thus promote world peace.
iii.
Developing students’ ability to appreciate the historical forces and strategic
decisions that have shaped and are shaping their immediate environment.
iv.
Giving students a thorough understanding of Nigerian and African History, as a
tool for building a virile and prosperous nation.
v.
Instilling in students a critical and broad mind to enable them appreciate the
various dimensions of any given issue and reach a mature judgment.
vi.
Providing students with competences usually associated with training in history
and strategy, viz: critical, analytical and balanced judgment needed particularly in
administrative and managerial responsibilities, and in foreign affairs.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The Department offers a standard four-year as well as a three- year programme leading to the
award of a Bachelors degree in History and Strategic Studies.
171
1.
The 4-Year Degree Programme:
Candidates seeking admission into the programme are required to:
(a)
Possess a minimum of 5 Credits at not more than two sittings, including the
English Language, and History or Government, in the SSS/NECO or its
equivalent, and to
(b)
Obtain a good performance in the UME which must include History or
Government.
2.
The 3-Year Degree Programme
For this programme, the following requirements apply:
(a)
two passes at GCE Advanced Level, including History or Government and five
credits in other subjects at SSCE or its equivalent which must also include
English and History or Government.
(b)
A good performance at NCE in History, Social Studies and NCE
Government/Economics or NCE (Political Science).
(c)
A very good performance at OND in a related discipline with Upper Credit.
REGISTRATION AND EXAMINATIONS
Every student is expected to register for not less than 15 units and not more than 24 per
semester. To qualify to sit for an examination in any course, a student must have (a) registered
for the course and (b) attended at least 75% of lectures in the course, as stipulated by the NUC
(National Universities Commission). No student can take an examination in a course which he or
she did not register for.
GRADUATION PREREQUISITES
To be able to graduate, a student is expected to be worthy not only in behavior but also in
academic performance. With regard to the latter, a student is expected to:
(a) Carry a minimum total of 120 credit units for the 4-year programme or 90 credit units for
the 3-year programme.
(b) Pass all the courses he or she registered by scoring a minimum of 40 percent in each of
them.
A student is guided in these matters of REGISTRATION, EXAMINATION, and
GRADUATION AND OTHER RELATED MATTERS BY AN ACADEMIC ADVISER.
172
GRADING SYSTEM
Examination performance of a student is based on the following grading system:
A: 100 -70 = 5 points
B: 69 – 60 = 4 points
C: 50 – 59 = 3 points
D: 49 – 45 = 3 points
E: 44 – 40 = 2 points
F: 39 – 00 = 0 point
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
The programme is designed in line with the course unit system and in accordance with the NUC
Minimum Academic Standard. Elective courses can be taken from such related disciplines as
Political Science, Economics, Sociology, Archaeology and Mass Communication.
COURSE DISTRIBUTION
100 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE
CODE
HSS 101
HSS 103
HSS 105
HSS 107
HSS 109
HSS 111
CMP 101
GST 111
COURSE TITLE
STATUS CREDIT UNIT
Nigeria From 1500 -1800
History Of West Africa,1500 To Present
Introduction To Economic History
Archy. Of The Nok, Benin And Oyo Areas
Europe To The Age Of Revolution
Introduction To Strategic Studies 1
Introductory Computer Science
Use Of English 1
C
C
C
C
E
C
C
C
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
GST 121
Library Skill
C
2
Electives from relevant disciplines
100 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE
CODE
HSS 102
HSS 104
HSS 106
HSS 108
HSS 110
COURSE TITLE
STATUS CREDIT
UNIT
History Ofafrica ,1500-1800
C
2
North Africa From The First Conquest Of
C
2
Egypt To 1500
Islamic Revolutions In West Africa
C
2
Major World Civilizations
E
2
Blacks In Diaspora
C
2
173
HSS 112
GST 122
History Of The Ebonyi People Up To 1900
Use Of English Ii
C
C
2
2
ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINES
200 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE
CODE
HSS 201
HSS 203
HSS 205
HSS 207
HSS 209
HSS 211
HSS 213
HSS 215
GST 221
GST 223
COURSE TITLE
STATUS CREDIT
UNIT
Nigeria From 1800-1900
C
2
Southern Africa Since 1400
C
2
History of The Usa Since 1877
C
2
Africa And European Imperialism
C
2
History of The Ottoman Empire And North
E
2
Africa Since 1590
Econ. His. of West Africa in the 19th& 20th
E
2
Century
Intro. To Strategic Studies 11
C
2
Intro. To Foreign Policy Study
E
2
History & Philosophy Of Science
C
2
Entrepreneurial Study
C
2
ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINES
COURSE
CODE
HSS 202
HSS 204
HSS 206
HSS 208
HSS 210
HSS 212
HSS 214
GST223
GST 222
COURSE TITLE
Economic History of Nigeria in the 19th
Century
Latin America From The 15-20th Century
History of Russia In The 19th Century
East & Central Africa Since 1400
Europe From The French Revolution to World
War II
History Of The Ebonyi People Since 1900
Issues In Strategic Studies & Diplomacy
Entrepreneurial Study 1
Peace And Conflict Resolution
STATUS CREDIT
UNIT
C
2
C
C
C
E
2
2
2
2
C
C
C
C
2
2
2
2
ELECTIVES FROM RELEVANT DISCIPLINE
300 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
COURS COURSE TITLE
STATUS
E CODE
HSS 301 Nigeria From 1900
C
HSS 303 Nig. During The Inter-War Period
C
th
HSS 305 Economic His. of The USA In The 19
C
Century
HSS 307 History Of The Commonwealth
C
HSS 309 Problems & Prospects Of Regional Econ.
C
174
CREDIT
UNIT
2
2
2
2
2
HSS 311
HSS 313
HSS 315
GST 311
Development in West Africa
Problems & Issues In Afr. Historiography
History Of The Igbo People To 1900
Armament
&
Disarmament
In
The
Contemporary World
Entrepreneurial Study II
E
C
E
2
2
2
C
2
300 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
COURS
E CODE
HSS 302
HSS 304
HSS 306
HSS 308
HSS 310
HSS 312
HSS 314
HSS 316
COURSE TITLE
STATUS CREDIT
UNIT
C
2
C
2
Growth: C
2
History Research Method 1
Ussr From 1905-1950
Comparative
Industrial
Usa,Ussr,Japan, China & Britain
Africa & the outside World in the 20th Century
Japan From The Tokugawa To The Meji
Restoration
Capitalism,Communism & Mixed Economy
History Of The Igbo Since Independence
Issues In Contemporary International Relations
C
E
2
2
E
C
E
2
2
2
400 LEVEL:FIRST SEMESTER
COURSE
CODE
HSS 401
HSS 403
HSS 405
HSS 407
HSS 409
HSS 411
HSS 413
HSS 415
COURSE TITLE
STATUS
Nigeria From 1970 To The Present
Economic History Of Nigeria In The 20th
Comparative Parliamentary Studies(Nigeria,
Britain, France &India)
Special Paper (Local)
Long Essay
Land & Labour in Africa,1850-1950
Modern African thoughts
Defence Strategy in The 20th Century
C
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
CREDIT
UNIT
2
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
400 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER
COURSE
CODE
Hss 402
Hss 404
Hss 406
Hss 408
Hss 410
Hss 412
Hss 414
Hss 416
COURSE TITLE
STATUS
History Research Method 11
OAU/AU–A Study Of African International
Relations
Contemporary History Of The Middle East
War & Peace In The 20th Century
His. Of Science & Technology,1500-1980
Philosopy Of History
Post-Cold War Era
Nigeria’s Foreign Policies Since Independence
175
C
C
C
C
E
E
E
E
CREDIT
UNIT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
COURSE DESCRIPTION
HSS 101:
NIGERIA FROM 1500-1800
The course highlights the major historical developments in the Nigerian region from about 15001800, including state formation and inter-group relations in the areas of political, economic,
religious and socio-cultural activities.
HSS 102:
HISTORY OF AFRICA FROM 1500-1800
The Course examines some of the internal and external factors of change and reactions to such
changes in the Northern, Western, Eastern and Southern regions of Africa.
HSS 103:
HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA FROM 1500-PRESENT:
The course highlights of the West African kingdoms and empires, the internal factors of change
such as politics, agriculture, industry, trade and intergroup relations as well as the external
factors of the Arabs and the Europeans, including the role and impact of Chritianity, Islam,
colonialism, independence and the current struggle for survival,
HSS 104:
NORTH AFRICA FROM THE FIRST CONQUEST OF EGYPT TO 1500
A discussion of Egypt and the beginnings of civilization, its occupation by foreign powers,
including Libya, the Greeks and the Romans. The spread of Islam, the North Africa states and
their relations with West Africa will be examined.
HSS 105
INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC HISTORY
An examination of the general relevance of economic motivation and economic explanation for
political and socio-political historical activities.
HSS 106: ISLAMIC REVOLUTIONS IN WEST AFRICA
A general discussion of the state of islam: its general development in West Africa as an alien
religion, the traders, the rulers, the militant scholars and the masses. The jihads of the Futas,
Hausaland , Massine and the Tukulors.
176
HSS 107:
ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NOK, BENIN, IGBO-UKWU AND THE OYO
AREAS
Archaeology, its meaning, development and methods. An exploration of the general principles
and techniques of the discipline, the relevance of the inter-disciplinary approach to the study of
history, reconnaissance, excavation, artifact studies and museums.
HSS 108:
MAJOR WORLD CIVILISATIONS
A general survey of some of the world’s major civilizations and some of their major
contributions to historical developments e,g. the Egyptians, the Greeks, the Arabs, the Romans,
the Chinese and the Europeans
HSS 109:
EUROPE TO THE AGE OF REVOLUTION
A survey of European history highlighting
fundamental developments such as the early
economic and social institutions such as feudalism, the Renaissance, Reformation in the
Christian Church, the Age of discoveries, Mercantilism, the new scientific views of the world,
the Age of Enlightenment, the French and American Revolutions
HSS 110:
BLACKS IN DIASPORA
This a study of black communities found outside Africa in other areas of the world, the factors of
their dispersal and their role in contemporary world affairs
HSS 111:
HISTORY OFAFRICA, 1000-1500
The course examines the old kingdoms and empires that existed during this period in the
Western Sudan, West Africa, North Africa, East Africa and Southern Africa; the significance of
the trans-Saharan and post-trans-Saharan contact and impact on the people
HSS 112:
A HISTORY OF THE EBONYI PEOPLE UP TO 1900
The course discusses the origins and settlement of people in the Ebonyi State area, the evolution
of their socio-political institutions, their economic life, intra-group relations and relations with
their neighbours.
177
HSS 201:
NIGERIA FROM 1800-1900
The course examines the major developments, including internal and external factors, which
shaped the political and socio-cultural development of Nigeria during the century e.g. the Sokoto
jihad, the Yoruba civil wars, abolition of the trans-Atlantic slave trade; beginning of Christian
missionary activites etc
HSS 202:
ECONOMIC HISTORY OF NIGERIA IN THE 19TH CENTURY
A survey of the major units and institutions of production and distribution and their impact. The
interaction and interconnection between politics and economic activities
HSS 203:
HISTORY OF SOUTHERN AFRICA FROM C.1400 TO THE PRESENT
A survey of internal developments in the South Africa region and the external factor of the
Europeans as adventurers/explorers, settlers, miners and rulers.
HISTORY OF LATIN AMERICA FROM THE 15TH T0 THE 20TH C
HSS 204:
The early empires and civilizations: The Incas and the Aztecs (Peru and Mexico); contact with
Europe from the time of their explorations; the Spanish and other colonialisms; the struggle for
independence including the foreign factors. Post-independence developments should be
highlighted, including the railway boom, the French adventure, as well as the 2oth century
problems in the area; revolutions and instability.
HSS 205:
HISTORY OF THE USA SINCE 1877
A survey of historical developments, including the background of colonial America, the war of
independence, Reconstruction, discussion of migrations, the emergence of America as a super
power, America in world affairs.
HSS 206:
HISTORY OF RUSSIA IN THE 19TH CENTURY
The course discusses some historical developments in Russia, highlighting Russia under
Alexander 1; Russia and the ottoman Empire up to the Crimean War,1853-56 and the effects of
the war, serfdom and the emancipation of 1861 under Tsar Alexander 11. The growth of the
press and the universities and the emergence of an intelligentsia and revolutionary Marxism and
industrialization
178
HSS 207: Africa and European imperialism
The course examines the internal and external factors and developments which created the
setting both in Europe and Africa for European imperialism. It will also highlight its impact in
Africa and the world generally.
HSS 208:
HISTORY OF EAST AND CENTRAL AFRICA SINCE 1800
The course examines efforts at state formation and consolidation in this region, analyzing the
internal and the external factors of warfare and conquests, trade, the Arabs and the Europeans;
imperialism, independence movements, regional organizations and the struggle for survival.
HSS 209: HISTORY OF THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE AND NORTH AFRICA SINCE
1590.
A survey of the general history of North Africa and the ottoman Empire since the 16th C with the
fall of Constantinople; highlights of subsequent developments in Ottoman Turkey in
international relations to the treaty of Kutchuk Kainarji, affairs of the 19ty C e.g. the Crimean
War 1853-56 and other crises; the Young Turks, 1908; the Balkan Wars,1911-13; WW1; the
Middle East since 1945, the Israeli question; the Arab League; the Sheiklydoms, oil and
international politics.
HSS 210: EUROPE FROM THE FRENCH REVOLUTION TO WORLD WAR 11
Discussion of the impact of the French Revolution on Europe and the subsequent development
leading to WW 1,the inter-war years, WW 11 and their impacts
HSS 211:
ECONOMIC HISTORY OF W. AFR. IN THE 19TH AND 20TH
CENTURIES
A general survey of the major economic activities of the Weast African Region in the 19th and
20th centuries, highlighting the motivating factors of demand and supply from within and the
external factor of the Europeans and their industrial revolution; the pattern and nature of trade
and the link between economic activities and political developments.
HSS212: A HISTORY OF THE EBONYI PEOPLE FROM 1900-PRESENT
The course examines the Ebonyi people under colonial rule and since Nigerian independence.
The focus is on the following: response to colonial conquest and administration; impact of
colonial rule o the people; contribution to nationalist movements; major economic, social and
179
political developments since Nigerian independence; birth of Ebonyi State –backdrop,
challenges and opportunities.
HSS 213:
INTRODUCTION TO STRATEGIC STUDIES 11
The course delves into the centrality of strategic considerations in the international engagements
of nations; the strategic steps and actions which account for major historical achievements and
those which account for major international or global failures.
HSS 214: ISSUES IN STRATEGIC STUDIES AND DIPLOMACY
This course discusses the inter-locking relationship between strategic thinking and national
interests, diplomatic practice and immunity. Of especial interest are the issues of economic and
military considerations in international alignments.
HSS 301:
NIGERIA FROM 1900-1970
A study of 20th century Nigeria, highlighting the role of the European factor in the internal
developments of the area, the fall of the indigenous state systems, colonialism, decolonization,
independence and the post-independence problems – crises, civil war and survival.
HSS 302:
HISTORY RESEARCH METHODS 1
A detailed discussion of available sources of information; the methods of collecting, analyzing
and evaluating historical data
HSS 303:
NIGERIA DURING THE INTER-WAR PERIOD
A discussion of colonial Nigeria and her experience as a dependency, especially during the
period of depression. Nationalism and also the development of political institution will also be
examined.
HSS 304: USSR FROM 1905 -1950
The course examines the Russian Revolution ,its antecedents, the role of socialist
revolutionaries, Mensteviks & Bolsheviks; Lenin and his leadership; the 1917 Revolution; the
civil War,1919- 1920; Stalin and “Socialism in one Country”; Russia in WW11, and the Cold
War
180
HSS 305: ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE USA IN THE 19TH CENTURY
A survey of the economic development in the USA, highlighting the issue of slavery, the civil
war, and the reconstruction after 1865; and industrialization later in the 18th century
HSS 306: COMPARATIVE INDUSTRIAL GROWTH: USA, USSR, JAPAN, CHINA
AND BRITAIN
This examines the different approaches adopted by the various industrial powers of the world,
against their different backgrounds and settings to achieve industrial development. The third
world countries can see these approaches as examples.
HSS 307: HISTORY OF THE COMMONWEALTH
The course examines the process, arguments and activities by which the old British Empire ruled
from the Whitehall and how it has been transformed into a commonwealth of friendly and
independent nations – the imperial idea, the colonial conferences- 1887,1897,1902,1911, WW1
and its effects; the Imperial Conferences 1917,1921,1923, 1926, the Balfour Declaration; 1931
statute of Westminster; the Empire commonwealth in the 1930s; WW11 and its effects;
independence of India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Malaya, Ghana etc. The case of South Africa and the
Commonwealth
HSS 308:
AFRICA AND THE OUTSIDE WORLD IN THE 20TH C
The course examines political and economic development within Africa as well as the
international relations within the African counties on the one hand and between the African
states and the outside world, on the other. The process of colonization, independence movements
and neo-colonialism are highlighted and some of the effects of African states in regional and
continental organisations, to solve the problems poverty and political instability.
HSS 309: PROBLEMS AND PROSPECTS OF REGIONAL
ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT IN WEST AFRICA
The course examines the various regional organizations in West Africa which have been set up
by the joint efforts of West African States to facilitate economic development. The problems
encountered and the prospects off such efforts are discussed.
HSS 310: JAPAN FROM THE TOKUGARA TO THE MEJI RESORATION.
A survey of the early history of Japan up to the era of Emperor Meji, 1868-1912.
181
HSS 311: PROBLEMS AND ISSUES IN AFRICAN HISTORIOGRAPHY
This is a discourse of the concept of historiography, its meaning and methodological problems;
African, European, Islamic and Marxist historiographic traditions and the use of oral tradition.
Archaeology, linguistics, anthropology; the inter-disciplinary approach to the study of African
history are emphasized.
HSS 312 : CAPITALISM,COMMUNISM AND MIXED ECONOMY
This course examines the three types of economic systems of capitalism, communism and mixed
economy, highlighting the modes of production and distribution and the problems associated
with each.
HSS 313: HISTORY OF THE IGBO PEOPLE TO 1900
The course discusses the traditions of Igbo origin, migration and settlement; evolution of Igbo
culture and civilization, socio-political organization, economic life and relations with their
neighbours.
HSS 314: THE IGBO PEOPLE SINCE 1900
The course examines the historical experiences of the Igbo since colonial times: their response to
colonial invasion; the colonial presence; urbanization and Diaspora; their economic life; their
role in Nigeria’s nationalist struggle; their experience in independent Nigeria in politics,
economic affairs; relationship with their neighbours etc.
HIS 315:
HSS
315:
ARMAMENT
AND
DISARMAMENT
IN
THE
CONTEMPORARY WORLD
The course examines the various theories and concepts of armament and disarmament, the
dangers of the stock-piling of weapons of mass destruction and attempts made to check weapons
proliferation.
HSS 316:
ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The course surveys various international relations issues such a revolutionary movements, neocolonialism, unipolarism, democratization, development, and underdevelopment, international
terrorism, war crimes e.t.c.
182
HSS 401:
NIGERIA FROM 1970 TO THE PRESENT
This is a study of contemporary Nigerian history. The course examines the political, economic
and social developments since the end of the Civil War; efforts of reconstructions, the oil boom,
the second Republic, the military interventions, economic depression, the transition programmes
and the problem mass poverty amidst wealth.
HSS 402:
HISTORY RESEARCH METHOD 11
This involves a critical analysis of various historical sources and the various method and
approaches of their exposition. These include practical exposure to the library, archives and field
work for oral collection of data, involving the use of video cameras and tapes recorders
HSS 403:
ECONOMIC HISTORY OF NIGERIA IN THE 20TH CENTURY
The course examines the factors of change and continuity in the patterns of economic activity in
Nigeria. The political and economic antecedents, the colonial setting, the new pattern of demand,
the infrastructural facilities, and the exploitation of mineral and agricultural resources.
Manpower needs training and the issue of labour. The changing pattern of producing units,
including capital accumulation, banking, industries and the role of the entrepreneurs –
individuals, companies, multinationals and the government.
HSS 404: OAU/AU – A STUDY OF AFRICAN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
This study of this pan-African organization with emphasis on its conception, evolution, its
workings, the activities of its various commissions, and other organs; its achievements and
failures as well as its prospects.
HSS 405:
COMPARATIVE PARLIAMENTARY SYSTEMS (BRITAIN, FRANCE
AND INDIA)
A comparative study of the parliamentary system as practiced by Britain, France and India:
common trends and distinguishing differences are identified and explain against the historical
experiences of the countries involved.
HSS 406:
CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST
The course examines the contemporary history of the Middle East, highlighting such significant
issues as the World War II, the creation of the state of Israel and the attendant problems; the
Suez Canal Crisis, the Arab League, oil in international geo-politics, the new trends of accord.
183
HSS 407: S SPECIAL PAPER
This is a documentary study of a historical topic selected from a range of options offered by
experts in the department.
HSS 408 : WAR AND PEACE IN THE 20TH C
The course examines the major world wars – lst and 2nd, the Vietnam, the Middle East, Angola
and Southern Africa; the emergence of the world’s super-powers, the Cold War and threat to
peace; efforts made to resolve the crises through international organizations – the League of
Nations, the UNO and its agents, and competing blocs –NATO and the Warsaw Pact. The
development of dangerous and expensive weapons against the backdrop of poverty in the third
world countries.
HSS 409 : LONG ESSAYS
Original essays based on research. Topics are selected by students guided by their supervisors
and approved by the Department.
HSS 410 : HISTORY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FROM 1580 -1950
This is a survey course highlighting the developments which have taken place in S & T within
the period of the study
HSS 411: LAND AND LABOUR INAFRICA
The course examines the issues of land and labour in Africa highlighting the traditional land
tenure systems and the changing patterns of need in response to internal external dynamics of
change such as population explosion, changing agricultural patterns (plantations and large land
holdings instead of small holdings), the European settler problem etc and the emergence of
landless individuals and communities. It also highlights the history of labour from, from the
stage of self-employment to hired(wage), and organised labour and their unions and government
control.
HSS 412 :PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY
The course examines the nature of history, its development as a discipline and its relevance to
society.
184
HSS 413 : MODERN AFRICAN POLITICAL THOUGHT
This course examines the origins, influences on and the contents of modern African political
thoughts through their selected exponents.
HSS 414 : COLD WAR ERA AND AFTERMATH
The course analyses the post-WW ll power relations between the forces of liberalism and
democracy and those of socialism and communism; the spread of this politics in Europe, Asia
and Africa; and its implications for international relations. The collapse of the Cold War is also
considered.
HSS 415 : DEFENCE AND STRATEGY
The course examines defence systems and strategies, the relationship between military power
and political influence; the causes and effects of war in relations between states. It also deals
with the military in a social context; the arms race and disarmament.
HSS 416 : NIGERIA’S FOREIGN POLICY SINCE INDEPENDENCE
This is a study of Nigeria’s policy trends since independence. Consideration is given to the
theoretical basis of the foreign policy, strategic considerations in foreign policy formulation; the
legacies of colonialism; the issue of the Commonwealth, the Non-Aligned movements etc.
HSS 408:
NIGERIA’S FOREIGN POLICY SINCE INDEPENDENCE
This is a study of Nigeria’s foreign policy trends since independence. Consideration will be
given to the theoretical basis of the foreign policy, strategic considerations in foreign policy
formulation,
the legacies of colonialism; the issue of the Commonwealth, Non-Aligned
Movements, e.t.c.
HSS 409:
GLOBALIZATION AND THE NEW WORLD ORDER
The course examines the concepts and theories of globalization, its role in the contemporary
world and the place of Africa in the emerging new world. The issues of post-sovereign
governance, global democracy, and the challenges and prospects of the phenomenon.
185
HSS 410:
AFRO-ARAB RELATIONS SINCE THE 20TH CENTURY
This is an examination of the trends in the relations between African states and the Arab states,
notably via the Arab League and the OAU/AU developments which have affected the relations
are considered e.g. the Arab-Israeli confrontations, the politics of oil and OPEC.
HSS 411:
HISTORY OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS
The course examines the backdrop to the formation of the Commonwealth of Nations from
former dependent colonies within the British Empire. Attention is also given to relevant colonial
conferences; the Belfore Declaration, the Statute of Westminster and the place of the
Organization in international relations.
HSS 412:
THE COLD WAR ERA AND AFTERMATH
The course analyses the post-W.W.II power relations between the forces of liberalism and
democracy and those of socialism and communism, the spread of this politics in Europe, Asia,
and Africa and its implications for international relations. The collapse of the Cold War is also
examined.
HSS 413:
DEFENCE AND STRATEGY IN THE 20TH CENTURY
This course examines defence systems and strategies, the relationships between military power
and political influence, the causes and effects of war in relations between and among states. It
also deals with the military in societal context, the arms race, and disarmament.
HSS 414: POST- COLD WAR
The course examines changes in the pattern of international relations between the major powers
since the collapse of the Cold War; areas of rapprochement and contestations. How the third
world countries, with especial reference to Africa, are factored in the changing dynamics, is also
examined.
HSS 415:
PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY
This is an examination of the nature of history, its development as a discipline and relevance to
society.
186
HSS 416:
ECONOMIC HISTORY OF THE USA SINCE 1945
This course is a survey of the US economy since the end of W.W.II. It traces the emergence of
the US to global economic pre-eminence, highlights domestic and external contributory factors.
US foreign trade policies, with special reference to oil, Japan, and China are examined factor.
187
LINGUISTICS AND NIGERIAN LANGUAGES
B.A. IN LINGUISTICS AND NIGERIAN LANGUAGES
PHILOSOPHY
In keeping with the general needs of man and his linguistic awareness, the philosophy of the
department is to equip the students with the fundamental analytical skills that will enable them
appreciate their culture, realize their potentials and contribute to the development of their
societies using linguistic instruments.
OBJECTIVE
*To develop manpower base capable to contribute to the
general well-being of the society.
*To equip the students with the critical and analytical skills of linguistics and language.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENT
Five (5) O’ level credit passes. The subjects must include English Language and Mathematics.
DIRECT ENTRY ADMISSION
*
An Advanced or A/level certificate;
*
A Diploma certificate;
*
A Higher National Diploma or a Bachelor degree.
In addition, such a candidate must have credit passes in 5 O/Level subjects including English
language and Mathematics.
CODING SYSTEM
(i)
0
Linguistics theories
ii.
1.
History
iii.
2
Sociolinguistics
iv
3.
Applied Linguistics
v
4.
Descriptive Linguistics
vi
5.
Literature
vii
6.
Practical
viii
7.
Psycholinguistics
vix
8
Communication studies
188
x
9.
Research report
CODING FORMULA
a.
First digit
- students level
b.
Second digit - course/content area
c.
Third digit -semester: odd number for 1st semester, even
number for second semester.
YEAR BY YEAR COURSE CONTENT
100 LEVEL- FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
LING 101
Introduction to Linguistics I
3
C
LING 103
LING 111
LING 181
IGB 101
FRE 101
GST 101
GST 103
GST 105
Total
Elementary Phonetics I
History of Linguistics
Communication Systems I
History and Culture
Elementary French I
Use of English I
Philosophy and Logic
Nigerian People and Culture
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
18
C
C
C
R
R
C
C
C
100 LEVEL- SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
LING 102
Introduction to Linguistics II
3
C
LING 104
LING 112
IGB 102
LING 182
FRE 102
GST 112
GST
Elementary Phonetic II
Language of the World
Igbo Language and Development
Communication Systems II
Elementary French II
Use of English II
Philosophy of Science
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
C
C
R
C
R
C
C
Total
18
189
200 LEVEL – FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
LING 201
LING 203
LING 205
LING 207
LING 281
LING 212
FRE 201
IGB 201
Total
Course Title
Introduction to Phonology
Introduction to Syntax I
Introduction to Morphology
Orthography Design
Principles of Communication I
Languages of Nigeria
Elective (choose I)
Intermediate French
Igbo Grammar
Units
Status
3
2
3
3
2
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
2
18
E
E
200 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
LING 202
LING 204
LING 208
LING 206
LING 262
LING 282
FRE 202
IGB 202
Total
Course Title
Phonemic Analysis
Introduction to Syntax II
Writing System: Graphic Representation
Morphology of African Languages
Practical phonetics
Principles of Communication I1
Elective (choose I)
Intermediate French
Igbo Grammar
Units
Status
3
2
3
3
3
2
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
2
18
E
E
300 LEVEL FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
LING 301
LING 302
LING 341
LING 351
LING 321
LING 333
LING 305
LING 281
IGB 311
Total
Course Title
Generative syntax
I
Generative Phonology I
Descriptive linguistics
Linguistics and literature
Pidgin and Creoles
Applied Linguistics
Phonetics English & Nigerian Languages
Elective (choose I)
Interpersonal communication
Igbo Dialects
190
Units
Status
2
2
3
3
2
2
2
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
2
18
E
E
300 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER.
Course Code
LING 302
LING 304
LING 322
LING 332
LING 334
LING 336
LING 382
IGB 306
Total
Course Title
Generative Syntax II
Generative Phonology II
Sociolinguistics
Stylistics
Error/Needs Analysis
Translation
Elective (choose I)
Community Journalism
Philosophy of Language
Units
Status
2
2
3
3
3
2
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
2
18
E
E
400 LEVEL FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code
LING 401
LING 431
LING 471
LING 403
LING 405
LING 481
LING 497
Total
Course Title
Historical and Comparative Ling.
Language Policy
Psycholinguistics
Topics in Phonology
Semantics/Pragmatics
Public Relation Methods
Research Methods
Units
3
2
3
3
3
2
2
18
Status
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
400 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code
LING 402
LING 404
LING 422
LING 432
LING 424
LING 492
Total
Course Title
Topics in Syntax
Discourse Analysis
Problems of Multilingual Nation
Lexicography
Dialectology
Long Essay/Project Report
191
Units
3
3
2
2
2
6
18
Status
C
C
C
C
C
C
COURSE DESCRIPTION
LING 101 Introduction to Linguistics 1
This is an introductory course. Here the students are made to know the principles and methods of
linguistics.
LING 102 Introduction to Linguistics 11
This is a continuation of LING 102. Here the different levels of language analysis are described.
LING 103: Elementary phonetics 1:
This is an introductory course. The general issues of speech production are made known to the
student.
LING 104: Elementary Phonetics II.
This is a continuation of LING 103. The issues raised in LING 103 are re-emphasized.
LING III: HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS
This course provides information about the origin of linguistics and the different developmental
stages.
LING 112: Languages of the World.
This course describes the languages of the world with regard to their lineage (Families) or phyla.
LING 181: Communication Systems I
This course introduces the students to different systems and methods of communication.
LING 182: Communication System II
This is a continuation of LING 181. It therefore formalizes the usefulness and different types of
communication.
LING 201: Introduction to phonology
This course introduces the principles of phonology to the students.
192
LING 202: Phonemic Analysis
This course looks into the detailed description of phonemes.
LING 203 Introduction to Syntax 1
Here the different world classes, sentences and functions, tense and aspect are taught to the
students
LING 204: Introduction to Syntax I1
This is a continuation of LING 204. Here, the students are introduced to grammar and the types.
LIN 205: Introduction to Morphology
Processes of word Formation are described to the students.
LING 261: Practical phonetics
The aspects of instrumental and auditory phonetics are taught to the students.
LING 301: Generative Syntax 1
This course introduces the students to the history and principles of generative grammar.
It chronicles all the grammatical theories associated with the generative grammar.
LIN 302: Generative Syntax 11
This is a continuation of LING 301. It therefore looks at such related generative grammar
concepts as Standard Theory (ST), Extended Standard Theory (EST),
Revised Extended Standard Theory (REST) and Government and Binding (GB) grammar.
LING 303: Generative phonology
The origin and development of generative phonology are introduced to the students. Issues such
as principles, rules of generative phonology and phonemic change are also taught to the students.
Ling 304: Generative phonology
This course formalizes of LING 303. The phonemic data analysis, different phonemic rules and
auto-segmental phonology are taught to the students at this level.
193
LING 321
Pidgin and Creoles
The course describes the origin and theories and features of pidgin and Creoles to the students.
LIN 305: Phonetics of English and Nigerian Languages.
This course focuses on the description of the different sound systems of English and some
selected Nigeria languages (eg Igbo, Hausa and Yoruba).
LING 322: Sociolinguistics
This course describes the relationship between language and society. Language varieties: dialect
register, idiolect, sexism, bilingualism, multilingualism, code switching and code-mixing are
also taught to the students.
LING 332: Stylistics
This course equips the students with the different skills of the use of language. The students are
taught how to use their language contextually.
LING 281 Principles of Communication
This course describes the general principles of communication. Here different types, channels
and forms of communication such as inter and intra personal communications are taught to the
students.
LING 282: Principles of Communication
This is a continuation of LING 282. Different skills, theories of communication and ICT are also
taught to the students.
LING 333: Applied Linguistics
This is a practical course to the processes, methods and applications of language learning
teaching acquisition. Various theories of language learning, testing, standardization and use are
taught to the students.
LING 334: Error/needs analysis
This course introduces the students to the theories, method, and strategies of language learning.
Issues such as sources of error and types and solution methods are taught to the students.
194
Ling 336: Translation
The course introduces the students to the origin, techniques and types of translation. The
differences between translation and transliteration; literal translation and word to word
translation etc. are taught to the students
LING 381: Inter Personal Communication
The course introduces the students to interpersonal communication as one of the cardinals of
communication. The differences between inter-personal and intra-personal communication are
taught to the student.
LING 382: Community Journalism
Here community journalism as an aspect of journalism is taught to the students. All principles,
methods, advantages, weakness of community journalism are taught to the students.
LING 401 : Historical and Comparative Linguistics
This course x-rays the origin and development historical and comparative linguistics. Issues of
language classification, change, reconstruction, and migration among others are also taught to
the students
LING 402: Topics in Syntax
This course looks at the current trends and issues in syntax.
LING 403: Topics in phonology
This course looks at the recent topics in phonology.
LIN 404: Discourse Analysis
This course equips the students with the skills of analyzing different speech events. It surveys
speech act roles.
LING 405: Semantics/Pragmatics
The course surveys linguistic study of meaning. Different theories of meaning and components
are taught to the students.
LING 422 : Problems of Multilingual Nations
The course x-rays bilingualism, multilingualism their advantages and attendant problems.
195
LING 431: Language policy
This course defines a national language, principles and processes of choosing a national
language.
LING 432: Lexicography
The course equips the students with the origin, steps, methods and processes of dictionary
compilation.
LING 424: Dialectology
The course shall introduce the students to the issue of language variation. The causes and
problems of dialect are also taught to the students.
LING 471: Psycholinguistics
The course surveys the relationship between language and the mind. Issues of language
acquisition, disability and decay are taught to the students.
LING 491: Research Methods
The principles, methods and types of academic research and project reports are taught to the
students here.
LING 492: Project Report
This is a fact-finding exercise. It tests the student’s ability to carry out an independent study with
the guidance of a project supervisor. NOTE: general studies courses and electives are as
described by their parent department
196
4-Year Bachelor of Arts (B.A) Linguistics / Igbo Programme (Combined Honours)
1.0
Introduction:
This combined honours program is an interdisciplinary program leading towards an
understanding of phonological, grammatical and semantic structure, and of various approaches
to descriptive, historical and experimental linguistics. It also include courses leading to
analytical competence in Igbo language. Combined honours in linguistics and Igbo (a base
language) prepares candidates well to tackle issues on theoretical or experimental linguistics, on
various aspects of comparative grammar of families of languages.
1.1
Philosophy and Objective
The linguistics and Igbo program is founded on the philosophy of the Federal University Ikwo
which aims to provide a broad, general training in linguistics and Igbo for the development of
the “total person”
In view of the above philosophy, the objective of the program includes the following:
1.
To help the students achieve and acquire a sound knowledge of various principles and
current theories in the practice of linguistics and analysis of language.
2.
To furnish the students with an awareness of language systems in general and Igbo
Language in particular.
3.
To equip the students with a capacity to acquire the required knowledge and skills in
solving various problems of communication and for the advancement of their society.
4.
To equip them for graduate program in any discipline and career development as ;
translators and interpreters, media practitioners, creative writers, editors, theatre
personnel, officers and practitioners of ethnography information and cultural officers
teachers of linguistics, English and Igbo languages.
1.2
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Admission Requirements
The requirements are the same as those of the University’s general requirements and the
Faculties except that the students must in addition be required to have at least a credit
level pass in Igbo at either the NECO/WAEC or GCE O/L or a merit/credit pass at TC II
examination.
Direct entry candidates must include a pass in Igbo at A/L. Candidates with a pass in
Igbo at N.C.E examination or a diploma in Igbo language studies are equally acceptable.
UTME candidates must have five credit level passes at O/L or SSCE which must include
English Igbo and one science subject.
The Course Code System
In keeping with the NUC benchmark on course code system and in line with current
trends across the globe the course code for the course are drawn up as follows.
Stress Areas
Linguistics theory/Igbo Grammar
Sociolinguistics
1
Applied Linguistics
2
Psycholinguistics
3
History
4
Literature
5
Practicals
6
Research Methods/Project.
7
197
LINGUISTICS/IGBO PROGRAM
4 – Year Bachelor of Arts (B.A) Degree Academic Program
100 level courses
Major course
LIN 101
introduction to Linguistics
LIN 103 Introduction to General Phonetics I
IGB 101 Introduction to Igbo Grammar 1
IGB 141 Introduction to Igbo History and culture
LIN 145
Languages of the world
FRE 101 Elementary French 1
IGB 153 Advanced Igbo composition and compreh.
GST Courses (GST)
GST 101
Use of English 1
GST 103
Philosophy and Logic
GST 105
Citizenship education
Semester One
Units
3
2
3
2
2
2
2
Total Credit load
100 Level Courses
Semester Two
Major courses
LIN 102
Introduction to Linguistics II
LIN 104
Introduction to General Phonetics
LIN 146
History of Linguistics
IGB 102
Introduction to Igbo Grammar II
IGB 142
History of Igbo Language and
Development
FRE 102
Elementary French II
Unit
3
2
2
3
2
2
GST Courses (GST)
GST 102
Use of English II
GST 104
History and Philosophy of science
GST 106
Citizenship education II
Elective
ENG 122 or History or Religion
Total credit load
200 Level Courses
2
2
2
2
22
2
2
2
2
22
Semester One
Major Courses
Unit
LIN 201
Introduction to Syntax 1.
2
LIN 203
Introduction to Phonology
2
LIN 205
Morphological Theory
2
LIN 261
Practical Phonetics 1
3
IGB 201
Igbo Sound System 1
3
IGB 203
Igbo orthography Design
2
IGB 207
Introduction to Igbo Morphology
3
FRE 201
Intermediate French 1
2
IGB 251
Introduction to Igbo Oral Lit.
3
CSC 101
Introduction to computer Science
2
Electives
English or History or Religion
2
Total credit load
23
198
200 Level
Semester Two
LIN 202
Introduction to Syntax II
2
LIN 204
Phonemic Analysis
2
LIN 262
Practical Phonetics II
3
IGB 202
Igbo Sound system
3
IGB 204
Igbo Phonology
2
IGB 206
Igbo Syntax
2
FRE 202
Intermediate French II
2
IGB 252
Introduction to Igbo written Lit.
3
GST 222
Conflict Management & Resolution 2
CSC 204
Computer application to Arts
2
Electives
English or History or Religion
2
Total credit load
25
300 Level
Semester One
Major Courses
Units
LIN 301
Generative Syntax I.
3
LIN 305
Generative phonology I
3
LIN 323
Survey of Applied Linguistics
3
LIN 377
Research Methodology
3
IGB 311
Igbo Dialects
2
IGB 353
Igbo Stylistics
3
IGB 351
Oral Poetry of the Igbo
2
Electives
Religion or History or English
2
Total credit load
21
300 Level
Semester Two
Major Courses
Units
LIN 302
Generative Syntax II
3
LIN 304
Generative Phonology II
3
LIN 326
Error/Contrastive /Needs Analysis 3
LIN 316
Socio-Linguistics
2
IGB 354
Igbo Literary Criticism
3
LIN 312
Psycholinguistics
3
Elective (choose one only)
Philosophy or English or Religion
2
Total credit load
19
400 Level
Semester One
Major Courses
Units
LIN 401
Topics in Phonology
3
LIN 403
Semantics /Pragmatics
3
LIN 407
Lexicography
3
IGB 401
Topics in Igbo Phonology
3
IGB 403
Practical Communication in Igbo
3
IGB 453
Igbo Drama and Theatre
3
Total credit load
18
199
400 Level
Major Courses
LIN 402
LIN 422
LIN 442
IGB 402
IGB 406
LIN/IGB 478
Semester Two
Units
3
3
Topic in Syntax
Theory and Practice of Translation
Historical and comparative
Linguistics
3
Topics in Igbo Phonology
3
Traditional Music /Dance of the Igbo
3
Long Essay / Project
6
Total credit load 21
Course Description
LIN 101: Introduction to Linguistics I
This course introduces components of the study of language: Phonology, morphology,
syntax and semantics. It presents the goals and methods of linguistics, techniques of linguistic
analyses and construction of linguistic models. Trends in modern linguistics and the relationship
of linguistics to psychology, society, logic and other disciplines.
LIN 102: Introduction to linguistics II
This is the continuation of LIN 101. It shall further the frontiers of knowledge on basis sound
systems, word structure and sentential analysis. It shall examine human language – its principles,
its nature and its relationship to animal mode of communication.
LIN 103: Introduction to General Phonetics
This course shall explore possible ways of describing the speech sounds of human languages.
Speech mechanism and core branches of the study; acoustic, auditory, computer synthesis of
speech as well as tools for transcribing speech sound.
LIN 104: Introduction to General Phonetics II.
This is a continuation course to LIN 103. Focus is on the exploration of key concepts in the
study of various aspects of phonetics, sounds vs letters, allophones, syllables, sound waves,
speech formants, spectrum and spectrographic readings etc.
LIN 145: Languages of the world
The origin and evolution of human language from an interdisciplinary perspective. The design
features of language, the characteristics of language and functions of language, language
universals and differences between various languages in terms of their genetic classification and
typological classification.
LIN 146: History of Linguistics
A study of the development of linguistics from ancient days to the present time: from ancient
medical periods to the modern times, notable scholars in the field and their contributions to the
discipline.
IGB 141: Introduction to Igbo History and culture
This course introduces the Igbo as a people, language, culture and geographical entity; the
people’s history, literature and heritage; their socio-cultural, economic, religious, health and
political institutions and their relationship with their neighbours.
IGB 142: History of Igbo Language and Development
An exploration of the history of the development of the Igbo language from preliterate times to
the evolution of a standard orthography as well as post standard orthography.
200
IGB 101: Introduction to Igbo Grammar I.
As an introductory study of Igbo grammar, this course teachers the Igbo form classes and their
characteristics. It also includes the phrase, clause and sentential analysis of Igbo.
IGB 102: Introduction to Igbo Grammar II.
This is a continuation of IGB 201. It shall pursue in detail the concept introduced to the students,
the isolation and the identification on the basis of their morphological and semantic criteria.
Emphasis shall be placed on nominal categories, modifiers, verbals, enclitics e.t.c.
FRE 101: Elementary French I.
The course focuses on proficiency in understanding simple French conversations and texts.
FRE 102: Elementary French II
This is a continuation of FRE 101. It shall improve and explore a deeper understanding of
everyday French conversation and Texts.
GST 101: Use of English I
The focus of the course is to develop and equip the students with knowledge of English
communication and usage in a serious academic situation.
GST 103: Philosophy and logic
This course shall in a simple form correlate logic and philosophy as they border on human
affairs and intellectual development. While logic is not totally reducible to philosophy, the art of
correct reasoning is an art that is essentially philosophical.
GST 105: Citizenship Education
This course is tailored to make the students develop a healthy attitude towards selfless service to
the community or the university and the student immediate environment. It shall engage the
students in a practical way with some of the problems of society as well as with efforts necessary
to solve such problems. Thereby inculcate in the students a consciousness of their
responsibilities to society and the satisfaction of rendering service to others.
GST 104 History and Philosophy of science
This course introduces students to scientific approaches to problem solving and the philosophy
behind scientific enquires.
LIN 201: Introduction to Syntax I
An introductory course to the study of syntax shall focus in functions, types, classes and
operationally o f each word class sentences of various types shall be analyzed.
LIN 202: Introduction of Syntax II
As a continuation course of LIN 201, this course shall seek to deepen the students understanding
of basic concepts in syntactic theory. Syntactic description and argumentation. Topics here
include phrase structure, transformations and the roles of the lexicon.
LIN 203: Introduction to Phonology 1.
This is an introductory course to phonology. Structural differences between phonetics and
phonology shall be made manifest, the principles of phonology as a discipline. It includes basic
tenets and analytical tools on phonology of natural languages.
201
LIN 204: Phonemic Analysis
This course discusses the phonemic principles that underlie phonemic analysis, theories of the
phoneme and phonemic alternations and their application to human language with illustration
drawn the students language and other language of the world.
LIN 205: Morphological Theory
The theory of word structure within a formal grammar.
Relations to other areas of grammar (syntax, phonology); basis units of world structure, types of
morphology (inflection, derivation, compounding).
LIN 261 – Practical Phonetics I.
Basic principles of instrumental phonetics, instruments for phonetic analysis, introduction to the
CSC and the interpreter language laboratory, practice and production of speech sounds and their
analysis articulatorily, acoustically and their auditory perceptual cues.
LIN 262: Practical Phonetics II
A continuation of LIN 261, this include speech sound recognition exercises, speech sound
production drills, stress and intonation drills and transcription exercises.
IGB 201 – Igbo Sound System
What are sounds of the Igbo language, and how are they organized to make words and
sentences? This course introduces the students to the sounds Igbo language and provide tools for
studying them systemically.
IGB 202: Igbo sound system II
A continuation course to LGB 201, here a detailed classification and identification of the feature
of Igbo sounds shall be pursued. Representation of these sounds and their relationship between
the sounds found in the standard variety and their dialectal correspondences shall be studied.
IGB 203: Igbo Orthography Design
What is orthography and what are the features of a good orthography. This is a practical course
designed to reveal to the students principles, features and characteristics of a good orthography.
It includes Igbo orthography design history and journey so far.
IGB 204: Igbo Phonology
The application of the basic principles of phonology to the study of Igbo phonological system.
Phoneme identification, phonemic alternative and distinctive feature analysis etc.
IGB 206: Igbo Syntax
This course introduces the students to the basic systems of Igbo sentence structure. Topics
include sentence .types of Igbo, basic transformations their structural and functional types, basic
syntactic relations in Igbo (Predication, modification, complementation, coordination and Igbo
Phase structure rules.
IGB 207: Igbo Morphology
Morphological description and theory of word structure in Igbo.
LIN 301: Generative Syntax I.
The course introduces students to the generative models of grammatical analysis with emphasis
on the explanation of basic concepts postulated in the models, and the practical applications of
202
these models in the analysis of syntactic data. Generative models of analysis shall be discussed.
Ps, TG, TGG, EST REST, GB and minimalist program.
4 – YEAR BACHELOR OF ART DEGREE (B.A) IGBO.
1.0
1.
2(a)
(b)
(c)
Regulation And Guidelines For Admission
The four year program shall lead up to the award of Bachelor of Arts Degree (B.A)
Igbo.
As is stated in the university, faculty and departmental handbooks.
In addition UTME candidates must obtain 5 credits including English
language and Igbo language at either NECO/WASC or GCE O/L or a merit/credit pass at
TC II examination
Direct entry candidates must include a pass in Igbo at A/Level.
Candidates with Igbo at N.C.E Examination or Diploma in Igbo language studies are
equally acceptable.
1.1
Philosophy and Objectives
The philosophy of a B.A. Degree program Igbo is in keeping with the
ideals of the faculty and founded on the motto of the university. it is to emancipate man
from the shackles of ignorance and enhance his personality and refine his culture through
the study of Igbo language, its people and literature.
Accordingly, the objective of the program are as follows:
(i.)
To expose students to the various aspects of the Igbo including the following:
(a) Igbo as a people with a culture area and history
(b) Igbo as a language
(c) Igbo as literature and art
In view of the above, students of Igbo would acquire greater competence in their
appreciation of the values inherent in the above related areas.
(ii.)
To train students in the practical application of their knowledge to human
development.
(iii.)
To build a manpower base capable of contributing through enhanced
communicative competence in Igbo language as;
(a) Translators and interpreters
(b) Media practitioners
(c) Creative writers
(d) Editors
(e) Theatre personnel
(f) Officers and practitioners in Ethnography information, culture and administrative
officers in government ministries.
(g) Teachers of Igbo language etc.
4 – YEAR B. A. IGBO DEGREE PROGRAM
100 Level Course
Major courses
IGB 141 Introduction to Igbo History and Culture
203
Semester One
Units
2
IGB 151 Introduction to Oral Igbo Literature
IGB 153 Advanced Igbo Composition and Comprehension
LIN 101 Introduction to Linguistics I
LIN 103 Introduction to General Phonetics
FRE 101 Elementary French I
GST Course
GST 101 Use of English
GST 103 Philosophy and Logic
GST 105 Citizenship Education 1
Elective Courses
English or History or Religion
100 Level Course
Major Courses
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
21
Semester Two
Units
2
IGB 142 History of Igbo language as Development
IGB 152 Introduction to Igbo Written Literature
IGB 154 Advanced Igbo Composition and Comprehension
LIN 102 Introduction to Linguistics II
LIN 104 Introduction to General Phonetics II
FRE 102 Elementary French II
GST Course
GST 102 Use of English II
GST 104 History and Philosophy of Science
GST 106 Citizenship Education II
Elective Courses
English or History or Religion
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
200 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 201 Igbo Grammar I
IGB 203 Igbo Orthography
IGB 207 Introduction to Igbo Morphology
LIN 201 Introduction to Phonology I
LIN 205 Phonetics of English and Nigeria Languages
LIN 209 Writing System and Graphic Rep.
LIN 261 Practical Phonetics I.
GST Course
CS101 Introduction to Computer
Elective Courses
English or Religion
200 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 202 Igbo Grammar II
IGB 252 Igbo prose Narratives
IGB 254 Oral Igbo Poetry
LIN 202 Introduction to Phonology II
2
21
Semester One
Units
3
2
3
2
2
2
3
2
2
21
Semester Two
Units
3
3
2
2
204
LIN 204 Phonemic Analysis
LIN 206 Orthography Design
LIN 256 The Igbo Novel (Development)
GST Course
GST 222 Conflict Management and Resolution
CS 214 Computer Application to Arts
Elective Courses
English or Religion
2
2
2
2
2
2
22
300 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 301 Igbo Phonology I
IGB 307 Igbo Syntax I
IGB 311 Igbo Dialects
IGB 355 Prescribed Texts of Igbo Prose Narratives
IGB 353 Igbo Stylistics I
IGB 303 Igbo Naming System
IGB 351 Igbo Traditional Drama and Theatre
LIN 323 Survey of Applied Linguistics
LIN 377 Research Methodology
Elective Courses
English or History or Religion
300 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 302 Igbo Phonology II
IGB 308 Igbo Syntax II
IGB 352 Oral Igbo Poetry (Theory)
IGB 358 The Igbo Novel (Prescribed Text)
IGB 306 Igbo Thought and Belief System
IGB 356 Contemporary Igbo Poetry (Prescribed Text)
IGB 312 Igbo Literary Criticism
LIN 326 Error/Antrastive/Needs Analysis
Elective Courses
English or Religion or History
Semester One
Units
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
2
23
Semester Two
Units
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
21
Semester Two
400 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 401 Topics Igbo Phonology
IGB 403 Practical Communication in Igbo
IGB 405 Tradition Music of the Igbo
IGB 407 Igbo Contrastive Studies
IGB 403 Semantic/Pragmatics
LIN 407 Lexicography
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
205
18
400 Level Course
Major Courses
IGB 401 Topics in Igbo Syntax
IGB 452 Contemporary Igbo Drama (prescribed Text)
IGB 478 Long Essay/Project
IGB 404 Social Institutions and Material Cultures of the
Igbo People
IGB 454 Igbo Stylistics II
LIN 422 Theory and Practice of Translation
Semester Two
Units
3
3
3
3
3
3
18
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
IGB 141: Igbo Composition and Comprehension I Writing Igbo in the Official Orthography,
Types of styles of composition, organization and language use; comprehension and summary
skills, exercises in oral delivery in Igbo.
IGB 142: Igbo Composition and Comprehension II this a continuation of IGB 141. There is
more stress on types of essay, summary writing, comprehension, public speech and address.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS (IGBO PROGRAMME)
IGB 141 INTRODUCTION TO IGBO HISTORY, LIFE AND CULTURE
This course introduces the students to the people of Igbo race, their historical origin, settlements
and geographical location. It shall also introduce their social institutions. Political and economic
institution, language, religion, art and culture.
IGB 142 HISTORY OF IGBO LANGUAGE AND DEVELOPMENT
This course to some extent is a formalization of IGB 121. It shall trace the history of Igbo
language and its influences. Since language is a universal phenomenon, the course shall apart
from the establishment of the origin of the Igbo language, identify the genealogy and family
belonging of the Igbo language; the speakers of the Igbo language shall also be identified
together with her close neighbours.
IGB 151: IGBO ORAL LITERATURE
A classification of the principal form and genres of Igbo oral literature and an examination of
their characteristic features, theme, style their composition and performance and their contexts
and social significance. Oral literature as it relates to the evolutionary theory.
IGB 152: INTRODUCTION TO WRITTEN LITERATURE
Written Igbo literature: its beginnings and development: relationship between oral and written
literature old and modern Igbo realistic work and romantic works, selected prose drama. poetry
tests for reading and discussions.
IGB 154: ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND COMPREHENSION II
Further and more advanced treatment of orthography issues spelling punctuation and language
uses. Intensive comprehensive exercise and drills on oral delivery.
IGB 202: IGBO GRAMMAR II
This is a continuation of IGB 201. It shall pursue in the detail the concepts introduced to the
student ion LIN 201, the isolation and the identification on the basis of their morphological and
206
semantic criteria. More emphasis shall also be paid to nominal, modifiers, verbals enlities,
incloatics etc.
IGB 252: VARIETIES OF IGBO PROSE NARRATIVES
A study of various Igbo prose forms novels, romances, short stories essays and translations.
Their basic characteristics and the different literary styles and themes that inform them.
IGB 256: IGBO NOVEL
A detailed treatment of at least one Igbo novel and piece of Drama of moderate length. Studies
on the Igbo belief system and other cultural forms.
IGB 303: IGBO NAMING SYSTEM
Among Nigerians, naming is not just an artitrary affair. It is at once a mental, an emotional, a
linguistic and cultural affair. This course, then focuses on the linguistic and cultural importance
of personal names in the language.
IGB 306: IGBO THOUGHTS AND BELIEF SYSTEM
Introduction to the discipline of folklore (i.e. traditional beliefs, values, and modes of expression
shared by groups with a community of interests) followed by detailed study of selected topics in
verbal folklore (folk literature, superstitions, popular beliefs, etc) non-verbal folklore (folk
music, folk dance etc) traditional customs, calendar festivals, folk observances, architecture, folk
cookery etc.
IGB 311: IGBO DIALECTOLOGY
This course shall simply introduce the students to the different dialects of the Igbo language
together with their various geographical locations. Since it is generally established that dialectal
difference are basically at the phonological level, the phonological differences of the Igbo
language shall be surveyed. The course shall also look at other possible areas of dialectal
differences and convergence.
IGB 351: IGBO TRADITIONAL DRAMA
This course covers the concept of Drama in the language; a survey of early attempts at play
writing and acting, the influence of traditional and folk drama, and an appraisal of the written
plays.
IGB 351: IGBO ORAL POETRY
A detailed study of the poetic forms of Igbo language, their structure and their functions; a
critical appreciation them.
IGB 353: IGBO STYLISTICS I
A theoretical study of stylistics in Igbo language particularly various theories and ideas of the
relationship before on stylistics, literature and linguistics , a discussion of the various literary
features or devices of literature in Igbo language.
IGB 355: PRESCRIBED TEXTS IGBO PROSE NARRATIVES
Further detailed and analytical study of prose fiction in Igbo. Advanced and greater sophisticated
appreciation of themes, style, techniques. Development of Igbo prose fiction.
IGB 356: CONTEMPORARY IGBO POETRY
A detailed and critical study and appreciation of contemporary poetry in the language.
207
IGB 401: TOPICS IN IGBO PHONOLOGY
A consideration of current and relevant issues in the phonology of the language (e.g. tones,
vowel harmony, syllable structure and intonation).
IGB 402: TOPICS IN IGBO SYNTAX
Applications of transformational grammar to the study of Igbo; selected problems. Igbo phrase
structure Grammar and transformations Igbo relative clause construction and sentential
complementation. The role of tone in those transformations.
IGB 403: PRACTICAL COMMUNICATION IN IGBO
Speaking and writing the standard variety of the Igbo language effectively. The course will
involve such areas as: trends in modern spoken Igbo, idiomatic expressions, comprehension
exercise, original compositions on selected topics.
IGB 404: SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND MATERIAL CULTURE OF THE IGBO
This course shall pursuer a detailed description and analysis o the social and material aspects of
the Igbo culture.
IGB 405: TRADITIONAL MUSIC OF THE IGBO
An introductory study of the forms, functions and qualities of the traditional music of the Igbo
people. A detailed study of the musical instruments and their significance in the Igbo tradition
shall be pursued.
IGB 407: CONTRASTIVE STUDIES
A systematic examination of the structure of the language as contrasted with those of English
and Igbo with an basis on those areas requiring special attention in teaching the language to
speakers of English and Igbo.
IGB 452: CONTEMPORARY IGBO POETRY/PRESCRIBED TESTS
A detailed and critical study and appreciation of contemporary poetry in the language
IGB 454: IGBO STYLISTICS II
A detailed study of the stylistic features of prose and poetry, both oral and written in the
language, applying the principles studied in Igbo.
IGB 478: PROJECT
Independent research carried out under supervision on linguistics, literary or cultural aspect of
the Igbo language
208
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
B. A. HONS FRENCH
The B. A. Hons French degree programme is designed in response to the Federal Government
Policy to upgrade the teaching of French at all levels of the educational system, with the
objective of making it a second official language in Nigeria. The programme is aimed at
producing graduates capable of teaching the French Language, communicating effectively in
French and participating in international peace, trade and world politics without any linguistic
inhibition. The programme also prepares students for further studies in French or for
professional Language based higher degrees for translators and interpreters.The duration of the
programme is four years for candidates with O level credit in French who are admitted through
JME or pre-degree, three years for those who secure direct entry, and five years for candidates
with no prior knowledge of French. Candidates with no prior knowledge of French are made to
do the Remedial French Programme.
The Remedial French programme is intended to provide solution to the perennial shortage of
students into the French degree programme, as most Secondary Schools in Nigeria do not teach
French at all and therefore cannot prepare students for Senior Secondary School Certificate in
French. The duration of the Remedial French programme is one academic session. Only
successful candidates will be allowed to proceed to the 100 level programme. The 4th year of the
five year programme or the 3rd of the four year programme or the 2nd year of the three year
programme is spent at the French village Badagry or in a foreign country where French is the
official medium of communication.
Entry Requirements
(i)
4 Year programme – SSCE, GCE, NECO/SSCE ordinary level with credits in French,
English and any three subjects at not more than two sittings; and an acceptable score in JME or
pre-degree examination.
(ii)
5 Year Programme – Five ordinary level credits including English and an acceptable
score in JME or Pre-degree examination.
(iii)3 Year Programme – NCE with passing grade in French or Advanced level passes in
French and one other subject plus ordinary level credits in three other subjects.
209
(e)
Course content specifications/syllabus of all courses in the programme/sub-
discipline/Discipline:
B. A. FRENCH
STRESS AREAS
0. General/introduction courses
1.
Linguistic and grammar
2.
Composition and stylistics
3.
Literature and reading comprehension
4.
Translation
5.
Culture and civilization
6.
Oral courses
7.
Project/research
COURSE CODING
First digit
- student’s level
Second digit - the number 1 for 1st semester, the 2 number for 2nd semester.
Third digit - Area of courses (stress area)
COURSE DESCRIPTION
REMEDIAL YEAR PROGRAMME
FIRST SEMESTER
FRE 010: Introduction to French Grammar I
This course introduces students to fundamental elements of French grammar such as the use of
article, gender, preposition etc. it lays the foundation to simple but correct construction sentences
in French. (4 Units)
FRE 011: Introduction to French Comprehension I
In this course students should be made to read selected simple French texts after which there will
be questions (oral or written) to test their comprehension of the texts read. (3 Units)
FRE 012: Introduction to reading in French I
This course designed for beginners in French provides practice in reading/comprehension of the
basic elements of selected literary/pragmatic texts in French. (3 Units)
210
FRE 013: Introduction to Laboratory Work I
This course helps students to become familiar with the correct pronunciation of French words,
phrases and sentences as spoken by good speakers and mother tongue users of the language. The
course will enable students acquire basic knowledge of phonetics and discrimination of sounds
which are necessary for proficiency and linguistic competence in the language. (3 Units)
FRE 014: Introduction to French Conversation I
This aim of this course is to help students express themselves in French, starting from greetings,
introduction of oneself etc up to narrating daily activities. (3 Units)
Second semester
FRE 020: Introduction to French Grammar II
This is a continuation of FRE 010. Emphasis is laid on correct use of basic French grammatical
structures through textual analysis, practice of standard forms and dictation. (4 Units)
FRE 021: Introduction to French Comprehension
This is continuation of FRE 011 as described above. (3 Units)
FRE 022: Introduction to Readings in French II
As a continuation of FRE 012 this course is made up comprehensive, analysis and discussion of
selected literary pragmatic texts in French. (3 Units)
FRE 023: Introduction to Laboratory Work II
This is continuation of FRE 013 aimed at helping beginners in French develop spoken French
reflexes. (3 Units)
FRE 024: Introduction to French Conversation II
At this stage students will be encouraged to express themselves without fear of grammatical
errors. A conversation session shall always start with familiar topics like classroom, the family
etc. (3 Units)
211
YEAR ONE OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME
FRE 110: French Grammar I
In this course, emphasis is laid on basic correct French grammatical structures through exercises,
practice of structural forms and dictation. (2 Units)
FRE 111: Introduction to Composition Writing in French I
This course provides students with the basic skills in the practice of writing French with
emphasis on narrative and descriptive forms. (2 Units)
FRE 112: Readings in French I
This course exposes students to extensive reading in French and Francophone documents (songs,
short plays etc) to help the students communicate and express themselves freely. This will
enable them increase their vocabulary. (2 Units)
FRE 113: Laboratory Work
This course will enable students acquire a good French speech speed through systematic
repetition and audition of phonetic and grammatical patterns in the language laboratory. It will
enable students acquire speech automatisms necessary for the mastery of the language. (2 Units)
FRE 114: French Conversation I
In this course, emphasis is laid on the use of French and Francophone documents (sons, short
plays etc) to help students communicate and express themselves freely. This will enable them
increase their vocabulary. (2 Units)
SEL 115: Introduction to Second Foreign Language I
This is intensive course designed to initiate students into a second foreign language course
mounted in the department. This could be German, Portuguese,, Spanish, Russian, Japanese etc.
(2 Units)
212
SECOND SEMESTER
FRE 120: French Grammar II
This course deals with the characteristics of the separate units which can be used as elements of
a sentence structure. This course will focus on the verb, the noun, the adjective and prepositional
phrase. (2 Units)
FRE 121: Introduction to Composition Writing in French II
This is in-depth study of more complex forms of composition writing, e.g. exposition,
argumentation etc, this course also enables students to relate the various registers of the written
French language to appropriate themes. (2 Units)
FRE 122: Readings in French II
This is continuation of FRE 113 as described above. (2 Units)
FRE 123: French Phonetics
This emphasis of this course is on the acquisition of a good pronunciation of French sounds. (2
Units)
FRE 124: French Conversation II
This course will increase the span of the student’s lexical acquisition and the fluency level of
their spoken French. (2 Units)
SEL 125: Introduction to a Second Foreign Language II
This course is designed to improve and increase the student’s grasp of the chosen second foreign
language. (2 Units)
YEAR II OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME
FRE 210: French Grammatical Structures I
A normative approach is adopted in this course, and special emphasis is laid on the practice and
identification of verbal forms, sentence structures and grammatical functions. (2 Units)
FRE 211: French Appreciation of Literature
This is an introductory course to the study of literature. It is designed to expose students to the
practice of literary appreciation and its written expressions such as “L éxplication du texte”, Le
resume du texte, l’analyse litteraire ‘Le commentaire du texté. (2 Units)
213
FRE 212: French African literature Before Independence
This is a course on major literary trends of the francophone African literature before
independence. It deals with the general definition, nature and specificity of francophone African
literature before independence. (2 Units)
FRE 213: French Literature of the 16th and 17th Century
This is a survey course on the major trends of the French literary history. Students are exposed to
the theory and practice of the literary schools such as ‘La Renaissance Litteraire”, “La Pleiade”
and Le Classicisme”. (2 Units)
FRE 214: Oral French Skills I
This course is designed to help students consolidate competence acquired in earlier oral French
course. They will learn to make use of a variety of French registers through discussions and
extended use of expressive forms in audio/video tape-recorded or printed documents including
conversations, newspaper articles, and literary, administrative, commercial and technical texts.
(2 Units)
FRE 215: Introduction to French Drama
This course which is based on some selected drama works in French draws attention to the
various aspects of drama: theory, artistic elements, themes and forms. (2 Units)
FRE 216: Elements of French Civilization
This course surveys the Social, economic and cultural life of French from the period of the 1789
Revolution to date. (2 Units)
SEL 217: Foreign Language I
Based on their study of selected second foreign language, the students will study texts,
illustrating some of the main current literary movements in countries where the language is
spoken. (2 Units)
214
SECOND SEMESTER
FRE 220: French Comprehension and Stylistics
In this course students will be exposed to more complex oral and written comprehension. It is
designed to guide students in the appreciation,, analysis and production of written texts of
various language forms and registers. (2 Units)
FRE 221: Critical Appreciation of Literature II
This is a continuation of FRE 211 as described above. (2 Units)
FRE 222: French African Literature Post Independence
This course explores major literary trends of the post independence francophone African
literature through a study of representative authors. (2 Units)
FRE 223: French Literature of the 18th Century
This course introduces students to the literary schools of “Le Siecle des lumieres through the
works of authors as Diderot, Voltaire, Roussaeau etc. (2 Units)
FRE 224: Culture and Civilization of Francophone Africa
This course exposes students to the study of the social, economic and cultural life of
francophone African countries, with emphasis on Nigerian’s French speaking neighours. (2
Units)
FRE 225: Oral French Skills II
This is continuation of FRE 215 as described above. (2 Units)
SEL 227: Foreign Language II
In this course students are introduced to extensive reading of the literature of their chosen
foreign language. (2 Units)
215
YEAR III OF THE FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME (FRENCH LANUAGE VILLAGE
(FLV)
FLV 300 Socio-Educative Activities I
This is a polyvalent course that provides a conducive environment for the students to develop
their various intellectual, cultural and professional aptitudes through individual and group
activities like monitoring national and international current affaire in French media, participating
in debates, conferences, symposium, excursions etc. (2 Units)
FLV 310 Translation Skills
This course aims at exposing students to the practical problems of translation. This course
includes exercises in translation from and into English (L 1) French (L 2) and a Nigerian
Language ( L3). (2 Units)
FLV 311 French Grammar V
This course aims at bringing students to a high level of understanding and use of grammatical
notions underlying the French language structure. In addition to intensive exercise in the
production and comprehension of complex sentence patterns, the students are encouraged to
review conventional French grammatical structures in the light of correct semantic approaches
that appear to compromise grammatical norms. (3 Units)
FLV 312 French Phonetics II
This course aims at bringing students to a high level of French sound production and
discrimination. It explores the various combinatory features of French sounds and provides
students practice in the phonetic transcription of various kinds of literary and non-literary French
texts. (2 Units)
FLV 313 Culture and Civilization of French
This course surveys the social, economic and cultural life of French from period of the 1789
Revolution to date. (2 Units)
216
FLV 314 Fancophone African Literature I
This course surveys African literature of French expression from 1920 to 1960. This survey
covers all the genres (prose, drama, poetry) and highlights the ideological leaning, forms and
contexts of works of representative authors. (2 Units)
FLV 315 French Literature of the 18th Century
In this course, students are further exposed to the literary schools of “Le siècle des lumieres’
through the works of authors as Diderot, Voltaire, Rousseau etc. (2 Units)
FLV 316 Written French Skills V
This course leads students into knowledge and use of advanced writing techniques in the
different registers of French. Written exercises in this course include letters, summaries, notes,
and minutes of meetings; news presentations, special messages, (condolence, congratulatory
messages, advertisements, research notes and biographies). (2 Units)
FLV 317 Oral French Skills V
This course is designed to help students acquire fluency in French for everyday purpose and
professional life. This includes the mastery of different intonation patterns for expressing
reactions to specific situations; active knowledge of French structural patterns and vocabulary
relating to life French and modern business world. (2 Units)
Second semester
FLV 300 Socio-Educative Activities II
This is a continuation of the 1st FLV 300 as described above. (2 Units)
FLV 320 Translation Skills II
This is a continuation of FLV 310 and is designed to help students acquire knowledge of the
theoretical bases of the different translation techniques in use as well as provide training in
translation. This course covers lexical and morpho-syntactic problems involved in translation
from and into English (1), French (L2) and a Nigerian Language (L3) (2 Units)
217
FLV 321 French Grammar VI
This is a continuation of FLV 311 aimed at bringing students to a high level of understanding
and use of grammatical notions underlying the French language structure. The course includes
intensive exercise in the production and comprehension of complex French patterns. (2 Units)
FLV 322 French Phonetics III
This is a continuation of FLV 312 as described above. (2 Units)
FLV 323 Linguistics and Stylistics
This course enables students to establish more informed links between French linguistic forms
(phonetic, morpho-syntactic) meaning and aesthetics. (2 Units)
FLV 324 Francophone African Literature II
This course involves a study of various genres of African literature of francophone expression
since independence and highlights the ideological leanings, forms and contexts of works of
representative authors. (2 Units)
FLV 325 French Literature of the 19th Century
This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 19th century. (2
Units)
FLV 326 Written French Skills V
This is a continuation of the FLV 316 and in line with the objective of the earlier course, it
reinforces students’ ability to use advanced writing techniques in the different registers of
French. (2 Units)
FLV 327 Oral French Skills V
This is a continuation of FLV 317 as described above. Recorded texts and exercises could be
taken from Le Frencais de homes d’affaires by Dany et al or any other similar manual. (2 Units)
FLV 329 Research Methodology
This course initiates students into the elements of scholarly research, concepts of research and
research methodology. Styles (MLA, APA etc) research area, the statement of objectives of
research, literature review, data collection strategies, referencing, notes. (2 Units)
218
YEAR IV OF THE FOUR PROGRAMME
FIRST SEMESTER
FRE 410: Linguistics Applied to the Teaching of French
Applied linguistics will be used to teach students how to understand and analyze any problem
related to the sounds, signals, prosody, communication and grammatical structures of the French
language. (2 Units)
FRE 412: Communication Strategies and Discourse Analysis
This course is designed to expose students to practical use of language in specific real life
communication contacts. It explores oratory, eloquence, rhetoric, discourse analysis, expressive
structures in communication contexts, speeches, conversation, drama etc. (2 Units)
FRE 413: French Literature of the 19th Century
This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 19th Century
French literature as illustrated by representative literary works. (2 Units)
FRE 414: Francophone African and Caribbean Literature I
This course lays emphasis on the philosophy, structure and forms of French literary texts. It
explores various trends in modern literary criticism such as structuralism, sociology of literature
etc. (2 Units)
FRE 415: World Literature in French Translation
This course introduces students to world literature written in various languages but translated
into French. (2 Units)
FRE 416: Advanced Translation
Translation from English into French and vice versa at an advanced level. (2 Units)
FRE 417: Culture and Civilization of Francophone Maghreb, Europe and America
This course deals with the social, political and economic life of francophone communities of
Maghreb, Europe (Excluding French) and America. (2 Units)
219
FRE 418: Introduction to Research Methods
This course is designed to provide students with the principles and methodology of research. It
initiates students into the elements of scholarly research, concept of research and research
methodology. Styles (MLA, APA etc) research area, the statement of objectives of research,
literature review, data collection strategies, time and space in data validation, acknowledgement
of sources of data, referencing, notes and biography, presentation of a thesis etc. (2 Units)
Second semester
FRE 420: Linguistics Applied to the Teaching of French II
In continuation of FRE 410, applied linguistics will be used to acquaint students with the sociopedagogical context of learning lexis, vocabulary, and understanding of the various problems
raised by stylistic forms. (2 Units)
FRE 421: Communication Strategies and Discourse Analysis II
This is a continuation of FRE 411 as described above. (2 Units)
FRE 422: French Literature of the 20th Century
This course involves a study of the various genres and literary schools of the 20th Century
French literature through representative authors. (2 Units)
FRE 423: Francophone African and Caribbean Literature II
This is a continuation of FRE 413 as described above. (2 Units)
FRE 424: French Thought and Literary Criticism II
This course is a continuation of FRE 414 as described above. (2 Units)
FRE 425: African Oral Literature
This course involves a study of oral literature with special attention given to major oral literary
works representative of the African francophone world. (2 Units)
FRE 426: Advanced Translation II
This course deals theoretically and practically with the various approaches to bilingual
translation. (2 Units)
FRE 427: Project- A dissertation of 3,500 – 5000 words written in French on a subject,
preferably original
which
is
related
to
any
220
area
of
French
studies.
(6
Units
DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL COMMUNICATION AND CREATIVE ARTS
B.A Visual Arts
GENERAL INFORMATION AND ACADEMIC PROGRAMME
This programme offers a Four-year B.A. honours degree programme in Visual Arts for
candidates who are admitted through UME and a three-year programme for candidates who
posses NCE or National Diploma admitted through Direct Entry (DE). There is also a two-year
Direct Entry programme for those who possess the HND Certificate. The department offers
courses in basic design, drawing and art history before the students narrow down to stress areas
of painting, sculpture, visual communication design, textiles, ceramics, history of art and art
education. The Department offers service courses in photography, stage design, make-up and
fashion design and Interior Decoration to Departments of Theatre Arts, Geology, Mass
Communication, Home Science & Nutrition among others.
PHILOSOPHY
The philosophy of the programme is to develop skills and stimulate visual creativity in young
men and women who desire to make a career in the visual arts. This will position them in
contributing to the aesthetic, cultural and technological development of Nigeria and the world at
large.
OBJECTIVES
The programme is designed to equip young men and women to pursue their career in Visual Arts
in Cultural Institutions, Arts Councils, the film industry, Textiles, Advertising and Ceramic
Industry. They are also being prepared for postgraduate programmes and researches.
This will lead and encourage the students to use their creative skills to enhance their selfdependence and quality of living.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
(i)
Four year Degree Programme: For a four year degree programme candidates for
admission are required to possess The West African School Certificate or the General
Certificate of Education at Ordinary Level or Senior Secondary School Certificate or its
equivalent with credit passes in at least five subjects including English, Art and
Mathematics or any science.
221
(ii)
Good passes at the HSC, GCE A’Level of which one of the subjects must be Fine Arts,
NCE in Fine Arts, OND in Fine Arts with a minimum pass or Merit in Fine Arts plus a
minimum of 5 Credits including English at the WASC/GCE Ordinary Level/SSCE
Examination.
(iii)
Holders of HND or its equivalent who meet the requirements for normal admission and
graduated with an average of B+ may be admitted directly to 300 level courses.
DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
The four-year B.A. Visual Arts degree programmes will last for four years of eight semesters.
The first two years will be the introduction of the major areas of Visual Arts. The last two years
will be devoted to specialization in any one of the required courses, as listed above. One
semester is devoted to industrial attachment or Students Industrial Work Experience Scheme
(SIWES), which occurs at the second semester of the third year.
MODULES
(i)
Module A
This is made up of Theory and Practice in Drawing, Painting, two and three Dimensional
Designs, Art Education, Art History. Basic Design, Basic Drawing, Still-Life Drawing,
Life-Drawing, Draughtsmanship, Graphics, Painting, Textiles, Ceramics, Sculpture,
History of Art, History of African Art, Art Appreciation, being the compulsory core
courses taught within the department of Visual Arts.
(ii)
Module B
This is made up of the theory and practice of indigenous African Arts and Crafts, their
historical context and significance.
(iii)
Module C
Humanities comprises courses in Liberal Arts and Social Sciences.
(iv)
Module D
General Studies will enrich educational experience of the Students and make them more
functional to themselves and the society.
(v)
Core Courses
The courses listed in Modules A and B (Art Theory and Practice and African Art) shall
form core courses.
222
(vi)
Electives
The courses listed under Modules C and D (Humanities and General Studies) will
constitute the electives, offered outside the Department to compliment the core courses.
REQUIREMENT FOR GRADUATION
(i)
Year One: Foundation (general) courses in Drawing, Basic Design, painting, History of
Art will be offered along with the University and Faculty required courses.
(ii)
Year Two: Foundation courses in studio practices with introductory courses to the
specialization areas, and history of Art, Art Education, Art Aesthetics, offered along with
university and college required courses.
(iii)
Year Three: Students offer courses in the areas of specialization, and also take African
Art History, African Craft Techniques, Research methods, Draughtsmanship, and are
required to have put in six months industrial attachment.
(iv) Year Four: Students will continue with the courses in the area of specialization and also
take Advanced Drawing, Exploration of Indigenous Art Forms and Contemporary
African art. They will be required to submit written essay (thesis) and as well,
produce practical projects in the area of their specialization under supervision.
Topics are selected by the students and approved by their supervisors. The practical
project must not be less than half-life size in sculpture and as may be specified or
directed by the supervisor.
REQUIRED CREDITS FOR GRADUATION
4-year programme
-144 units
Direct Entry 3-year programme-
108 units
Minimum load per semester
18 units
-
EXAMINATION
Each course shall be normally examined at the end of the semester. There shall be written
examination in theory courses, and practical examination in practical courses. Examination in
the final year will include long essay/project report (thesis) and practical projects. A pass mark
shall be 40 percent in every course, taking into account the approved theory/practical papers.
Continuous assessment is required in every course and shall account for 30 percent of the final
grade in the course.
223
CODING SYSTEM
Each course code has three letters and three figures: DVA refers to the Department of Visual
Arts. The first digit (number) of the code denotes year of course (level). The middle digit
(number) of the code denotes stress area of course study while the last digit (number) denotes
semester.
DETAILS OF PROGRAMMES
100 LEVEL (YEAR ONE) FOUR YEAR PROGRAMME
FIRST SEMESTER
S/N Code
Course Title
1.
DVA 111
Basic Drawing I
2.
DVA 121
2-Dimensional Design I
3.
DVA 131
3-Dimensional Design I
4.
DVA 141
Art Appreciation I
OTHERS : (REQUIRED)
5.
6.
7.
Total
SECOND SEMESTER
S/N Code
Course Title
1.
DVA 112
Basic Drawing II
2.
DVA 122
2-Dimensional Design II
3.
DVA 132
3-Dimensional Design II
4.
DVA 142
Art Appreciation II
OTHERS : (REQUIRED)
5.
6.
7.
Total
Grand Total
L= lectures T= tutorials P = practical U= credit units
224
L
0
0
0
0
T
2
2
2
2
P
4
4
4
4
U
3
3
3
2
2
0
0
1
3
0
8
0
16
2
2
3
18
L
0
0
0
2
T
1
2
2
1
P
3
4
4
0
U
3
3
3
2
2
0
0
4
7
6
14
11
27
2
2
3
18
36
200 LEVEL (YEAR TWO)
FIRST SEMESTER
S/N Code
1.
DVA 211
2.
DVA 221
3.
DVA 231
4.
DVA 241
5.
DVA 251
Course Title
Introduction to Photography
Still-Life Drawing
Painting
Sculpture
History of Art I
OTHERS (REQUIRED)
6.
7.
8.
Total
L
0
0
0
0
2
T
1
1
2
2
1
P
3
3
4
4
0
U
2
2
3
3
2
1
0
0
2
5
1
8
0
14
2
2
2
18
L
0
0
2
0
T
2
1
1
2
P
4
4
0
4
U
3
3
2
3
0
1
0
7
25
=
0
2
0
3
0
2
12 18
26 36
credit units
T
1
1
2
2
P
3
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
SECOND SEMESTER
S/N Code
Course Title
1.
DVA 262
Pottery (Ceramics)
2.
DVA 272
Graphics
3.
DVA 252
History of Art II
4.
DVA 282
Textiles Design
OTHERS (REQUIRED)
5.
6.
7.
Total
Grand Total
L
=
lectures T
=
tutorials P
=
2
2
1
10
16
practical U
300 LEVEL (YEAR THREE)
FIRST SEMESTER
S/N
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Code
DVA 301
DVA 351
DVA 361
DVA 371
DVA 373
DVA 331
DVA 333
DVA 341
DVA 343
Course Title
Draughtsmanship
History of African Art
Ceramics Production Tech. I
Ceramics Theory I
Graphics Design I
Painting Composition I
Painting Theory
Sculpture: Modelling, Casting
Sculpture Theory I
225
L
0
0
0
0
U
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
10.
DVA 381
Textile Design I
11.
DVA 383
Textile Theory I
12.
DVA 391
African Craft Techniques
OTHERS (REQUIRED)
13.
14.
Total
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
3
4
4
2
4
4
1
8
0
3
2
18
SECOND SEMESTER
S/N
1
L
Code
Course Title
FAA 322
SIWES
18
Grand Total
36
=
lectures T
=
tutorials P
L
=
practical U
T
P
U
=
credit units
T
1
1
1
P
3
3
0
U
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
U
2
2
400 LEVEL (YEAR FOUR)
FIRST SEMESTER
S/N
1.
2.
3.
Code
DVA 411
DVA 421
DVA 491
Course Title
Advanced Drawing I
Advanced Explo. of Indigenous Art Forms
Contemporary African Art
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Area of Specialization: (one option)
DVA 461
Ceramics production techniques II
DVA 463
Ceramics Theory
DVA 471
Graphics Design
DVA 473
Graphics Theory
DVA 431
Painting Composition
DVA 433
Painting Theory
DVA 441
Sculpture Processes
DVA 443
Sculpture Theory II
DVA 481
Textiles Design Theory II
DVA 483
Textiles Theory II
DVA 401
Long essay/project report (thesis)
L
0
0
1
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
Course Title
L
Advanced Drawing II
0
Advanced Explo. of Indigenous Art Forms 1
226
T
1
1
P
3
0
SECOND SEMESTER
S/N
1.
2.
Code
DVA 412
DVA 422
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
L
DVA 492
African Architecture
1
Area of Specialization: (one option)
DVA 462
Ceramics Throwing and Modelling
DVA 464
Industrial and Architectural Ceramics
DVA 472
Visual Communication Design
DVA 474
Photography and Print Making
DVA 432
Life and Still-Life Painting
DVA 434
Painting Mixed Media
DVA 442
Sculpture Processes (Carving)
DVA 444
Sculpture Media Painting
DVA 482
Textiles Design Techniques
DVA 484
Woven Structures
DVA 402
Long essay/project report (thesis)
=
lectures T
=
tutorials P
=
practical
1
0
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
U =
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
credit units
COURSE DESCRIPTION
DVA 111: BASIC DRAWING I
( 3 Units)
The Course is designed to help the beginning art students to develop the ability to make sound
visual judgement with basic principles of drawing involving varied subject matter, drawing,
composition and design of objects.
DVA 121: TWO DIMENSIONAL DESIGN I
( 3 Units)
The course is designed to introduce students to the elements of arts through experimentation
with line, colour, shape, form and space to develop visual sequence for design problem related
to representation of experience in various media, the principles of perspective, colour theory, use
of colour, simple layout, and lettering.
DVA 131: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN I
( 3 Units)
The course is to help students to understand the nature of a dimensional forms, with the
experimentation of plastic media such as clay, cement, to express and create shape, objects
including pottery by subtractive and additive processes.
DVA 141: ART APPRECIATION I
( 2 Units)
The course is designed to prepare the students’ mind for the formal art history course and
general esthetic appreciation, the meaning of art as it concerns man’s historical development in
painting, printing, drawing, sculpture, ceramic , decoration, dramatizing.
227
DVA 112: BASIC DRAWING II (2 Units)
Drawing and representation of objects, observation and interpretation of forms in nature, trees,
plants, flowers , using pencil, charcoal, crayon, etc.
DVA 122: TWO DIMESIONAL DESIGN II
(2 Units)
Development of visual experience of the elements and principles of design techniques and
technology in art, foreground, etching, woodcut, pigment, tools and materials as related to two
dimensional design.
DVA 132: THREE DIMENSIONAL DESIGN II
( 3 Units)
Exploration of the principles of sculptural forms and spatial organization; modelling and carving
techniques, pottery methods, materials of three dimensional art form and their application to
individual creative expression.
DVA 142: ART APPRECIATION II
( 2 Units)
General appreciation of art, its object and its aesthetics, sociological and philosophical values,
the beautiful objects.
DVA 211: INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY
( 2 Units)
Students will be introduced to types of cameras, their functions and historical development.
Exercises will be done in photographic composition and appreciation. The course will introduce
students to photoprocessing and printing in black and white and colour. Basic photo laboratory
experience will also be done.
DVA 221:
STILL LIFE DRAWING
(3 Units)
The course is drawing proactive to develop skills through exercises involving natural objects,
man-made objects. Most of the practices will be done in the sketchbooks made by the students
themselves.
DVA 231: PAINTING
3 Units)
Introduction to basic approach to painting techniques using poster colours in representational
concepts , still life and natural objects.
228
DVA 241: SCULPTURE
( 3 Units)
The course examines the processes of translating ideas, philosophies and themes into concrete
forms through modelling and casting methods; use of African design, preparation and use of
plastic media-clay and cement. Plaster of Paris is emphasized.
DVA 251: HISTORY OF ART I
( 3 Units)
General survey of developments in selected culture of world art form prehistoric to modern
times.
DVA 262: POTTERY (Ceramics)
(3 Units)
Exploration of indigenous art forms and materials, traditional pottery techniques. Introduction
to principle of design in ceramics and production methods; manual and mechanical proportions
of the raw materials, tools and equipment; throwing and modeling.
DVA 272: GRAPHICS
Introduction to fundamentals and principles of graphic designs, study of different types of
alphabet, handwriting, calligraphy, graphic format and illustrations for visual information.
DVA 252: HISTORY OF ART II
( 3 Units)
A survey of the world history of art (architecture, ceramic , sculpture, and painting) from the
pre-historic times to medieval period; through Egypt, France, Greece, Italy, emphasizing cross
cultural influences and relation.
DVA 282: TEXTILE DESIGN
( 3 Units)
Introduction to general principles and practices of textile design for specific purpose-dress wear,
furnishing and fabrics.
DVA 301: DRAUGHTSMANSHIP I
( 2 Units)
The course deals with the development of drawing skills through the study of nature, still life
and figure drawing. Cultivation of good draughtsmanship through imaginative use of lines to
mass, form, texture, volume, perspective and proportion.
229
DVA 351: HISTORY OF AFRICAN ART
( 2 Units)
The course deals with the general survey of major art cultures of Africa, highlighting similarities
and dissimilarities among the cultures and their ideological concepts.
DVA 361: CERAMICS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES I
( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Study of traditional and modern ceramic design idea; forming
techniques, modelling, coiling, slabbing; decoration techniques and their application.
DVA 363: CERAMICS THEORY I
(4 Units)
Theories of various techniques of traditional and modern ceramic designs, ceramic terms, clay
preparations, modelling, decorations-glazing-firing.
DVA 371: GRAPHICS DESIGN I
(4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Orientation to graphic and methods, language for the communication of
ideas. Theory and practice in the techniques and materials of various graphics reproductions.
Processes, woodcut, line and serigraphy.
DVA 373: GRAPHICS DESIGN THEORY I
( 4 Units)
Theories of the development of 26 letters of the alphabet. Study of organization and design of
verbal information and indications required for graphic design and illustration majors.
DVA 331: PAINTING COMPOSITION I
(4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Exploration studies of concepts and samples of old masters’ work in
varied media-water colour, oil and acrylic.
DVA 333: PAINTING THEORY I
(4 Units)
Theories of painting from historical perspective. Study of the early and contemporary experts;
Plato, Newton, Leo Tolstoy Aristotle, etc.
DVA 341: SCULPTURE MODELLING AND CASTING
(4 Units)
Studio Specialization: The course deals with analysis of form and contents; the study of
principles, carving of woods, artificial and natural stones and experimental exploration of cast
sculpture.
230
DVA 343: SCULPTURE THEORY I
(4 Units)
Theories of sculpture method and materials, their strength, compositions and character; great
masters and their work.
DVA 381: TEXTILE DESIGN I
(4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Survey of the principles of textiles production processes and hand
weaving, study of dyes, dyeing tie and dye, batik and block printing.
DVA 383: TEXTILES DESIGN THEORY I
(4 Units)
Study of textile history of productions, processes, reproductions, developments; materials; yarn,
fibre and synthetic.
DVA 391: AFRICAN CRAFTS TECHNIQUES
( 2 Units)
Comparative study design to give students basic understanding of African crafts materials tools,
design ideas and techniques through personalized experimentation with indigenous materials.
DVA 322: STUDENTS INDUSTRIAL WORK EXPERIENCE SCHEME (SIWES) 18
UNITS
The Programme develops participation spirit in students in a special credit course entitled
SIWES open to upper level students.
The scheme offers counseling, publication, mock
interviews, credential file, editing services and resources library. It provides in a training style
pertinent information about the business of art and training necessary for making the transition
from the school to the business world. The scheme is handled by selected professionals from the
field of art and design covering project writing, documentation of art work, portfolio preparation,
gallery contact grant applications and legal and tax information.
In addition, students are to submit experience report at the end of each vacation. The university
has relationship with a number of companies, NUC, NGA, ITF, Art organization and advertising
agencies.
DVA 411: ADVANCED DRAWING I
( 2 Units)
Advanced life and natural form drawing, drawing for creative design, drawing as plan for art
assignments.
231
DVA 421: ADVANCED EXPLORATION OF INDIGENOUS ART FORM I ( 2 Units)
Survey of indigenous art forms and materials with a view to developing personal idioms and
imageries.
DVA 461: CERAMICS PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES
(4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Designing for industrial production processes through, slip casting,
jiggering and jollying, pressing, extruding and study of various types of moulds and materials.
DVA 463: CERAMICS THEORY II
(3 Units)
Theories of various techniques of industrial production; preparation of glazes, engobe, transfers;
types of decorations; kilns; firing; sale of products.
DVA 471: GRAPHICS DESIGN II ( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced stage in theory and practice of graphic reproduction processes.
DVA 473: GRAPHICS THEORY II (4 Units)
Theories and techniques of commercial production; illustration, advertising, photography,
marketing principles.
DVA 431: PAINTING COMPOSITION II ( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Studio and out-door painting of life and natural forms, buildings, trees,
landscape and animals.
DVA 433: PAINTING THEORY II (4 Units)
Theories of principles, philosophies and ideas in the project. Stress is laid on African design
ideas and materials.
DVA 441: SCULPTURE PROCESSES (4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced sculptural modeling and casting; construction with mixed
media involving assortment of media such as wood, plastic; and other earth materials, clay, stone
,etc. Architectural sculpture.
232
DVA 443: SCULPTURE THEORY II (4 Units)
An overview of aesthetics theories from historical and theoretical perspectives. Emphasis on the
early contemporaries.
DVA 481: TEXTILES DESIGN II (4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced theory and practice of textile design production processes.
Advanced fabric manufacturing and weaving processes.
DVA 483: TEXTILES DESIGN THEORY II ( 4 Units)
Advanced historical developments in manufacturing techniques and processes, equipment, tools
and materials.
DVA 401: LONG ESSAY/PROJECT (4 Units)
Student will be required to submit written essay and as well produce practical project in the areas
of their specialization under supervision. The written essay (thesis) will be a research project of
between twenty and forty pages. The practical project must not be less than half-life size.
Topics are selected by students and approved by the supervisors.
DVA 412: ADVANCED DRAWING II ( 2 Units)
Advanced study of life and natural form drawing and the development of consciousness of form
representation through drawing, Architectural drawing; drawing for creative design.
DVA 422: ADVANCED EXPLORATION OF INDIGENOUS ART FORMS II (2 Units)
Advanced experimentation with local materials to evolve now indigenous art forms.
DVA 492: AFRICAN ARCHITECTURE ( 2 Units)
Study of African architecture. Architectural drawings and simple constructions.
DVA 462: CERAMICS THROWING AND MODELING ( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced study of industrial production processes, techniques and their
practical application to work; mass production technique; loading, firing of glazed wares.
233
DVA 464: INDUSTRIAL AND ARCHITECTURAL CERAMICS ( 4 Units)
Principles and practices for designing the industrial process. Mechanical production of bricks,
pipes, tiles and sheets.
DVA 472: VISUAL COMMUNICATION DESIGN ( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced studies of the theory and practice of graphic reproduction
processes; graphic illustrations and posters and advertisements; typography in graphic designs;
photographic superim position in graphic designs.
DVA 474: PHOTOGRAPHY AND PRINT MAKING (4 Units)
The studies and uses of cameras, films, papers and equipment, and studio practices. The
students develop a set of printing, having thematic and formal coherence and defend the
comprehensiveness and integrity of the work.
DVA 432: LIFE AND STILL LIFE PAINTING (4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced practical work, oil colours and mixed media. Studies in
pictorial composition, with emphasis on individual expression and techniques. Close study of
portraiture; mural painting and mosaic decorations.
DVA 434: PAINTING MIXED MEDIA ( 4 Units)
More study of materials for mixed media experimentation is encouraged. Emphasis is on both
local raw materials/finished works.
DVA 442: SCULPTURE PROCESS (CARVING) (4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Advanced carving in synthetic materials; advanced constructions, using
wood, metal, plastics, rope and mixed media. Stress is laid on the use of African design ideas.
DVA 444: SCULPTURE MIXED MEDIA ( 4 Units)
Advanced study of complexity in sculpture using different media in independent efforts to solve
problems.
DVA 482: TEXTILE DESIGN TECHNIQUES ( 4 Units)
Studio Specialization: Introduction to satin and sateen weaves; exploration of more weaves and
colours complex weave-piles, weaves and floor coverings, tapestry; general cloth analysis.
234
DVA 484: WOVEN STRUCTURE
DVA 402: LONG ESSAY/ PROJECT REPORT (THESIS) (4 Units)
Students will be required to submit to the department, four copies of the supervised written
project duly signed by the supervisors.
DEPARTMENT OF THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS
B.A THEATRE AND MEDIA ARTS
PHILOSOPHY, OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE
Federal University, Ndufu Alike Ikwo offers a four-year honours degree programme in Theatre
and Media Arts. The programme is a marriage of professionalism and academe that would lead
to life-long learning skills, in a student-centred, intellectually stimulating and professionally
advanced learning and research oriented environment. The Department is designed to train
students in critical thinking, performance aesthetics, and theatre and media practice.
It is
structured to ensure that the students integrate both theory and practice as the appropriate
yardstick for being theatre and media professional.The programme takes into consideration the
core issues, forms, theories and practices employed in contemporary scholarship to develop a
curriculum that addresses international academic principles spiked with the multi-cultural
practices.
The ultimate result will be the creation of a total graduate equipped with the
theoretical and analytical tools in contemporary theatre and media arts.
The department will

Encourage the students to develop skills, understanding, and sensitivities associated with
the practical exploration and research of the characteristics of performance styles from
both Western and non-Western cultures;

Develop an informed commitment to cross-cultural studies as a significant area of study
and research in theatre scholarship

Appreciate the complex relationship of cross-cultural arts to culture and ideology
Develop the spirit of mutual respect for, and enjoyment of cultural differences,
exchanges of feelings and ideas on other’s cultural identities.
235
THE MISSION
The mission of the Department is to be the most innovative and respected centres for the study
of Theatre and Media Arts in Nigeria and the entire world. The programmes are designed to
provide professional preparation for careers by integrating academic theory and principles with
practical applications. The ultimate aim is to train students to be versatile and accomplished
professionals.
As an intellectual and cultural centre, the department will tap the indigenous social and cultural
heritage of the State, the nation, and the entire world, and be the epicenter for innovation,
integration, dissemination and application of knowledge in all areas of Theatre and Media Arts.
DEPARTMENTAL PRODUCTIONS
Performances mounted by the department should provide a significant and imaginative synthesis
of practice and theory on the one hand and studio exercise and audience engineering on the
other. The different areas of Theatre and Media Arts should run as an ensemble in such a way
that actor training should encourage a synthesis of body and mind of the actor which should be
emphasized as an instrument of theatrical expression. Directing, on the other hand, should be a
collaborative process, the aim being to develop directors with a good foundation in production
and playscript analysis and interpretation. Training on technical design should constitute an
interaction with a wide range of understanding of the mechanics and utilities of technical
innovations in theatre and media arts.
LENGTH OF THE PROGRAMME
The Theatre Arts programme offers a four-year honours degree in Theatre Arts. Apart from the
specialized courses in Theatre Arts, students are trained to be versatile and accomplished
professionals who would demonstrate proficiency in such areas as Acting and Directing,
Scenography and Technical Theatre, Arts Administration and Studio Management, Costume and
Make Up, Dramaturgy, Cultural Studies, Film Studies, Dramatic Theory and Criticism. mime
and puppetry, audition techniques and an avalanche of performance skills.
Hinged on the Socratic dictum of excellence, and since the vision of the department includes
fostering a significant degree of collaboration among the different areas of the Performing Arts,
the department will, as the University enters its second phase, develop programmes that would
236
combine with the Bachelor of Education programme to produce students who intend to teach
Theatre and Media Arts in Secondary Schools
THEATRE LABORATORY FACILITIES
Since the theatre building is reflected in the University’s Academic Support Units, the
department shall mount periodical productions both for edification and for keeping the social life
of the campus alive. The main stage is designed to mount a minimum of four full-scale
theatrical productions each academic year, with each production concentrating on different
performance styles ranging from the realistic to the postmodern and spanning through the
dominant periods of theatre history. The aim is to ensure that the students are made to have
acquaintance with four major production styles during each academic year, and that the entire
university is provided with a continuous source of entertainment.
In the mean time, the department will utilize the Studio Method by using available spaces in the
University for performance activities. Studio Theatre, meant for various kinds of flexible
theatrical activities including students’ acting and directing projects will utilize spaces like
classrooms and Assembly halls for its immediate use. Converting a non-theatrical space into a
production arena is a veritable tool for teaching experimental performance processes. A part of
the facility should be screened to accommodate the scene dock, costume and make-up studio,
lighting and other technical facilities.
STUDENTS’ EVALUATION
Students of Theatre Arts will be evaluated each semester. Each instructor assigns grades in each
course through a strict evaluation of the student’s work, and the yardstick for evaluation includes
assignments, in-class participation and regular examinations. To ensure uniformity in the
grading system of the lecturers in the department, the following yardsticks will be applied:
Independent thinking
Clarification of concepts
Application of Concepts
Use of supporting evidence from other areas in the performing arts
Thoroughness
Organization of ideas in logical order
Writing skills
Management of length.
237
In courses that are completely practical in nature, evaluation is done by an assessment team
appointed by the department for each stress area of theatre arts. In the evaluation, the ratio
between practical and theoretical courses should be 60/40 – sixty percent for practicals and forty
per cent for the theory/critical section.
Students or Theatre and Media Arts will be required to discuss their progress with the
appropriate instructors. In a situation where a student is seen to be performing below average, a
panel of assessors will be set up to interview and consequently counsel him/her. If the student
fails to improve within the next academic session, he/she will be advised to withdraw from the
programme and possibly helped to transfer to another department.
RESEARCH IN PERFORMANCE STUDIES
One of the academic activities that give intellectual authority to an academic outfit is the
publication of an academic journal. In this regard, the department will float a journal which will
be based in the Department of Theatre Arts.
To be known as International Journal of
Performance Studies, it promises to be a rigorously peer-refereed specialist journal for scholars
and professionals interested in the Performing Arts. It is designed as a brilliant synthesis of
theory and practice, and provides scholars and theatre practitioners a forum for commentary,
criticism, theory and debate on performance aesthetics, ranging from theory to contemporary
experimental research, from audience engineering to criticism and dramaturgy. The vision of
the journal is interdisciplinary and the scope is international.
The aim of the journal is to foster the development of a truly interdisciplinary scholarship
integrating the three dimensions of textual, practical and theoretical analysis. Essays on all
aspects of performance studies including film, radio and television, the visual arts, music and
dances, which interrogate performance in all its ramifications and within changing cultures will
be emphasized.
Each issue of the journal will have three sections – full academic essays and polemical articles,
practical and pedagogical essays, and review essays on new publications or recent performance
aesthetics from different parts of the world.
The Journal will be published twice a year in
March/April and September/October. The two issues constitute one volume. An annual index
will be in the September/October issue. The journal will also consider proposals for articles and
238
submissions.
The editors will not consider manuscripts that are simultaneously under
consideration elsewhere.
Citations should conform to those recommended by the most recent
edition of the MLA Handbook.
STUDENT ADVISING
Each student will be assigned an adviser whose responsibility is to mentor the student through
registration and other academic activities. It is the duty of the advisor/mentor to help the student
inculcate the values and discipline of the performing arts.
AUDITIONS
The Department does not intend to conduct auditions as a pre-requisite for admission of
students. The general philosophy of the department is that the programme will admit interested
and qualified students and train them to gain fresh insights into themselves and the world around
them by exposing them to the theory and practice of theatre arts so that by the completion of
their studies they will demonstrate the highest standards of excellence and proficiency in both
academic and performance components of theatre arts.
PEDAGOGICAL FOCUS
Since the programme aims at providing the students with an imaginative synthesis of theory and
practice, Acting should focus on the synthesis of body and mind as a viable instrument for
communication. Directing should focus on its collaborative process, the aim being to create
graduates with a solid foundation in both theory and practice of directing. Dramaturgy and
Criticism courses come after the students have mastered vocabulary, writing ingenuity and
scholastic attitude. As a result, the dramatists and screen writers being trained in the department
should not just be mere writers but artists with dramatic imagination, intellectual power, and
distinct voice. The aim is to make them ultimately emerge as compassionate writers who believe
that a writer is the custodian of the conscience of his society and a recorder of tradition and
culture. Technical theatre should focus on the creation of a theatrical environment and the
technical director should focus on synthesizing the technical elements of a production into a
monolithic entity.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Prospective degree candidates must satisfy both the University minimum admission
requirements and specific admission requirements of the University by obtaining the West
239
African School Certificate or General Certificate of Education, Ordinary Level in at least five
credits taken at not more that two sittings. The subjects must include English Language and
Literature in English. Such candidates must also obtain appropriate scores in JME, and postJAMB screening examination, if required by the University. For direct entry admission,
candidates must possess at least two passes in GCE, Advanced Level or H.S.C.
or approved
equivalents including Literature in English.
JOB OPPORTUNITIES
Job opportunities for graduates of the Department abound in the entertainment industry,
academia, theatre, film, radio and television industry, advertising and public relations
establishments, public service,
and publishing houses.
Graduates of the Departmernt are
equipped with the kind of expertise required for self-employment as writers, critics, film-makers,
journal and book publishers, actors, musicians, choreographers and theatre directors.
PROGRAMME OF STUDIES
The Bachelor’s degree is awarded upon satisfactory completion of the following academic
courses:
FIRST YEAR
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
UNIT
TMA 100
-
Introduction to Film, Radio and Television Drama
3
TMA 101
-
Traditional African Festival Theatre
2
TMA 102
-
Introduction to Drama and Theatre
2
TMA 103
-
Beginning Theatre Design and Technology
2
TMA 104
-
History of Drama and Theatre:
Beginnings to Medieval Period
-
-
2
TMA 105
-
Basic Communication Theory
2
TMA 106
-
Practical Participation Orientation
2
TMA 110
-
Introduction to Acting
3
History and Theory of Media Arts
3
TMA 111
TMA 112
-
Basic Costume and Fashion Design
2
TMA 113
-
Make-up and Stage Properties
2
LIT 104
-
The Origins of Nigerian Literature in English
2
GST 101
-
Library Skills
2
240
GST 111
-
Use of English I
2
GST 112
-
Use of English II
2
--------Total
33 Units
SECOND YEAR
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
UNITS
TMA 201
-
African Drama and Theatre in the Colonial Era
TMA 202
-
History of Drama and Theatre: Renaissance to the
19th century
3
3
TMA 203
-
Introduction to Dramatic Literature and Criticism
3
TMA 204
-
Introduction to Directing
3
TMA 205
-
Basic Speech Arts and Voice Production
3
TMA 206
-
History of Drama and Theatre: The Modern Period
3
TMA 207
-
Fundamentals of Playwriting
3
TMA 208
-
Children’s Theatre Education
2
TMA 209
-
Practical Participation Production
2
TMA 210
-
Intermediate Acting
3
TMA 211
-
Puppetry, Mime, and Pantomime
2
GST 221
-
History and Philosophy of Science
2
GST 222
-
Peace and Conflict Resolution
2
GST 223
-
Entrepreneurial Studies I
2
FAA 231
-
Painting
3
--------Total
39
THIRD YEAR
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
UNITS
TMA 301
-
Modern African Drama and Theatre
2
TMA 302
-
Research Methods and Materials
2
TMA 303
-
Theatre Administration and Studio Management
2
TMA 304
-
Basic Choreography and Kineasthetics
2
TMA 305
-
Basic Non-Verbal Communication
2
241
TMA 306
-
Studies in Theatre for Development
2
TMA 307
-
Acting for Radio and Television
2
TMA 308
-
Writing for Film and Television
2
TMA 309
-
Stage Management and Audition Techniques
2
TMA 310
-
Community Theatre: Theory & Practice
3
TMA 311
-
Advanced Acting
3
TMA 312
-
Advanced Directing Practicum
2
Theatre-in-Education
3
TMA 313
CMP 300
-
Introduction to Computers
3
CMP 301
-
Computer Applications
3
ESP 311
-
Entrepreneurial Studies II
2
______
Total
37
FOURTH YEAR
COURSE CODE
COURSE TITLE
UNITS
TMA 401
Topics in Theatre Studies
2
TMA 402
Theories of the Modern Theatre
2
TMA 403
-
Culture and Media Arts
3
TMA 404
-
Advanced Dramaturgy
3
TMA 405
-
Advanced Scene Design and Technology
2
Advanced Lighting and Sound Design
2
TMA 406
TMA 407
-
Advanced Film/Television Production
3
TMA 408
-
Studies in Dramatic Literature
3
TMA 409
-
Advanced Theories of Dramatic Criticism
3
TMA 410
-
Shakespeare
3
TMA 411
-
Advanced Play Production and Directing
3
TMA 412
-
Project
6
------Total
242
35
COURSE DESCRIPTION
TMA 100 Introduction to Film, Radio and Television Drama
3 Units
This is a comprehensive course that examines the basic concepts of film, radio, and television
drama. It emp0hasizes the nature, history, and the relationships and differences between these
performances and stage drama
TMA 101 Traditional African Festival Theatre
2 Units
A study of the traditional theatrical forms in Africa, including both secular and religious drama,
ritual and masquerade performances, and examination of their influence and impact in theatre
scholarship. The theatrical content and context as well as forms in African festivals are
examined and their interrelationship with western theatre comprehensively analyzed.
TMA 102 Introduction to Drama and Theatre
2 Units
This is an introductory course aimed at exposing the students to the study of Theatre Arts,
illustrating the meaning and nature of theatre through developments in theatrical design styles of
drama and the dramatic, dance and music, as well as staging styles.
TMA 103 Beginning Theatre Design and Technology
2 Units
This course is a study of how to relate scene design to text in actual production by focusing on
the factors that control design procedures for the varying media.
TMA 104 History of Theatre I: Beginnings to the Medieval Period
2 Units
This is an exploration of the emergence of theatre and drama from the theories of the origins
and development of Theatre and its practice from the earliest ritual, oral, and written traditions
the world over up to the Medieval times. Various contexts and texts wsill help focus attention
on conditions of theatrical performance, concepts of stage house, play, and the social
conventions that realized them. Major influences of this period in contemporary theatre practice
both in production and dramaturgy are analyzed.
TMA 105 Basic Communication Theory
3 Units
This is a study of the basic models and theories of communication as the process evolves from
individual perceptions, language habits, and behavior in intrapersonal, interpersonal, and social
transactions. The students are drilled in practical communication activities.
243
TMA 106 Practical Participation Orientation
2 Units
This is an introductory/orientation course which exposes students to the world of the theatre by
making them participate in a wide range of productions as directors, actors, designers, technical
directors, stage and house managers and crew members, and is evaluated by the supervising
teacher. Effective student contribution of critique meetings before and after the production is
encouraged. A sample form for the evaluation of student participation is attached as an appendix.
TMA 110 Introduction to Acting
3 Units
This is a practical course that introduces the student to the different theories and techniques of
acting. All the paraphernalia of acting are examined in this course and such activities as
movement, stage geography, and all other aspects of acting in both stage drama, film and
television, are examined.
TMA 111 History and Theory of Media Arts
3 Units
This is a comprehensive course on the foundations and theories of the Media Arts. It is designed
to give the students a full overview of the matter and manner of Media Arts.
TMA 112 Basic Costume and Fashion Design
2 Units
This is an introduction to art and practice of Costume, historical antecedents, principles affecting
costume design for the theatre, and studies in straight and character make-up. It examines the
evolution of fashion and make-up designs through the ages.
TMA 113 Make-Up and Stage Properties
2 Units
The course examines the principles and practice of make-up and stage properties and their
importance in theatre and media arts. It will include the design and construction of props, and
their use and abuse in performance.
TMA 201 African Drama and Theatre in the Colonial Era
3 Units
A study of indigenous theatrical activities in Africa as it was based in churches, concert party
hands, minstrels, and pop songs groups, from its beginnings to 1960.
TMA 202 History of Drama and Theatre: Renaissance to 19th Century 3 Units
This is a historical survey of the major events and developments in the theory and practice of
world theatre and drama from the Renaissance to 1960.
244
TMA 203 Introduction to Dramatic Literature and Criticism
3 Units
This course introduces students to the major theories nd critical concepts in drama and theatre.
It examines the meaning, function and characteristics of theory and criticism, and emphasizes
major theories of drama from Aristotle to Arthur Miller.
TMA 204 Introduction to Directing
3 Units
A study of the basic mechanics of the stage. The director’s application of the principles of
composition, picturisation, movement, rhythm and pantomimic dramatization is emphasized.
TMA 205 Basic Speech: Arts and Acting Techniques
3 Units
Through basic exercises which aid articulation and voice projection, the student studies the
phonemic and stress patterns of English and their interaction with various Nigerian Language
tunes. So grounded, the student learns to speak poetry and prose with differing dramatic effect
as demanded by the context or the text.
TMA 206 History of Drama and Theatre: The Modern Period
3 Units
A historical survey of the evolution of drama and theatre practice with their socio-economic
factors since 1980. The concept of modernism in theatre is explored through the various forms
and context of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, Symbolism, Impressionism, Expressionism,
Dadaism and Absurdism.
TMA 207 Fundamentals of Playwriting
3 Unit
With emphasis on plot and plot devices, characterization, theme and dialogue, the student is
introduced to the art of playwriting. Exercises will be used to develop the student’s grasp and
execution of these elements in practice.
TMA 208 Children’s Theatre Education
2 Units
The student learns how to explore the dramatic imagination of young people by encouraging
communication awareness and interaction at various levels through movement, mime and
eurythmics.
Practical tasks are assigned and evaluated both in selected schools in the
community and at the Saturday playhouse project.
245
TMA 209 Practical Participation Production
2 Units
A supervised participation of students in a Theatre production such that the student learns
critique writing, management, acting, directing or general backstage work as part of a team.
TMA 210 Intermediate Acting
2 Units
This is a follow-up course that examines the techniques of acting in all its ramifications, and
examines how the problems could be solved. The focus is on emotional skills, synchronization,
movement, and other acting paraphernalia, and examines the relationship between acting on
stage, and on film and television.
TMA 211 Puppetry, Mime and Pantomime
2 Units
This is a comprehensive study of the principles and applications of puppetry, mime and
pantomime in various realistic and experimental situations.
TMA 301 Modern African Drama and Theatre
3 Units
A study of the origins and development of written works of drama in Africa since 1800. The
course shosws how major African authors have used theatre to respond to their cultural, social
and political situations in vgarious regions of the continent.
TMA 302 Research Methods and Materials
2 Units
A course in the basic approaches to scientific gathering of datea , definition of methodology and
collation and analoysis of material for research in various areas of theatre following both
historically and practically the latest and best models for scholarly rediscovery and recording of
information from archives, libraries, and field work.
TMA 303 Theatre Administration and Studio Management
2 Units
The student studies and applies the principles that inform performjance management, venue
administration and the duties of a theatre manager, from play selection through rehearsals, up to
the run and strike.
TMA 304 Basic Choreography and Kineasthetics
2 Units
An exploration of techniques of dance drama idioms based on selected texts that reveal the
interrelation of linear and non-linear activity, traditional relationship of dance to music, variation
,direction and rhythm. Suitable exercises will distinguish “set” and improvised” danc
246
TMA 305 Basic Non-Verb al Communication for the Actor
2 Units
A study of non-verbal cues as the external stimuli emanating from body motion, characteristics
of appearance and voice (kinesics) and the use of space and distancing (proxemics) which enable
the actor to recognize and interpret the cultural and racial differences in communicating roles in
garious contexts.
TMA 306 Studies in Theatre for Development
2 Units
This course examines the issues, application, and execution of theatre for development. It may
involve visiting communities in the area.
TMA 307 Acting for the Radio and Television
2 Units
The course examines the principles and techniques of radio and television drama and emphasizes
the rudiments of voice and sound in communication.
TMA 308 Writing for Film and Television
2 Units
This course focuses on the various techniques of scriptwriting particularly for film and
television. The course terminates in the production of an original script directed to either Film
or Television.
TMA 309 Stage Management and Audition Techniques
2 Units
This is a study of the theory and practice of stage management in professional, educational and
community theatres, and the principles guiding effective auditions. Comparative references will
be made to the Production Manager in film production
TMA 310 Community Theatre: Theory & Practice
2 Units
This is an exploration of the definitions, principles and practice of community theatre and its role
in rural development. It includes visit to at least one community for the practical aspect of this
course.
TMA 311 Advanced Acting
3 Units
This is a study of the advanced approach to Acting in the professional level. Involvement in
Nollywood productions will be an integral part of this course.
247
TMA 312 Advanced Directing Practicum
2 units
This is an advanced course that focuses on the practice of directing for theatre and media arts. It
is a practical course intended to yield a production in one aspect of theatre and media arts. The
student is free to choose his particular area of choice. A committee set up by the department will
evaluate this production and award appropriate grades.
TMA 313 Theatre-in-Education
2 Units
This is an advanced course that focuses on the relationship between Theatre-in-Education and
Creative Dramatics. It demonstrates the differences between TIE, Creative Dramatics and DIE,
and stresses their application in educational settings. Students will be given the opportunity to
direct children’s play in a given setting.
TMA 401 Topics in Theatre Studies
2 Units
This course is a study of chief thematic categories of drama as determined from selected works
of principal and seminal playwrights. Dramatic form and content are then used as an index of
the social conditions in which plays are written, and their pedagogic value enhanced by an
exploration of how the ideas, practices, and methods of critics, actors, directors, designers,
choreographers and semioticians worldwide, complement such major themes as politics, society,
religion, love, identity and alienation.
TMA 402 Theories of Dramatic Criticism
2 Units
A study of the main theories and trends in dramatic criticism, its methodologies and approaches
from Aristotle to Patrice Pavis, using appropriately illustrative play texts.
TMA 403 Culture and Media Arts
2 Units
This course discusses the rudiments of culture and their influence and relationship to all aspects
of media arts. This course will have significant connection with the National Institute for
Cultural Orientation..
TMA 404 Advanced Dramaturgy
This is a study of the techniques of writing both realistic and non-realistic plays. It explores
pertinent developments in dramatic writing and encourages students to write new plays that may
not conform to the traditional methods of writing. Every student is expected to submit a fulllength original play at the end of the course.
248
TMA 405 Advanced Scene Design and Technology
2 Units
This advanced course examines the totality of scene design and the relationship between
performance space, design and the given circumstances of the script.
TMA 406 Advanced Lighting and Sound Design
3 Units
This course stresses the importance of lighting and design in theatre productions, focusing on the
use of light for spectacular effects. It examines lighting and sound in all ramifications and
highlights the designing of light and sound in traditional and non-traditional performances.
TMA 407 Advanced Film/Television Production
3 units
This course explores the practice of producing for the screen – both television and film. It
emphasizes comprehensively all aspects of producing for film and television. The students are
encouraged to emphasize one aspect of production and develop it for final examination.
TMA 408 Studies in Dramatic Literature
3 Units
This is an in-depth study of the major playwrights in different historical, geographical and
cultural contexts and spans from Aeschylus to the contemporary. Authors like Shakespeare are
given more comprehensive attention. The course examines the significance of the text as the
basis for theatrical realization and explores the staging possibilities evident in the text.
TMA 409 Advanced Theories of Dramatic Criticism
3 Units
This is an examination of the major strands in Theory and Criticism, focusing on poststructuralist approaches, the death of the author, modernism and post-modernism, and departures
from realism.
TMA 410 Shakespeare
3 Units
This is a comprehensive study of the dramatic works of William Shakespeare, and his influence
in dramatic literature. Criticism of Shakespearean plays will be studied in detail.
TMA 411 Advanced Play Production and Directing
3 Units
This is an advanced course in the art of producing a play for audiences.
It takes into
consideration the various methods of play production studied over the years and uses them to
produce a full-length play. At the end of the course, the students are expected to produce a play
for a general audience, and this production is evaluated and scored by a team of examiners.
249
TMA 412 Project in Theatre and Media Arts
This is a research project in which the student presents a bound research of between forty and
sixty pages on a topic approved by his/her assigned Project Supervisor. The aim is to make the
student carry out an in-depth study within the discipline. In some peculiar cases, the student may
be called upon to defend the project before a team of examiners.
ECONOMICS
B.SC (ECONOMICS) PROGRAMME
INTRODUCTION
HISTORY OR MOTIVATION FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE DEPARTMENT
OUR MISSION
To support and advance economic teaching, learning and research activities of the University by
placing appropriate priority on industry, national policy and relevance of curriculum to
immediate environment and stakeholders.
OUR VISION
To build a department that will comprise of individuals committed to our mission and values of
Federal University Ebonyi and imbued with the highest ethos of academic discipline and
excellence able to compete and produce graduates that will rank with the products of the best
University in Africa. .
OUR VALUES
Dedicated to fostering an academic community in which the learning and scholarship of every
member may flourish;



The diverse and multi-cultural community with professionalism, sensitivity and respect
The proximity to the arteries of industry transportation and communication without the
externality
Location creates a workplace environment that encourages the development of
professional and personal growth and integrity.
250
OBJECTIVE OF THE PROGRAMME
The principal objective of the University programme in Economics is to raise world class
graduates of economics who posses strong academic foundation, high degree in intelligence and
skill to handle contemporary economic issues and policies.The principal objective of the
University programme to economics is to produce globally relevant economists in knowledge
and skill for handing economic issues and policies.
The specific objectives of degree programme in, Economics are:

To provide a strong foundation in economics and to develop the relevant skills for
the constructive use of that knowledge in a range of settings;

To equip students with appropriate tools of analysis to tackle issues and problems of
economic policy;

To develop in students, a range of useful knowledge and skills that will be of
value in employment and self-employment;
.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants for admission into the four year programme in the Department of Economics should
possess the Senior School Certificate or its equivalent with a minimum of five credits:
The five credits must include: English, Mathematics, Economics, and any one of Geography and
Government and any one from History, Yoruba, CRK, Geography, Government, Biology,
Physics, Chemistry, Further Mathematics and Agriculture.
U.M.E SUBJECTS
The required UME subjects are: English, Mathematics, Economics, and either Geography or
Government
DIRECT ENTRY ADMISSION
Two Advanced Level credit passes in Economics and either Geography or Mathematics. In
addition to the stipulated five credits basic requirements at O level.
100 LEVEL
1ST SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 101
Course
description
C
Course Title
Elements of Microeconomic
Principles and Theory
251
Prerequisite
Nil
2
Hours
1
Units
0
3
MGT 101
C
Mathematics for Management
Sciences I
ACC
C
Basic Accounting Concepts
GNS 101
C
Use of English
GNS 103
C
Social Problems
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of two courses required)
ACC
E
FIN
E
BUS
E
PUB
E
Total (minimum expected)
Nil
2
1
0
3
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
2
2
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
19
2ND SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 102
Course
description
Course Title
Pre-requisite
C
Elements
of Nil
Macroeconomic
Principles
and
Theory
MGT 102 C
Mathematics
for Nil
Management
Sciences II
ACC
C
Basic
Cost Nil
Accounting
Concepts
BIO
C
Introductory
Nil
Biological Science
for
Management
Sciences
GNS 102
C
Nigerian History
Nil
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of two courses required)
ACC
E
Nil
FIN
E
Nil
BUS
E
Nil
PUB
E
Nil
Total (Minimum expected)
Hours
Units
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
1
0
0
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
19
200 LEVEL
1ST SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 201
ECO 203
Course
description
C
C
MGT 201
C
ECO 205
C
Course Title
Principles of Economics 1
Introductory
Applied
Economics I
Statistical Methods and
Applications I
Basic Mathematics for
252
Prerequisite
Nil
Nil
Hours
Units
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
Nil
2
1
0
3
Nil
2
1
0
3
Economists I
MGT 205 C
Computer
Science
for
Nil
Management
Science
MGT 203 C
Concepts and Principles of
Nil
Entrepreneurship
GNS 201
C
Writing
and
Literary
Nil
Appreciation
GNS 203
C
Use of Library
Nil
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of one course required)
ACC
E
Principles of Accounting I
Nil
BUS
E
Principles of Management I
Nil
FIN
E
Principles of Finance
Nil
Total (Minimum expected)
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
1
0
0
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
3
3
22
2ND SEMESTER
Course Code Course
description
ECO 202
C
ECO 204
C
Course Title
Prerequisite
Principles of Economics II Nil
Introductory
Applied Nil
Economics II
MGT 202
C
Statistical Methods and Nil
Applications II
ECO 206
C
Basic Mathematics for Nil
Economists II
ECO 208
C
Computer Software in Nil
Economic Analysis
MGT 206
C
Business Environment and Nil
Approach to Business
Start-up
GNS 202
C
Government and Politics
Nil
GNS 204
C
Logic and History of Nil
Science
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of one course required)
ACC
E
Principles of Accounting Nil
II
BUS
E
Principles of Management Nil
II
FIN
E
Principles of Finance II
Nil
Total (Minimum expected)
Hours
Units
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
1
2
0
0
0
0
1
2
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
22
300 LEVEL
1ST SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 301
Course
description
C
ECO 303
C
Course Title
Prerequisite
Intermediate Microeconomic ECO
Theory
201,
History of Economic Thought Nil
253
Hours
Units
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
ECO 305
C
Theories of Growth and
Development
ECO 307
C
Introduction
to
Public
Finance
ECO 309
C
Elements of Econometrics
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of two courses required)
ECO 311
E
Introduction to Monetary
Economics
ECO 313
E
Industrial Economics I
ECO 315
E
Urban Economics
ECO 317
E
Mathematical Economics
Total (Minimum expected)
Nil
2
1
0
3
Nil
2
1
0
3
MGT 201 2
1
0
3
Nil
2
1
0
3
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
3
3
21
2ND SEMESTER
Course
Course
Code
description
ECO 302 C
Course Title
Prerequisite
Intermediate Macroeconomic ECO
Theory
202,
ECO 304 C
Structure of the Nigerian Nil
Economy
ECO 306 C
Issues
in
Development Nil
Economics
ECO 308 C
Introduction to Fiscal Policy
Nil
ECO 310 C
Research Methods
Nil
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of two courses required)
ECO 312 E
Introduction to International Nil
Economics
ECO 314 E
Industrial Economics II
Nil
ECO 316 E
Transport Economics
Nil
ECO 318 E
Introduction to Operations Nil
Research
Total (Minimum expected)
Hours
Units
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
1
0
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
2
1
0
3
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
3
3
21
400 LEVEL
1ST SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 401
Course
description
C
Course Title
Prerequisite
Microeconomic ECO 301
Advanced
Theory
ECO 403
C
Economics of Production
Nil
ECO 405
C
Fiscal
Policy
and Nil
Management
ECO 407
C
Economic
Development Nil
Planning
ECS 497
C
Seminar I
Nil
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of three courses required)
ECO 409
E
Applied Economic Statistics
Nil
254
Hours
Units
2
1
0
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
2
1
0
3
1
0
0
1
2
1
0
3
ECO 411
ECO 413
E
E
Theory of International Trade
Monetary and Financial
Institutions
ECO 415
E
Health Economics
ECO 417
E
Labour Economics I
ECO 419
E
Business Economics I
Total ((Minimum expected)
Nil
Nil
2
2
1
1
0
0
3
3
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
3
3
3
22
2ND SEMESTER
Course
Code
ECO 402
Course
description
C
Course Title
Prerequisite
Macroeconomic ECO 302
Advanced
Theory
ECO 404
C
Project Evaluation
ECS 498
C
Seminar II
ECS 499
C
Research Project
Restricted Electives ( a minimum of three courses required)
ECO 410
E
Econometric Methods
ECO 414
E
Monetary Theory and Policy
ECO 416
E
Health Planning and Finance
ECO 418
E
Labour Economics II
ECO 420
E
Business Economics II
Total (Minimum expected)
Hours
Units
2
1
0
3
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
1
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
1
4
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
3
3
3
3
20
COURSE CONTENT
GST 101: Use of English
Awareness Raising, Listening Skill, Speaking Skill, Word Classes, Punctuation Marks, Reading
Skill and Practical of the concepts.
GNS 102: Introduction to Nigeria History
Methodology of History, Sources of Nigerian History, Pre-colonial Societies, Nigeria’s Early
Contact with the World, Scramble for Africa, Decolonization Process in Nigeria and
Development in Nigeria after independence.
GNS 103: Introduction to Social Problems
What is a social problem? The sociological approach to the study of social problems. Problems
of inequality, Prejudice, discrimination and ethnicism /racism, deviance (Collective behavior and
substance abuse). Problems of environment and energy, Population and Urbanisation, Education
and Social Problems, Health and HIV/AIDS related issues.
255
GNS 201: Writing and Literary Appreciation
Evaluation of Common Errors in Students’ Writing, Writing Skills, Bibliography and Citations
in Academic Writing, Literary Appreciation and Application of the various Acquired Skills.
GNS 202: Elements of Politics and Government
Man as a political animal; theories of the state, the evolution of the modern state, varieties of
political system and institutions, Ideologies of politics Liberalism, Conservatism, Socialism, Pan
Africanism etc., Colonialism and the Evolution of the Nigerian Politics, Structure and problems
of the contemporary international political system, Politics in Africa and Nigeria in world
politics.
GNS 203: Use of Library
Brief history of libraries, Type of libraries, Types of Library resources, Using Library resources,
Library rules and regulations regarding loans, Study skills, Copyright and its implication and
bibliographies and referencing.
GNS 204: Logic and History of science
Nature of arguments: Deductive and Inductive arguments; Validity and soundness; Validity and
truth, Elementary techniques of testing validity, Fallacies, The priori and the empirical problems
of Induction. Elements of probability, Elements of the history of science and technology,
Observation, hypotheses, experiments and scientific explanation, problems of scientific and
technological development in Nigeria, Science and Society.
ECO101: Elements of Microeconomic Principles and Theory
Nature and scope of economics, the problems of economic theory; comparative economic
system (Capitalism, Socialism, Mixed Economics); the elementary theory of demand and supply,
the theory of consumer behavior, elasticity of demand and supply, the theory of production, the
theory of costs, market structures (perfect competition, monopolistic competition, monopoly and
oligopoly).
MGT 101: Mathematics for Management Sciences I
Mathematical Concepts in the Social Sciences. Set Theory Revision of Elementary Algebra,
equations and identities; equations in one or two variables; simultaneous equations; quadratic
equations; the remainder theory, partial fractions, surds, indices and logarithms. Sequences and
256
Series: the arithmetic progression and geometric progression. Summation of series; convergence
of series, permutation, combination, the Binominal theorem; Co-ordinate Geometry of a straight
line, Intersection of the straight lines, plotting of curves, computation of distances and areas by
co-ordinates, Basic Trigonometry.
ECO 102: Elements of Macroeconomic Principles and Theory
Basic concepts of macroeconomics, Measurement of national income, national income
determination; Determinant of aggregate Demand; Macroeconomic policy and objectives;
international Economic institutions, the use monetary and fiscal policy analysis.
MGT 102: Mathematics for Management Sciences II
Introduction to Matrix Algebra: addition, multiplication and inversion of matrices. Determinants,
simultaneous solution of equations by matrix and determinant methods. Eigen values and Eigen
vectors. Differentiation of Functions of one variable; derivatives of standard functions, rates of
change and limits. Maxims and minima, point of inflexion, partial derivatives. Unconstrained
optimization. Integration of functions of one variable; standard integrals. First Order
Differential.
BIO ***: Introductory Biological Science for Management Sciences
World Living Organisms; introduction to structure and function of cells, similarities and
differences between cell types, Introduction to Genetics and Element of Biotechnology.
ECO 201: Principles of Micro-Economics 1
Introductions to economics-Scope and Methodology, Microeconomic Theory- Price Theory and
the function of the market system; Demand and Supply; Elasticity; Consumer Behaviour; The
theory of Production, the costs of Production; the Revenue plan of the firm; Market structure, i.e
Perfect competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition Oligopoly. The Theory of
Distribution; Wages, Rent; Interest; Profit.
ECO 202: Principles of Macro-Economics II
National income accounting; the circular flow of Incomes; National Income analysis, Money and
the Monetary system; investment Theory International Trade and Payments; Elements of Public
Finance.
257
ECO 203: Introductory Applied Economics(Firm level/Micro Level) I
The application of economic principles to developed and developing countries with special
reference to the development problems of less developed countries, especially Nigerian.
Economic and non-economic factors in development; Comparative Economic systems; the
Characteristics of a developed economy and an under-developed economy- a contrast. Planning
the Development Process; Rural Development issue and problems; Agricultural Development;
Transportation problems.
ECO 204: Introductory Applied Economics(National Level/Macro Level) II
The Application of Macro-economic theories to the problems of developing countries
particularly as they relate to issue of poverty; Income distribution; employment, underemployment and unemployment, problems of growth and development; trade and development;
balance of payments problems and comme(rcial policy; economics of aid and private foreign
investment; global interdependence and the international economic order.
ECO 205: Basic Mathematics for Economists I
The nature of mathematical economic models’ Equilibrium analysis in economics; Linear
models and matrices algebra; Comparative Statistics of the concepts of derivatives, Rules of
differentiation and integration in comparative statistics; Comparative statistics functional
models: Experimental and logarithmic functions optimization.
ECO 206: Basic Mathematics for Economists II
Economic dynamics and integral calculus and its applications: First-order differential equations
and its application dynamics and stability of equilibrium and simultaneous equation dynamic
models; Linear programming; Game Theory.
ECO 208: Computer Software in Economic Analysis
Introduction of existing Computer software in economic analysis: SPSS, STATA and E-View.
Characteristics of the software; Practical training skills for the use of the software.
MGT 201: Statistical Methods and Applications I
The nature of Statistical Methods; Frequency Distribution: Measures of Central TendenciesMean, Median, Mode, etc Measures of Dispersion-Range, Variance, Standard Deviation,
Elementary Normal and Poison Distribution.
258
MGT 202: Statistical Methods and Applications II
Time Analysis; Index numbers; Analysis of Variance; Sources of Statistical data in Nigeria,
Introduction to Research Methodology and Design, Regression Analysis.
MGT 203: Concepts and Principles of Entrepreneurship
MGT 205: Computer Science for Management Sciences
Applications including operating systems, word processing, spread sheets, database, and web
based soft ware packages using microcomputers to solve business problems, including ecommerce.
MGT 206: Business Environment and Approach to Business Start-up
Nigerian Business Environment; Forms of Business Organization; Procedures for Setting Up and
Managing ones Enterprises;
Preparation and Presentation of Business Plan; Selection of
Appropriate Small and Medium Scale Enterprises.
ECO 301: Intermediate Microeconomic Theory
Economic system and Organization, Demand and Supply, Individual Consumer Behaviour, The
Utility Approach, the Indifference Curve Approach, Market Classification, The Theory of
Production, The firm and pure monopolistic competition, Oligopoly, Elements of Game; Pricing
and Employment of Resources; Introduction to Welfare Economicsand Natural Resource
Economics.
ECO 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory
Introduction to Marco-economics, Basic Concepts in Macroeconomics; Flows and Stocks, Real
and Nominal; Statics, Comparative and dynamic analysis, open and closed economic models.
Measurement of economic activity, Nigerian National Accounts, National Income Models,
Elements of International Trade, Balance of Payment Theory, Theory of the Consumption
Function, Theory of Investment, Money and Interest, General Equilibrium of Money and
Commodity Markets, Introduction to Macroeconomic Policy.
ECO 303: History of Economic Thought
Comparative survey and assessment of developments in economic thought.
Classical
economics; neoclassical school of thought, positive and welfare schools of economic thought,
259
institutional economics, Keynesian school of economic thought, Evolution and Contemporary
Development of Marxian School of Economic Thought. Contemporary stage of development in
Economics and future prospects.
ECO 304: Structure of the Nigerian Economy
National income accounting-concepts, measurement, uses and limitations, Growth of income,
employment and prices in the economy as a whole in major sectors, structural changes between
and within sectors, Relative sizes of public and private sectors and their determinants, Public
development institution, macroeconomic development in Nigeria, trade, transport system,
Economic development and social change, Urbanization.
ECO 305: Theories of Growth and Development
Growth models and theories of underdevelopment, Balanced and Unbalance Growth, Resources
for development, Multinational Corporations and Industrialization in Developing Countries,
Comparative Cost doctrines, Trade and Development.
ECO 306: Issues in Development Economics
The general nature of the development problem, Development problem and Development gap,
Characteristics of underdeveloped countries, their common features and their variations,
Historical causes of underdevelopment and their relationship to imperialism, some aspects of the
theory of imperialism.
ECO 307: Introduction to Public Finance
Definition, subject matter and methodology of public finance, The concept of the public sector,
Government budgeting and accounting federal finance, taxation, Public debt and fiscal policy.
ECO 308: Introduction to Fiscal Policy and Practices
The growth and structure of public finance in Nigeria, Local, State and Federal government
finances and the financial relationships between local, state and federal government in Nigeria,
Use of fiscal policy for economic stabilization and its effectiveness.
ECO 309: Elements of Econometrics
Definition and subject matter of econometrics, model types and their forms. Parameter
estimation of models, bivariate and multivariate, linear and non-linear, Models, their variances,
260
covariance and correlation coefficients between the variable, Formulation of generalized linear
regression models in independent variables and t-joint observation. Assumption of
multicollinearity heteroskedasticity, autocorrelation, Non-stationarity and cointegration - causes,
consequences, tests and correction in models, Predictive power and significant tests of models.
ECO 310: Research Methods
Definition of research, the role of research in development, developments in research
methodology, essential features of research work, procedures and stages involved in research
proposal and report writing in economics. New developments in research methods in social
sciences. Uses of statistical and Econometric methods in research.
ECO 311: Introduction to Monetary Economics
Money and its role in the economy;Demand and Supply of Money; growth of commercial bank
in Nigeria, and the development of financial institutions. Structures, conduct and performance of
the commercial banking system and other financial institutions, e.g insurance companies, The
West African currency board and the problems of domestic stabilization, Commercial banking
and the instrument of monetary policy. Money and capital markets and the effectiveness of
mediation and the effectiveness of monetary policy international monetary systems, the IMF and
the World Bank; The African Development Bank (ADB).
ECO 312: Introduction to International Economics
Introduction to the theory of trade and presentation of various theories of international trade,
foreign trade protection, economic integration, balance of payments, foreign aid capital flows,
the uses of international economics in explaining contemporary international relations and
diplomacy.
ECO 313: Industrial Economics I
Industrial structure and market conduct, Growth Diversification, innovation and merger activity,
Investment Decisions; Pricing and Marketing, Determinants and Measures of Business
Performance, Location of Industry, Theoretical basis for government intervention in the
industrial sector.
261
ECO 314: Industrial Economics II
The case for industrialization, the industrial environment of Nigeria, the growth and structure
changes in manufacturing industries, Market structure and conduct of selected manufacturing
industries, Private and public enterprises in industrial development, The financing and
ownership of industrial projects, Location of industry and distribution of industries, Performance
of the industrial sector, Government intervention in the industrial sector.
ECO 315: Urban Economics
Theories of urban development, City topology and measurement, and use analysis, trade, social
investment in metropolitan communities, Regional growth and efficiency, the location
determinants of development, Economic planning in the city-region.
ECO 316: Transport Economics
Transport economics as a specialty, Characteristics of the transport infrastructures; Demand for
transport, Transport Costs, Transport pricing, Economic coordination of transport modes, the
theory of transport and development, The nature and implications of urban transport problems.
The empirical relevance of the role of transport, the goals of investment policy in transport;
Transport planning and development in Nigeria.
ECO 317: Mathematical Economics
Treatment of the calculus of many variables; linear algebra, differential and difference equations
and their applications in economic theory, microeconomics models of consumption and
production, macro models of money and growth. Functions and diagrams in economic theory,
unconstrained and constrained extrema (and economic applications); linear and non-linear
economic models or relationships; iterative processes, difference equations and markov chains,
linear programming, theory of games, general equilibrium theory and applications.
ECO 318: Introduction to Operations Research
Linear programming – formulation of LP problems and solution using the graphical method
only. Transportation problems, Assignment problems, inventory models-deterministic only,
Network analysis, critical path method (CPM) and programme evaluation and review technique
(PERT).
262
ECO 401: Advanced Microeconomic Theory
Theory of Consumer Behavior, Stability of Market equilibrium, Theory of Production and
Cost,Uncertainty and Risk; Introduction to Game Theory; Theory of the Firm and various forms
of market organization, theory of distribution, General Equilibrium Theory and Welfare
Economics.
ECO 402: Advanced Macroeconomic Theory
Determination of output and employment under classical and Keynesian assumption, Classical
Keynesian controversies, More on the theory of investment and consumption, Theories of
money, interest and inflation, Effectiveness of monetary and fiscal policies to promote economic
growth, Introduction to the theory of Macroeconomic policy.
ECO 403: Economics of Production
Product and Process analysis, job design, work-force management, Production planning and
inventory, project management facilities planning and the management of technology.
ECO 404: Project Evaluation
Definition and classification of projects and project evaluation; Cost and Benefit Analysis, The
project in relation to the economy as a whole; Data requirements; Location and size of project;
Calculation of investment required for a project evaluation projects-financial social profitability.
ECO 405: Fiscal Policy and Management
Taxation and public expenditure, Public debt, Public financial institutions, Functional finance,
Stability and growth, International financial institutions.
ECO 407: Economic Development Planning
The rational for planning, Planning origins, Types and performances, Planning machinery, The
planning process, Planning decisions models, Planning data, Special accounting framework,
Objective and policy formulations, Resources projections and consistency tests, Programme
balancing, Plan implementation, Development planning in Nigeria, Plan experiences in other
countries.
263
ECO 409: Applied Economic Statistics
Sample survey design; Data collection in Nigeria, Index numbers. Time series analysis, Tests of
hypothesis, some parametric and non- parametric tests, applications to economic hypotheses,
Experimental design, analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, Statistical quality control,
essence of quality control in industries, types of variation in quality, control charts for variables,
control of attributes, Statistical decision, the structure and solution of single-stage decision
problems.
ECO 410: Econometric Methods
Definition scope and division of econometrics, methodology of econometric research, elements
of matrix algebra, ordinary least squares approach to regression analysis, significant tests an
confidence intervals for the estimates, time series analysis, multiple regression analysis, errors in
variables, auto-correlation, multicolinearity, heteroskedasticity lagged variables, dummy
variables, estimation of simultaneous systems. New Developments in Economics.
ECO 411: Theory of International Trade
The overall view of the international economy, the theory of comparative advantage, The gains
from trade, Production function in international trade, The Heckscher-Ohlin Trade Model, The
Leontief paradox, The welfare effects of international trade, Growth and development dynamic
factors in international trade, Growth and development theory of trade and policy.
ECO 413: Monetary and Financial Institution
Money and a money Economy, The structure and business of commercial Bank, Comparative
Banking (United Kingdom, United States) Nigerian Banking System, The West African
Currency Board, Nigerian Central Bank, Financial Intermediaries, Money and Capital Markets
International Monetary Institutions.
ECO 414: Monetary Theory and Policy
Theory of Demand and Supply of Money, Convertibility of the money supply, Multiplier, high
powered money concepts, Recent developments in monetary theory and policy, Effectiveness of
monetary and fiscal policies, Rules versus authorities in stabilization policy, Stabilization policy
in open economies, International monetary arrangements and problems.
264
ECO 415: Health Economics
Importance of Health Economics, The Uniqueness of Health Care, Demand for Health Capital,
Production of Health, Agency Problem in Health and Health Care, Health Care and advertising,
Uncertainty in Health Care.
ECO 416: Health Planning and Finance
Health Care Financing – Insurance, Health Care Financing-Public and Private Policy options,
Issues in Equity, Efficiency and Need in Health Care, Government Intervention in health Care,
Policy issues and Analysis in Health Care.
ECO 417: Labour Economics I
‘Concepts- human capital, returns to investment in human capital, Introductory resources
management review and application of resources allocation theory to the problem of investment
in human capital, Investment in human capital choice between capital investment in human
capital and in physical capital, the process of human capital accumulations determinants of
human capital accumulation, Investment in education-social and private costs and returns to
education.
ECO 418: Labour Economics II
Manpower analysis in a developing economy, structure and characteristics, education and
training manpower policy, industrial relations, Manpower planning, rationale and process, future
manpower requirements, survey of planning models, the planning gaps and the problems of
manpower planning
ECO 419: Business Economics I
Definition and Scope of Business Economics, Decision making under risk and uncertainty,
Decision tree analysis, Demand estimation and forecasting, The attribute approach to consumer
choice, Alternative business objective, The internal organization of firms, portfolio matrices and
corporate strategy.
ECO 420: Business Economics II
Pricing and pricing policies, Investment and Financing decisions, demand Analysis, Business
Risk and Forecasting, International business, Multinational Corporations, Business enterprise
and Economic Development.
265
BASIC TEXTBOOKS FOR CORE COURSES
ECO 101 & 102 :Elements of Economics:
Begg, David, (1994); Stanley Fischer and Rudiger Dornbusch, Economics, London McGrawHill.
Umo, J.U. (1996): Economics: An African Perspectives, Ikeja-Lagos: John West Publication
Limited.
Adebayo, A. (1998): Economics: A Simplified Approach, Volumes 1 & 2, African International
Publications Ltd Lagos.
ECO 11 & 12: Elements of Statistics
Owen Frank and Ron Jones, statistics (3rd Ed.), London: Pitman Publishers.
Spiegel, Murray (1992): Theory and Problems of statistics (2nd Ed. In SI units), London:
McGraw-Hill Inc. (Schaum’s Outline Series)
ECO 11& 12: Elements of Mathematics for Economists
Dowling Edward T. (1992): Mathematical Economics 2nd Ed.) (Schaum’s Outline Series)
Archibald, G.C. and Lipsey, r.O. (1967): A Mathematical Treatment of economics, London:
Wildenfeld and Nicolson.
Chiang, Alpha: 1998; Fundamentals of Mathematical Economics, McGraw Hill Books, New
York.
ECO 201 & 202: Principles of Economics
Lipsey, Richard G. and Chrystal, K. Alec (1995): An Introduction to Positive Economics, (8th
Ed.) ELBS with Oxford University Press Aboyade, O. (1983): Integrated Economics: A
study of Developing Economics: London: Addison-Wesley Publishers.
ECO 21 & 22: Introductory Statistics
Spiegel, Murray R. (1992): Theory and Problems of Statistics op. cit. Walpole, Ronald E.
Introduction to Statistic (2nd Ed.) Collier Macmillan international Editions.
ECO 21 & 22: Mathematics for Economists
Chiang, Alpha C. (1998): Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, Tokyo: McGrawHill Kogakusha Limited.
ECO 31 & 32: Intermediate Economic Theory
Koutsoyian nis, A. (1980) Modern Microeconomics, London: Macmillan Press Limited (2nd
Ed.)
Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macroeconomic Theory, Delhi: Vrinda Publications.
266
Mac Dougal, D.M. and Duesenbury, T.F. (1976):
Macroeconomics, Tokyo McGraw-Hill
Jhingan.
ECO 301 & 302:Introduction to Mathematical Statistics
Walpole, R.E. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc.
ECO 31 & 32
Yamane, Taro (1968): Mathematics for Economists
ECO 401:Advanced Microeconomic Thoery
Henderson, James M. and Quandt, R.E. (1980):
Macroeconomic Theory: A Mathematical
Treatment (3rd Ed.) Tokyo: McGraw-Hill Kogakusha.
Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macroeconomic Theory (4th Ed.) Delhi: Vrinda Publications.
Richetts, Martins (1987), The Economics of Business Enterprises: New Approaches to the
Firm, Sussex: Wheatsheat Books.
ECO 402: Advanced Macroeconomics Theory
Allen, R.G.D. (1967):
Macro-Economic Theory:
A Mathematical Treatment, London:
Macmillan.
Jhingan, M.L. (1997): Macro-Economic Theory (10th Ed.) Delhi: Vrinda Publications.
Levacic, Rosalind (1978) Macroeconomics London: Macmillan: ELBS Paper Back.
ECO 401 & 402:Economics of Development
Michael, P. Todaro (1985, 1970):
Economic Development in the third World Macmillan
London.
Keith B. Griffin & John L. Enos (1970): Planning Development Addison Wesley London
Jon Tinbergen (1967): Development Planning World University Library.
Timi Yesufu (1996): The Nigerian Economy: Growth without Development: The Benin social
Science Series, University of Benin, Benin city, Nigeria.
M.L. Jhingan (1997): The Economics of Development and Planning Vikas, New Delhi.
ECO 402:Comparative Economic Systems
Gruchy, A.G. Comparative Economic Systems Houghton Mffling Coy, N.Y. 1966.
ECO 403: Production Economics
M.A. Fashola (1988)
Production and Managerial Economics Department of Economics,
University of Lagos.
W.J. Baumol (1987) Economics Theory and Operations Analysis (4th Ed.) Prentice-Hill of
India, New Delhi.
James L. Pappaas & Eugene F. Brigham (1979): Managerial Economics: The Dryden Press,
Hinsdale, Illinois (3rd Ed.)
267
ECO 410 & 42 : Econometrics
Jack Johnson and John Dinardo, Econometric Methods (1998) McGraw-Hill International
Editions, New York.
Kautsoyanniss, A. (1997) Econometrics
Rubenfeld and Pyndick (1997): Econometrics Models
268
DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
100 Level
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
POL 101
POL 102
SOC 111
PSY 101
POL 103
GST 101
CSC 101
TITLE
Introduction to Political Science
Nigerian Constitutional Development
Introduction to Sociology
Introduction to Psychology
Nigerian Legal Systems I
Use of English I
Introduction to Computer Science
TOTAL
UNITS
3
3
3
3
2
2
3
19
TITLE
Introduction to African Government and Politics
Organisation of Government: The Citizen and the State
Nigerian Legal System II
UNITS
3
3
2
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
POL 111
POL 112
POL 113
GST 105
GST 104
GST 106
Elective
Use of Library
Philosophy of Science
Use of English II
One elective from outside the Department/Faculty
TOTAL
2
2
2
2
18
200 Level
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
POL 201
POL 202
POL 203
POL 204
POL 205
GST 201
FSS 201
TITLE
Nigerian Politics I
Introduction to Political Analysis
Introduction to International Relations
Introduction to Public Administrations
Introduction to Comparative Politics
Peace Studies & Conflict Resolution
Social Science Statistics I
TOTAL
269
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
19
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
POL 211
POL 216
POL 217
POL 218
POL 219
GST 202
FSS 211
TITLE
UNITS
Nigerian Politics II
3
Political Ideas
3
Foundation of Political Economy
3
Introduction to Local Government
3
Introduction to Research Methods in Political Science
3
Entrepreneurial Studies I
2
Social Science Statistics II
2
TOTAL
19
300 Level
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
TITLE
POL 302
Logic and Methods of Political Inquiry
POL 311
History of Political Thought
POL 341
Comparative Federalism
POL 353
Public Political Analysis
POL 356
Politics of Development and Underdevelopment
POL 332
Theories of International Relations
Electives: One of the following
POL 337
Theories and Practice of Marxism
POL 354
Theory and Practice of Administration
TOTAL
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
20
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
POL 301
POL 303
POL 304
POL 313
POL 325
GST 301
Elective
POL 309
TITLE
Contemporary Political Analysis
Public Administration in Nigeria
Political Behaviour
Political Data Analysis
The Methodology of Comparative Politics
Entrepreneurial Studies II
International Law
TOTAL
270
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
20
400 Level
First semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
TITLE
POL 401A
Research Essay I
POL 402
The Military & Politics
POL 403
Development Administration
POL 404
Third World & Dependency
POL 406
Nigerian Foreign Policy
POL 409
International Organization
POL 415
State and Economy
Electives: One of the following
POL 407
Revolution and Society
POL 408
Political Parties and Pressure Groups
TOTAL
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
23
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
TITLE
POL 401B
Research Essay II
POL 405
Politics and Law in Africa
POL 412
Comparative Public Administration
POL 414
Public Personal Administration
Electives: One of the following
POL 411
Nigerian Local Government
POL 437
Sociology of Decolonization
TOTAL
UNITS
3
3
3
3
2
2
14
SYNOPSES OF COURSES
POL 101
Introduction to Political Science
3 units
The objectives of the course are to lay the foundation for what Political Science is all about. To
explain the nature of politics, discuss the concepts of power, authority, influence, legitimacy, and
the state. To draw the distinction between politics and Political Science. To also examine the
scope and methodologies of Political Science.
POL 102
Nigerian Constitutional Development
3 units
The course is designed to examine and analyse the trends of constitutional development from the
colonial era to the present. It focuses on the landmark of various constitutions from the colonial
to the post colonial eras.
271
POL 111
Introduction to African Politics
3 units
The course focuses on the nature of the African state, politics and economy. It examines the
impact of colonialism and neo-colonialism on the African State. It also pays particular attention
to succession problems in post-colonial Africa, military rule and its impact on democratization.
POL 112
Organisation of Government: The Citizen of the State
3units
The course focuses on the tripartite organizations of state power, the legislature, executive and
the Judiciary. It also examines the doctrine of separation of powers in a presidential and
parliamentary system of government, the types of government; Unitary, federal and confederal.
It explains the role of political parties and Interest Groups/Pressure Groups in the political
system. And to establish the relationship between citizens and the State.
POL 201
Nigerian Politics I
3 units
The course exposes students to the general political economics and social framework within
which Nigeria politics and governmental institution development and functions. The course is
treated from the historical perspective. It explains the environmental factors that influenced the
constitutional development or changes at any given time.
POL 202
Introduction to Political Analysis
3 units
The course focuses on the nature of politics, political system, the structure of government,
political representations, and institutions of different regions. The relationship between regime
types and citizenship actions. It also explores the political culture and its impact on political
stability.
POL 203
Introduction to International Relations
3 units
The course provides the basic understanding of what international relations is as a field of study.
It is intended to acquaint the students with the various actors in the international system, the
changing phases of international relations and the purpose and scope of the discipline. It also
introduces the students to the various concepts such as foreign policy, diplomacy, power etc. It
examines the dynamic forces in the international relations and the impact of the emergence of
the Third World in the international system.
272
POL 204
Introduction to Public Administration
3 units
The objectives of this course are to analyse the rationale of public administration; the ecology of
public administration; and explain the concept of politics and administration with a view to
showing the dichotomy between them. It also examines other aspects such as administration
actors, audit control and elements of administrative law.
POL 205
Introduction to Comparative Politics
3 units
The course focuses on the logic of comparative social inquiry; the approaches to comparative
politics such as single country approach, multi-country approach and synchronic approach. It
also analyzes the problems of comparative politics.
POL 216
Political Ideas
3 units
The course is designed to introduce the students to major political ideas in their historical
context. It focuses on concepts such as Monarchism, Liberalism, Democracy, Socialism,
Fascism, Anarchism, Syndicalism, etc.
POL 217
Foundation of Political Economy
3 units
The course focuses on the relationship between politics and the economy, class analysis of
political power relations. It examines the material bases of political action.
POL 218
Introduction to Local Government
3 units
The course is designed to introduce the basic ideas about local government administration. It
focuses on the nature and purpose of local government and explores the theoretical argument for
local government as a third tier system of administration. It analyses the functions, structure and
forms of local government, examines the relationship between local government and democratic
practice, the government finance, as well as problems and prospects.
POL 301
Contemporary Political Analysis
3 units
The course focuses on some contending paradigms in contemporary political analysis and
discusses their philosophical and ideological roots. It evaluates the various theoretical
approaches such as: elite theory, group theory, system theory, structural functional theory,
cybernetic and communication theory. It also examines basic concepts and the new approaches
to political economy.
273
POL 302
Logic and Methods of Political Inquiry
3 units
The course is designed to expose the students to the methods of scientific research in political
science; the logic of political inquiry, problem formulation and understanding variables.
POL 305
Political Behaviour
3 units
The course focuses on the measurement and determination of various political behaviour,
political socialization, political culture, political participation and apathy. It also examines
electoral behaviour, public opinion, and political communication.
POL 311
History of Political Thought
3 units
The objectives of this course are to explain the classical and modern political thinkers such as
Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Locke, Thomas Hobbes, Marx, Fanon, Senghor, Nkrumah, etc.
And also to explain the impact of these ideas on their respective society.
POL 313
Political Data Analysis
3 units
The course focuses on the various methods and techniques for generating and analyzing political
data, for processing and testing of hypotheses. Students are introduced to various survey
techniques as well as to inferential statistics for the explanation of political phenomenon.
POL 309
International Law
3 units
The course is designed to expose the students to some basic issues of international law. It
explains the nature and development of international law, the sources of international law; the
functions, the general principles of law; subjects of international law, recognition, etc.
POL 325
The Methodology of Comparative Politics
3 units
The course id designed to provide basic understanding of comparative political analysis and
history of comparative politics to explore various concepts in comparative politics. To
demonstrate the scientific method, logic of comparism and classification in comparative politics.
It also examines some contending paradigms or orientations in comparative political analysis;
the strategy of cross systems theorizing and measurement problems in cross-national research.
POL332
Theories of International Relations
3 units
The course is designed to explain the basic approaches and theories in the study of international
relations. It exposes students to the debate between traditional school and behaviour school. It
274
discusses theories that will aid the understanding of international events and the utilities of these
theories in the conduct of research in international relations. Some of the theories are: power,
balance of power, system theory, games theory, integration theory, functionalism, linkage
politics, globalization, etc.
POL 337
Theory and Practice of Marxism
2 units
The objectives of this course are to explain Marxism as a concept and as a philosophy. To
familiarise the students with the relationship between man, history and matter materials, labour,
production, to explain the theory of surplus value and social exploitation. It explores the strategy
for achieving a just order, examines the life and living condition in the former Soviet Union,
China and Socialist States for the working of Marxism.
POL 341
Comparative Federalism
3 units
The objectives of this course are to trace the origin of federalism and to explore the approaches
to the study of comparative federal system. To also compare some federal systems such as USA,
Canada, India, Germany and Nigeria.
POL 351
Government and Administration of Urban Systems
3 units
The course entails the understanding of the planning and execution of major services in urban
political systems. It examines the structure of political power in such a system.
POL 353
Public Policy Analysis
3 units
The course focuses on the concepts and strategies of Planning, Programming, and Budgeting
System (PPBS). To analyse the basic techniques of network construction. It also examines and
describes administrative system, cost-effect analysis and critique.
POL 354
Theory and Practice of Administration
2 units
The course evaluates the evolution of Administrative and Organisational Theory from the
classical, modern to neo-classical periods. It establishes the relationship between politics,
administration and political process. It examines administrative behaviour in various institutional
settings, the interplay between political institutions and administrative patterns of behaviour. It
facilitates our understanding of personnel administration and decision making in bureaucratic
organisations.
275
POL 356
Politics of Development and Underdevelopment
The course exposes
the students
to
some theoretical
problems
3 units
of development,
underdevelopment and dependence it focuses on the socio-economic problems of Third World
development and underdevelopment. The domestic and international economic structures. It
analyses some changes and constraints in the international economic relations, with particular
emphasis on post-colonial, African States, Latin America and Asian countries.
POL 401
RESEARCH ESSAY/ PROJECT
6 units
POL 402
The Military and Politics
3 units
The objectives of this course are to explore and analyse the interdependence between the
military regimes and civil types. The military in the foundation states, impact of social
structures, ethnic or class conflict on military organizational procedures and behaviour. The
problem of civilian control of the military, the role of armies in revolution, the phenomenon and
definition of “Military-Industrial Complex”, ubiquity of military extractive tendency; explaining
the stability or instability of Civil-Military relations in comparative settings.
POL 403
Development Administration
3 units
The course is designed to expose the students to the issues of development as a field of study, to
analyse the pre-conditions for development, explore various theories of development and
underdevelopment, survey major postulations of development administration, the dilemma of the
development administration movement, the issues of foreign aid and trade as development
strategies.
POL 404
Third World and Dependency
3 units
The course explores the nature, causes and manifestation of the dependence of Third World
countries on Metropolitan countries. It analyses the center-periphry paradigm in relation to
unequal international economic relations in the global capitalist system. It also explains the
cyclical nature of dependence and poverty in the Third World countries, using the theories of
development and underdevelopment.
POL 405
Politics and Law in Africa
3 units
The objective is to equip the students with the necessary tools for proper and unbiased analysis
of politics in Africa. It examines Human and Community Rights in Africa. This course involves
276
a critical study of the concept of law and the nature of politics. It examines the essence of law,
the relationship between law and politics, the sources of Law in Africa and the relevance of law
in the African political system among others. The general background provides the student with
a nexus between law and politics in Africa.
POL 406
Nigerian Foreign Policy
3 units
The objectives of this course are to acquaint the students with the contending issues in Nigeria’s
diplomatic and external relations; to explore the vast theoretical debate about the foreign policymaking process of Nigeria as a regional and sub-regional influential on the continent of Africa.
The course provides the basis for understanding the nature and elements of foreign policy
making, principles, the conditioning factors, objectives and instruments of foreign policy. To
situate Nigerian’s foreign policy, within historical context from independence to the present
date, observing concretely the changes that have taken place in the conduct of her external
relations. To also expose the students to the basic theoretical explanations of Nigeria’s foreign
policy. To identify Nigeria’s national interest in its core and specific manifestations and examine
the role of Nigeria in the West Africa sub-region and the continent of Africa.
POL 407
Revolution and Society
2 units
The course explores the meaning, tactics and uses of revolution as an instrument of social
change. It also explains the causes and effects of revolutions. It provides a comparative analysis
of other strategies of social change. It considers case studies of revolutions such as the Russian
Revolution of 1917, the
Chinese Revolution of 1949, the French Revolution of 1789, the
Cuban Revolution, etc.
POL 408
Political Parties and Pressure Groups
2 units
The course is designed to draw on distinction between Political Parties and Pressure Groups; the
organizational structure of political parties, their roles and functions. It also examines the mode
of formation of pressure groups, as well as roles and functions.
POL 409
International Organizations
3 units
The course deals with the nature and functions of international organizations such as the League
of Nations, the United Nations Organizations, the African Union, ECOWAS, European Union,
NATO, etc.
277
POL 411
Nigerian Local Government
2 units
The course is designed to acquaint the students on the evolution of Local Government
Administration in Nigeria from 1990, the Native Authority System and its reforms in the interwar and immediate post-World War II era; the Policy of Indirect Rule and the Local
Government Reforms from 1950 to date, bearing in mind the reasons, problems and prospects.
POL 414
Public Personnel Administration
3 units
The course deals specifically on the understanding of human stocks in public organization, the
strategies for manpower development in public organizations, organizational design,
employment, placement, integration, motivation, training, supervision, performance, appraisal,
industrial relations, disengagement, etc. The course also analyses other issues such as manpower
audit and financial control in the public institutions.
POL 415
State and Economy
3 units
The course provides a critical analysis of the role of government in the management of the
economy; it deals with the relationship between government and private enterprises, the role of
foreign capital in the domestic economy, foreign aid, technological transfer, etc. The course also
seeks to explain the problem of development, planning and administration in Nigeria. It
examines indigenization policy, the contradiction between the self reliance and dependence of
the economy on foreign capital
278
PSYCHOLOGY
DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY
100 Level
First Semester
Core Courses
CODE
TITLE
PSY 101
Introduction to Psychology I
PSY 102
Quantitative Methods in Psychology
FSC 101
Introduction to Biology
SOC 111
Introduction to Sociology
General Studies
GST 101
Use of English I
Electives (anyone from below)
ECN 111
Principles of Microeconomics
POL 101
Introduction to Political Science I
TOTAL
Second Semester
Core Courses
CODE
PSY 111
PSY 112
PSY 113
SOC 122
General Studies
GST 104
GST 105
TITLE
Introduction to Psychology II
Basic Concept in Experimental Psychology
Practical Psychology I
Nigerian Heritage
Philosophy of Science
Use of Library
GST 106
Use of English II
Electives (anyone from below)
ECN 121
Principles of Macroeconomics
POL 102
Introduction to Political Science II
TOTAL
200 Level
First Semester
Core Courses
CODE
TITLE
FSS 201
Introduction to Statistics for Soc. Sc. I
PSY 200
Research Methods in Psychology
PSY 202
Physiological Psychology I
PSY 204
Developmental Psychology I
PSY 206
Introduction to Social Psychology
FSC 103
Introduction to Computer Science
General Studies
GST 201
Peace Studies & Conflict Resolution
TOTAL
279
UNITS
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
17
UNITS
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
3
21
UNITS
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
18
Second Semester
Core Courses
CODE
FSS 211
PSY 201
PSY 203
PSY 205
PSY 207
PSY 208
PSY 209
General Studies
GST 202
300 Level
First Semester
Core Courses
CODE
TITLE
Social Sciences Statistics II
Practical Psychology II
Cognitive Psychology
Developmental Psychology II
Learning Processes
Psychobiology
Introduction to Personality
UNITS
2
3
3
2
2
2
3
Entrepreneurial Studies I
TOTAL
2
19
TITLE
UNITS
PSY 300
Practical Psychology III
PSY 302
Personality Assessment
PSY 304
Industrial Psychology
PSY 306
Developmental Psychology III
PSY 308
Psychology of Substance Abuse
Electives (at least any 2 from below)
PSY 310
Psychology of Guidance and Counselling I
PSY 312
Environmental Psychology
PSY 314
Psychology of Personnel Management
TOTAL (minimum)
Second Semester
Core Courses
CODE
TITLE
PSY 301
Research Design and Analysis
PSY 303
Clinical Psychology
PSY 305
Psychological Testing & Construction
PSY 307
Physiological Psychology II
General Studies
GST 301
Entrepreneurial Studies II
Electives (at least any 2 from below)
PSY 309
Human Sexuality
PSY 311
Psychology of Guidance & Counselling II
PSY 313
Political Psychology
TOTAL (minimum)
400 Level
First Semester
Core Courses
CODE
PSY 400
PSY 402
TITLE
Research Project
Cognitive Processes
280
UNITS
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
21
UNITS
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
20
PSY 404
Practicum in Psychology I
PSY 412
Social Perception
Electives (at least any 2 from below)
PSY 406
Consumer Psychology
PSY 408
Health Psychology (Behaviour Modification)
PSY 410
Psychology of Vocational Behaviour
TOTAL (minimum)
Second Semester
Core Courses
CODE
PSY 401
PSY 403
PSY 405
PSY 411
PSY 407
PSY 409
3
3
3
3
3
18
TITLE
Research Project
Organisational Psychology
Practicum in Psychotherapy II
Psychology of Union Management
Psychology of Social Change
Current Issues in Psychology
TOTAL (minimum)
UNITS
3
3
2
3
3
3
17
SYNOPSES OF COURSES
PSY 101
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY I
3 units
Definitions, Basic concepts and History of Psychology. Methods of Psychological investigation.
Psychological bases of behaviour, Social bases of behaviour, motivation and emotion; sensation
and perception.
PSY 111
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY II
3 units
Learning; Human Development; Personality; Industrial Psychology; Abnormal Psychology;
Forensic/Legal Psychology; Environmental Psychology.
PSY 102
QUALITATIVE METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
The meaning of statistics and parameters, the difference between parametric and non-parametric
statistics, classification and graphical representation of data, slopes of distribution; normal and
skewed distribution; measures of central tendency; mean, mode and median in ungrouped and
grouped data and their uses, measures of variability; first second and third qualities, their uses as
tests of normality, characteristics of the normal curve, calculation of variance and standard
deviation, Testing hypothesis; types of measurement; normal, ordinal and interval; Fisher exact
probability test, Chi-Square test for two independent samples; Chi-Square for K independent
samples, Mann Whitney U test; Wilcoxin matches pairs signed ranks test, Mc Nemar test for the
281
significance of changes; Cochran Q test; measures of correlation; the contingency coefficient,
Spearman rank correlation coefficient.
PSY 112
BASIC CONCEPTS IN EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Basic assumptions underlying the scientific method of enquiry; Types of scientific investigation,
Hypotheses; Variables, Validity, Reliability, Sampling method, Steps in conducting
Experimental investigation.
PSY 113
PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY I
3 units
Introduction to methods of carrying out studies in psychology; Experimental and nonexperimental methods. Conducting simple experiments in psychology, conducting simple survey
research in psychology.
FSS 201
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS FOR SOCIAL SCIENCES 2 units
Variables and graphs, frequency distribution; the mean, mode and other measures of central
tendency. The standard deviation and other measures of dispersion; moments, skewness and
kurtosis, elementary probability theory; the Binomial, normal and Poisson distribution,
Elementary sampling theory; statistical estimation theory.
FSS 211
SOCIAL SCIENCE STATISTICS
2 units
Statistical decision theory; test of hypotheses and significance, small sampling theory, the ChiSquare, curve fitting and the method of least square correlation theory, multiple and partial
correlation, analysis of time series, index numbers.
PSY 200
RESEARCH METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Methods of inquiry in psychology, introspection, observation, clinical/case studies; survey, field
study, laboratory experiments, control procedures. Types of experimental designs. Analysis of
variance. Basic assumptions of scientific inquiry, Ethical considerations in psychological
research, Review of psychological reports.
PSY 201
PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY II
3 units
Steps in conducting psychological experiments, choosing a research topic; writing psychological
reports, conduct, analysis and report of specific experiments on Perception, visual illusion, depth
282
perception, light discrimination, consumer behaviour, memory, stress and performance, learning,
maze learning, behaviour setting.
PSY 202
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY I
3 units
History of physiological psychology/ philosophical & Biological roots of physiological
psychology, Research techniques in physiological psychology, Neurones structure and
classification, Neural transmission of impulses, Hormones and Behaviour.
The nervous system, the spinal cord; hind-brain, mid brain, fore brain, peripheral nervous
system, autonomic nervous system, cerebral dominance, special protection of the brain.
PSY 203
COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Definition of cognitive psychology; cognitive processes, attention, perception, memory,
language, learning, visual imagery, simulations, processing stages, mental representations,
concept formation and types; thinking, problem solving; Reasoning; Inductive and Deductive.
Decision making and judgement; creativity. Implications of the above for the development of the
Nigerian child.
PSY 204
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY I
2 units
The development of an individual from conception to infancy 0 to 2 years, development in
neonatal and infancy stage focusing on physical development of language & communication,
perceptual and cognitive development, learning, personality & social development, changes and
factors that occur in the uterus during development, infant development, maturation,
implications and application of the development characteristics from the prenatal stage for
Education, health & technology.
PSY 205
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY II
2 units
Development in early, middle and late childhood; physical development, language in neonatal
and infancy stages focusing on physical development of language & communication
development, cognition and perception development, Learning and learning disability,
Personality and social development, Implication of development for Educational policy, health
policy and technological development.
283
PSY 206
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Concepts and scope, research methods, animal society, process of social influences, conformity,
cognitive dissonance, theories and measurement, communication and persuasion, language and
society. Foundations of ethnicity and ethnic groups. Manifestations of ethnic behaviour.
Fostering ethnic harmony.
PSY 207
LEARNING PROCESSES
2 units
Learning and concept formation, the Process of Classical conditioning, the process of operant
conditioning, schedule of reinforcement, the concept of punishment, the theory of cognitive
mapping; Insight learning, Latent learning, observational learning, modelling, imitation,
attention, vigilance, ordering, equivalence, memory, remembering, forgetting, mnemonic
devices.
PSY 208
PSYCHOBIOLOGY
2 units
Introduction: What is psychobiology? Importance of Biology in the understanding of Behaviour,
The nature/nurture controversy. Behaviour Genetics, Principles of Ethnology/ Comparative
Psychology, Primate Societies and social organisation, Animal Communication (bees, bats etc).
PSY 209
INTRODUCTION TO PERSONALITY
3 units
Definitions, concepts, the various theories of personality, psychodynamic, psychosocial
behavioural; humanistic, gestalt psychometric or trait theories.
PSY 300
PRACTICAL PSYCHOLOGY III
3 units
The nature of experimentation, methods of inquiry in psychology, observation method;
Experimental method; key concepts in experimentation; other research methods; ethical
consideration in human research; formal reporting of psychological investigation and scientific
reports in psychology; experiments in physiological psychology; information processing in the
human organism; mapping the blind spot; reaction time experiment.
PSY 301
RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
3 units
Factorial design with more than two levels in the factors, factorial experiments with a
randomised block design, factorial experiments with a Latin square design, factorial designs with
repeated measure mixed designs; Non parametric analysis of variance, Kruskar Wallis Test (one
way analysis of variance); Friedman Analysis (two way analysis of variance). Jonckneere Trend
284
Test. Types of experimental design: T-test randomised blocked design, matched-subject design,
repeated measure design: Latin square, factorial design, and independent-group design.
PSY 302
PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT
3 units
Concept and scope of personality assessment; History of personality assessment; objectives of
personality assessment; principles and methods of personality assessment; problems of
personality assessments. Objective personality tests and detailed description of some; such as
MMPI; CPI California Personality Inventory. Basic factors in selecting personality assessment
instruments for use a) validity b) reliability. Projective personality assessment tests: Projective
tests and their use; and detailed descriptions of some, such as: Rorschach Ink-Blot Test,
Holtzman Ink-Bolt Test, and Thematic Apperception Test
PSY 303
CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY I
3 units
Fundamentals of psychology; concepts of clinical psychology, History of psychopathology;
models of psychopathology; theories of psychopathology; classes of psychopathology;
classifying abnormal behaviour; anxiety disorders; Adjustment disorders; impulse control
disorders; personality disorders psychosis, developmental disorders, substance abuse,
characteristics treatment and prevention. Schizophrenia; manic depressive psychosis; sexual
disorders; eating disorders; suicide; mental retardation; gender identity disorders; Emotional and
Behavioural disorders of childhood and adolescence.
PSY 304
INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Industrial psychology from African perspective; principles, practices and problems; the nature of
work and organisations in Africa, major deterrent factors, psychological research in African
organisations. Techniques, tools and problems, personnel testing in organisation, the criteria,
performance appraisal, typical, industrial criteria, Training in industrial organisations, problems
of personnel training in Africa; managerial psychology in Africa; leadership and supervision in
African organisations, motivation, morale; job satisfaction and incentives, organisational
psychology in Africa, working conditions in African organisations, Engineering psychology,
consumer psychology in Africa, Applied psychology in Africa: Priority areas.
PSY 305
PSYCHOLOGICAL TESTING AND TEST CONSTRUCTION
3 units
History; nature and functions of measurement in psychology, basic statistics in psychological
testing, test typology and classification; types; application of test and measurement;
285
standardization, reliability and validity. Origins of Psychological testing, history, nature and
status, Methods and steps of psychological test construction, psychological test validation,
Reliability, Standardization; Uses and types of psychological tests; procedures and guides of
questionnaire construction; the act of interviewing; social and ethical considerations in
psychological test construction; constraints and limitations to psychological test development in
Nigeria; limitation of existing indigenous in Nigeria. Alternative versus free response, test
construction for speed versus typical performance, paper and pencil versus performance test,
structural versus projective test, predictor test, assessment test versus prediction, vocational
aptitude test, test anxiety scale, intelligent test.
PSY 306
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY III
3 units
Development in Adolescence, Early, Middle, late Adulthood. Physical and Mental Development
in Adolescence; Personality and social development in Adolescence, Moral development in
Adolescence, Personality and social development in early adulthood, family, marriage and
parenthood, Career development, Aging during the middle and late adult years; Menopause,
physical and psychological characteristics, health problems, adult sexuality, theories of middle
age crises. Senescence, retirement, bereavement and death. Implications of development in these
stages for National education policy, health policy and technological policy.
PSY 307
PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY II
3 units
States of consciousness (wakeful and sleep), Sleep Disorders; Language and communication,
Language Disorders; instinct and motivation Hunger, thirst, homeostasis and sex; Auditory
system; Visual system.
PSY 308
PSYCHOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE
3 units
Definition and concept of substance abuse, History of substance abuse; theories of substance
abuse; classes and effects of substance; identification of substance abusers, Treatment of
substance abuse; Rehabilitation of substance abusers, Prevention of substance abuse; outcome
and evaluation of substance abuse programmes.
PSY 309
HUMAN SEXUALITY
3 units
Human sexuality definition, components of sexuality, sexuality education, advantages of
sexuality education and characteristics of sexually healthy person, sexual scripts and key
concepts. Anatomy and physiology of human reproductive system. Sex roles and sex typing,
286
theories of sex role development and gender differences, Human sexuality and the media, law,
culture, religion and society.
PSY 310
PSYCHOLOGY OF GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING I
3 units
Definitions; Psychoanalytic theory, behaviourism, client-centred theory; Gestalt; Existential
theory Rational Emotive theory; Transactional Analysis.
PSY 311
PSYCHOLOGY OF GUIDANCE AND COUNSELLING II
3 units
Types of counselling; modes of counselling; methods of obtaining information in counselling;
intervention techniques; practicum.
PSY 312
PSYCHOLOGY AND PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
3 units
Personnel management in perspective; psychological aspects of personnel management;
Personnel selection; types of personnel selection techniques of Job Creation and job analysis;
psychological tests and testing; Recruitment, selection and placement; Training and
Development; Performance appraisal; Motivation; satisfaction and morale; Motivation through
salaries and wage incentives; Leadership and supervision; managing employee at work;
communication and change management of industrial conflicts and crisis; collective bargaining.
PSY 313
POLITICAL PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
The application of contemporary psychology theories, concepts and methods in the study of
political behaviour. The context and structure of political beliefs and attitudes, the processing of
political information and other factors that influence judgements and decision making,
introduction to Personality of politicians, power and politics, psycho-biographies of outstanding
politicians behind the throne, psychology of non-elected politicians, misperceptions among
foreign policy advisers, group processes and decision making. Election and Electoral practices
and the agencies.
PSY 400
RESEARCH PROJECTS
3 units
PSY 401
RESEARCH PROJECTS
3 units
PSY 402
COGNITIVE PROCESSES
3 units
287
Psychology and Language; The structure of language Proposition, surface and underlying
structures, combining propositions, condensing propositions, the function of language speech act
theory, Propositional content, Thematic structure. Genetic Epistemology; Development
epistemology methods, number and space, time and velocity, object permanence, identity and
conservation, Comparative Research in Cognitive Processes.
Literacy and Cognition; Thought and oral speech, thought and written speech, cultural,
educational processes and the elaboration of human consciousness and thought. The concept of
the schema; Henry Head’s notion of the schema, Ulric Neisser’s notion of the schema, Frederick
Bartlett’s notion of the schema, Jerome Bruner’s notion of the schema, Jean Piaget’s notion of
the schema.
PSY 403
ORGANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
This course is designed to enable students to understand the various aspects of human behaviour
and human problems in industries and organisations. The course shows the field of organisations
in Nigeria; Motivation in industries and organisations; Job satisfaction and morale; leadership
and supervision; leadership in Africa; managerial psychology in organisations; Training and
Development; Groups, Interpersonal and Inter-group relationship in organisations Group
Psychology and work productivity; Decision making, problem solving and communication;
Grievance Handling and Conflict Resolution; Organisation Design, Work Design and Job
design; Management of change, conflicts and crisis; organisational effectiveness and
development.
PSY 404
PRATICUM PSYCHOTHERAPY I
3 units
Definition and scope of psychotherapy; Basic principles of psychotherapy, Goals of
psychotherapy, common unifying factors in the psychotherapies. Some models of
psychotherapy, the psychoanalytic model, the humanistic/Existential model the Gestalt model;
Group therapy. Historical perspective of clinical psychology; concepts and scope of clinical
assessment; objectives of clinical assessment; Requirements of effective clinical assessment;
stages of clinical assessment; clinical observation; clinical interview; psychological testing;
psycho-physiological assessment; writing a psychological report; Ethical issues in clinical
assessment; sources of psychological tests.
288
PSY 405
PRACTICUM PSYCHOTHERAPY II
2 units
Definition of behaviour therapy/modification, History of Behaviour Therapy/modification;
General principles underlying behaviour therapy/modification; Behaviour therapy/modification
techniques, Rational emotive therapy, Assertion training, contingency management, systematic
de-sensitization, flooding and implosive therapy, Biofeedback technique, modelling Aversion
therapy.
PSY 406
CONSUMER PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Introduction to the nature of consumer behaviour; individual psychological factors; motivation
and personality theories; social factors; cultural factors, economic factors, political factors and
changes in their environment.
PSY 407
PSYCHOLOGY OF SOCIAL CHANGE
3 units
Basic concepts in change, introduction, designing social problems; social change and the
medical sector; strategies for change; actors in the change process; ethics in social change.
PSY 408
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Concepts, scope, history, research and assessment in health psychology, Health and illness
behaviour, prevention, promotion and special issues in health psychology.
PSY 409
CURRENT ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY
3 units
Issues that are particular to Nigeria and issues that concern psychology in general. The current
issues cult, crime, AIDS, drug abuse, societal conflict and its impact, youth delinquency, breast
feeding in infants, administration, education, child abuse and neglect, broken marriages, life
expectancy, environmental pollution and its impact on people and unemployment.
PSY 410
PSYCHOLOGY OF VOCATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
3 units
Definition of work related concepts; Psychological aspects of work; Factors that affect
vocational behaviour; Theories of occupational choice; Holland’s personality theory; Trait and
factor; Super’s developmental theory; Ginzberg’s process theory; Chance theory; Sociological
theories; Need theories.
289
PSY 411
PSYCHOLOGY OF UNION MANAGEMENT
3 units
Nature of labour-management relations in organization; Psychological aspects of labourmanagement relations; climate and labour management relations; Nature of conflicts in
industrial organization; Industrial conflicts management, causes and development of labour
unions; Nature of collective bargaining, Psychological aspects of collective bargaining. Role of
communication with the unions; conducting union management meetings; Achieving effective
decision making and problem solving with the unions; Quality for work life and positive unionmanagement relations; Labour main programme for positive union management relations.
PSY 412
SOCIAL PERCEPTION
3 units
SOCIOLOGY
DISTRIBUTION OF COURSES IN SOCIOLOGY
To be eligible for the award of the B.Sc Sociology degree, a student must obtain a minimum of
116 credit units in a three-year programme or 154 credit units in a four-year degree programme,
inclusive of the University course requirements and the department’s compulsory courses. The
courses that are available at various levels of the B.Sc degree programme are as follows:
100 Level
First Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
SOC 111
SOC 112
SOC 113
GST 101
PSY 101
CSC 101
Elective
TITLE
Introduction to Sociology
Introduction to Anthropology
Introduction to Nigerian Societies and Cultures
Use of English I
Introduction to Psychology
Introduction to Computer Science
One elective from any other Department within
The Faculty in Consultation with the Course Adviser
TOTAL
290
UNITS
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
20
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
SOC 121
SOC 122
SOC 123
GST 106
GST 104
GST 105
Elective
TITLE
Introduction to African Societies & Culture
Nigerian Heritage
Elements of Scientific Thought
Use of English II
History and Philosophy of Science
Use of Library
One elective from any other Department within the
Faculty in consultation with the Course Adviser
TOTAL
TOTAL (minimum) units for the year
UNITS
3
3
3
2
2
2
3
18
38
200 LEVEL
FIRST SEMESTER
COMPULSORY COURSES
CODE
SOC 211
TITLE
History of Social Thought I
SOC 213
Social Change I
UNITS
3
3
PSY 206
GST 201
FSS 201
Elective
Introduction to Social Psychology
Peace Studies & Conflict Resolution
Introduction to Statistics for Social Sciences
Any two electives (one from the department)
TOTAL (minimum)
Electives available in the department:
SOC 214
Sociology of Knowledge & Technology
SOC 215
Sociology of Education
SOC 216
Sociology of Mass Communication
3
2
2
4
17
2
2
2
SECOND SEMESTER
COMPULSORY COURSES
CODE
SOC 221
FSS 211
SOC 222
SOC 223
SOC 224
GST 202
Elective
TITLE
History of Social Thought II
Statistics for Social Sciences II
Social Change II
Language and Culture in Society
Structure of the Nigerian Society
Entrepreneurial Studies I
One elective from the department
TOTAL
Electives available in the department:
291
UNITS
3
2
3
3
3
2
2
18
SOC 225
SOC 228
Sociology of the Family
Women in Society
TOTAL (minimum) units of the year
2
2
35
300 LEVEL
FIRST SEMESTER
COMPULSORY COURSES
CODE
SOC 311
TITLE
Method of Social Research I
UNITS
3
SOC 312
SOC 313
SOC 314
PSY 313
Elective
Social Inequality
Sociology of Crime and Delinquency I
Inter-Group Relations
Political Psychology
Any two electives (one from the department)
TOTAL
Electives available in the department:
SOC 315
History Development of Social Work & Social Services
SOC 316
Sociology of Law
SOC 317
Sociology of Ageing
SOC 318
Sociology of Urban Life
3
3
3
3
4
19
2
2
2
2
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
SOC 321
SOC 322
SOC 323
SOC 324
SOC 325
GST 301
Elective
TITLE
UNITS
Method of Social Research II
3
Sociology of Crime and Delinquency II
3
Political Sociology
3
Rural Sociology
3
Formal Organisation
3
Entrepreneurial Studies II
2
Any one elective from the department
2
TOTAL
19
Electives available in the department:
SOC 326
Social Stratification, Social Structure and Social Change 2
SOC 327
Sociology of Health & Illness Relation
2
SOC 328
Sociology of Religion
2
SOC 329
The Structure, Function & Principles of Social Services
2
TOTAL (minimum) units for the year 38
PREREQUISITE
SOC 311
SOC 315
400 Level
First Semester
CODE
SOC 411
SOC 412
TITLE
Contemporary Sociological Theories
Demography
292
UNITS
3
3
PREREQUISITE
SOC 211, 221
SOC 413
SOC 414
SOC 416
SOC 417
Sociology of Third World Development
Urbanisation and Labour Migration I
Regional Ethnography: Sub-Saharan Africa I
Industrial Sociology
3
3
3
3
Elective
SOC 418
SOC 419
SOC 420
SOC 421
SOC 422
SOC 423
SOC 424
SOC 425
329
SOC 426
Any one elective from the following
Sociology of Medicine I
Child Development
Models in Sociological Analysis
Sociology of Deviant Behaviour
Religion as Social Universal
Culture and Communication
Foundations of Social Planning & Policy
Principle & Method of Social Work I
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Marriage and Family Planning
TOTAL
SOC 327
SOC 315,
2
20
Second Semester
Compulsory Courses
CODE
SOC 431
SOC 432
SOC 433
SOC 434
SOC 435
Elective
SOC 436
SOC 437
SOC 438
SOC 439
SOC 440
SOC 441
TITLE
Contemporary Sociological Theories I
Regional Ethnography: Sub-Saharan Africa II
Urbanisation and Labour Migration II
Research Project
Sociology of Third World Development II
Any one elective from the following
Personality and Motivation
Sociology of Decolonisation
Religion and other Social Institutions
Sociology of Policy and Planning
Principles & Methods of Social Work II
Population Policies and Programme
TOTAL
TOTAL (minimum) units for the year
UNITS
3
3
3
6
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
20
PREREQUISITE
SOC 411
SOC 315, 329, 425
40
The minimum Credit units required by the Department for graduation is as follows:
YEAR
I
II
III
IV
TOTAL
38
35
38
40
151
293
SYNOPSES OF COURSES
SOC 111
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
4 units
The course is intended to expose new Sociology students to the elementary concepts, tools and
techniques of Sociological Analysis. The course is divided into five parts viz:
i)
Part A: Elements of Sociological Analysis
ii)
Part B: Social Organisation/ Group Behaviour
iii)
Part C: Elements of Sociological Investigation
iv)
Part D: Analysis of Major Sociological Problems; and
v)
Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest.
SOC 112
INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY
3 units
This is a general anthropology course. The aim is to equip the beginning student with sufficient
basic knowledge of the concepts, language and methods of study of the discipline to prepare a
sound foundation for understanding more specific or higher level ethnography courses. Students
will also be exposed to the debate concerning the positive or negative role of the anthropologists
in the service of colonialism in Africa. The main focus of this course will be Social
Anthropology/Cultural Anthropology, with particular reference to Sub-Saharan Africa.
SOC 113
INTRODUCTION TO NIGERIAN SOCIETIES AND CULTURES 3 units
Survey of the main societies in Nigeria and their associated cultures, with special attention to
their geographical distribution, linguistic classification, and traditional religion and adjudication.
SOC 121
INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN SOCIETIES AND CULTURES
4 units
The course focuses on the people and cultures of Africa. Socio-cultural and ecological settings
of Africa’s peoples are examined. It looks at the variety of cultural practices of the different
cultural areas with a view to showing their similarities and differences. It examines critically the
notion of the “culture area” initially put forward by Herskovits in order to re-examine how fare
the mechanistic theory of environment can explain occupational differences and similarities. The
course ends on note of Development, using both the stimulating theory of Walter Rodney
concerning the ways in which Europe under-developed Africa and its corollary of how Africans
have since independence continued to under-develop Africa.
294
SOC 122
NIGERIAN HERITAGE
3 units
The course is designed to examine the response of the Nigerian culture to change. At the end of
the course, the student should have a full grasp of the concepts of social heritage, social change
and culture and be able to distinguish between material and non-material culture. It is believed
that all aspects of culture do not respond uniformly to the process of change. The concept of
socialization as being responsible for the most enduring aspect of culture will be pursued. An
idea that should engage students’ attention relate to the issue of which aspect of our heritage can
be commercialized and which aspect should be combined with the borrowed culture to produce
that which can contribute more meaningfully to national development.
SOC 123
ELEMENTS OF SCIENTIFIC THOUGHT
3 units
The course id designed to introduce neophyte students to the rudiments of science: pure/natural
and applied social sciences. It examines the interface between and among these sciences. It
considers the definition of science rigorously and examines their historical, sociological and
contemporary perspectives. Modes of knowledge acquisition i.e. authoritarian, rationalistic, e.t.c
are perused. Assumptions, values, morality and objectivity of science are also highlighted. The
course considers the debate of magic, religion and science. Besides, nature, types and salience of
concepts in social sciences are discussed. Various scientific methods, designs and their
disciplinary applications are germane in the course. Seven broad branches/disciplines under the
rubric of social sciences i.e. anthropology, economics, geography, mass communication,
political science, psychology and sociology are examined.
SOC 211
HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT I
3 units
The course introduces students to the beginning of social ideas and contributions of early social
thinkers’ right from Greek philosophers Socrates, Plato and Aristotle through to Middle Age
philosophers and the rise and development of modern social thought. It lays emphasis on the
historical development of the influence and contributions of these social thinkers, including the
intellectual environment in which they lived, on the emergence of modern science in the middle
19th century.
SOC 212
SOCIAL STATISTICS I
3 units
Role of statistics in social science inquiry. Nature of measurement. Presentation of data. Central
values. Measures of deviation, correlation, nature of sampling. Probabilities and normal
distribution: inference, hypothesis testing. Test of significance.
295
SOC 213
SOCIAL CHANGE I
3 units
The course seeks to expose students to the major theoretical perspectives on social change, that
is; its causes, cause and consequence with an emphasis on their relevance to the Nigerian
situation.
SOC 216
SOCIOLOGY OF MASS COMMUNICATION
2 units
An introduction to the study of human communication including the understanding of the nature,
functions and concepts of the Mass Media and their institutions.
SOC 221
HISTORY OF SOCIAL THOUGHT II
3 units
Students are introduced to the main contributors of social thought since the emergence of
modern sociology. This includes western, oriental, Islamic as well as contemporary African
social ideas about modern society.
SOC 222
SOCIAL CHANGE II
3 units
This course builds on the sociological analysis of fundamental alterations in the structure and
functioning of society earlier on treated in the first semester. It introduces students to the
mechanisms and processes of social change in Africa as well as the social problems
accompanying such changes.
SOC 223
LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN SOCIETY
3 units
Language is without any doubt the most momentous and the most mysterious product of the
human mind. In language, we have the free accomplished use of symbolism and the record of
articulate conceptual thinking. Without language, there seems to be nothing like explicit thought
whatever. All known cultures from the past, as well as existing ones now, can be arranged along
a line representing degree of difference between the most simple and the most complex and in
terms of technology, the knowledge base, social structure and material artefacts. This course
therefore, takes an analytic look into the relationship between LANGUAGE and CULTURE
with a view to bringing out into the open the adequacies and inadequacies of language as a
medium of communication.
SOC 224
STRUCTURE OF THE NIGERIAN SOCIETY
3 units
This course defines the structure of the Nigerian society from physico-geographic, social,
culture, economic, religious and political dimensions; both traditional and contemporary as well
296
as the ethnic and language distribution of the Nigerian people. The course takes students through
a tour of Nigeria in the classroom.
SOC 225
SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY
2 units
The course is designed to introduce the undergraduate student to the concept and phenomenon of
marriage and family as they have evolved and been perceived and analysed by sociologists,
through the historical, comparative and analytical perspectives. The student will be exposed to
the classical as well as contemporary theories on the origin, structure and dynamics of the
Family as a Universal Social Institution. Current empirical data will be applied to evaluate the
relevance of the Old and New theories.
SOC 226 STATISTICS OF REGRESSION AND CORRELATION ANALYSIS 3units
This will study measures of Dispersion – Central moments – skewness and kurtosis. Some
distributions- binomials, normal, Poisson correlation coefficients; linear estimation and time
series.
SOC 228
WOMEN IN SOCIETY
2 units
This course is designed to introduce students to the concept of gender among other key concepts.
It will also give an overview of the value and meaning given to the activities of women in
different spheres of society, particularly the devaluation of women’s work at the level of
production and reproduction. At the end of the course, students should have an understanding of
the extent to which perception of gender roles is incorporated into our worldviews and how these
shape social relationships. How these processes, particularly purely biological facts are given
cultural meanings and values could be focused upon. Students would be sensitised on how to
empower women for overall national development.
SOC 311
METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH I
3 units
The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic elements of Social Research
Methods. The course provides knowledge of the conceptual tools and processes of practical
research which students will be required to demonstrate in the Final Year Research Project.
At the end of the course, students should have a good knowledge and understanding of the
foundations of social research and be able to select and formulate good research topics
This course is a Prerequisite for SOC 321: Research Design and Analysis.
297
SOC 312
SOCIAL INEQUALITY AND SOCIAL STRATIFICATION
3 units
This course introduces students to the key concepts, scope and definition of social inequality and
social stratification. It includes an understanding of the factors of social inequality and the
various dimensions of social stratification as well as the theories that explain them and their
major exponents.
SOC 313
SOCIOLOGY OF CRIME AND DELINQUENCY I
3 units
The objective of this course is to introduce students to the basic elements in the study of Crime
and Delinquency. The course entails a critical analysis of the basic terms, and discusses the
relevance of the study of crime and delinquency to contemporary Nigerian society. The course
also discusses the various theories of Crime and Delinquency and their relevance to the
understanding of the incidence of these phenomenon in contemporary Nigerian society and
issues about the measurement of crime. At the end of the course, students should have a good
understanding of the problems of definition and measurement of crime and delinquency, and
have a good grasp of theoretical explanations of the incidence of various types of crime in the
society.
SOC315 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIAL POLICY & SOCIAL SERVICE
2 units
The course introduces students to the basic rationale for social work and social welfare as
problem solving process. It examines the historical development and cultural foundations of
social work. Students are also introduced to concepts and contents defining social work and
welfare as a field of study. Students are also expected to develop a frame of reference for
understanding the growth of social policy, social work and social services and their relationship
to each other in our cultural context.
SOC 316
SOCIOLOGY OF LAW
2 units
Central to the Sociology of Law is the view that law, as a social phenomenon is an appropriate
subject for sociological investigation, interpretation and explanation. The understanding of the
nature of law, its relations to other social control mechanisms, its sources, determinants and
functions and complex relationships between the social structure and the legal system of a
society are some of the concerns of sociology of law. Broadly defined therefore, Sociology of
Law is the application of sociological theories, insights and methods to the problems of law in
relation to society.
298
SOC 317
SOCIOLOGY OF AGEING/AGING
2 units
The focus of this course is on ageing as a social phenomenon that is, on the way age is built into
the social structure and on dynamic processes related to age. We draw attention to the importance
of the issue of ageing for the 21st century, which will see more and more old people because the
present population will live longer than its predecessor.
Age as usually perceived, is a social construct i.e. something we talk about, define and redefine
on the basis of social categories, and not purely chronological or biological ones. Although
ageing occurs throughout the life course, we shall be more concerned with the old in the society;
however old age may be variously defined.
Students are expected to attain the following course objectives:
I. To develop an understanding of the process and product of ageing from a sociological
perspective.
II. To appreciate the sociological theories utilized to explain social phenomenon related to
the ageing process and the old.
III. To develop and awareness and appreciation of the social significance of ageing in a
variety of cultural contexts.
IV. To appreciate the current situation of the old in the Nigerian society.
SOC 318
SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE
2 units
Throughout the course of history, the city has reflected some of the major tensions of human
existence. Tradition versus change, community versus self, ethnic homogeneity versus cultural
diversity; economic self-interest versus human compassion; and promises of wealth versus
realities of abject poverty. This course explores these issues and seeks to understand how city
people organise their relationship to other people, to urban geographic spaces, as well as what
they feel about these matters. Aspects of the Nigerian urban experience and especially of the city
of Lagos will be central to class discussions.
SOC 321
RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
3 units
Prerequisite – SOC 311
This course builds on the foundation in social research laid by SOC 311: Methods of Social
Research I. The course is aimed at equipping students with the necessary knowledge and skill for
successful execution of social research. The course covers various designs and modes of analysis
299
for research. At the end of the course, students should be able to design researches, collect useful
information and analyse same successfully with minimum supervision.
SOC 322
SOCIOLOGY OF CRIME AND DELIQUENCY II
3 units
This course builds on the foundation laid in SOC 313 Sociology of Crime and Delinquency I, in
the first semester. This course is aimed at enabling the students understand the pattern and extent
of crime in contemporary Nigeria, as well as the measures for the control of crime and
delinquency.
SOC 323
POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY
3 units
Political Sociology is that branch of Sociology that is concerned with the social causes and
consequences of given power distributions within and between societies, and with the social and
political conflicts that lead to changes in the allocation of power. It is also a subject area that
seeks to examine the links between politics and society, between social structures and political
structures and between social behaviour and political behaviour.
SOC 325
FORMAL ORGANISATIONS
3 units
The course begins with a discussion of the scope, significance of the study of formal
organisations and a pertinent survey of both classical and contemporary thoughts. This is
followed by an examination of structural properties and the attendant ramifications, both within
and across organisations.
SOC326 SOCIAL STRATIFICATION, SOCIAL STRUCTURES & SOCIAL CHANGES
2units
The course will expand student knowledge on Comparative stratification processes and systems
– concrete discussions and comparisons of approaches examined in First Semester. Social
Stratification in Africa and Nigeria: - Examination of the process using African and Nigerian
examples.
SOC 327
SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND ILLNESS RELATIONS
2 units
This course introduces the key concepts and modes of explanation within the discipline. It
attempts an examination of the social organisation of health care delivery systems across social
structures emphasizing the relationship of these with the cultural and social aspects of illness,
disorders as well as social relations inherent in health care institutions. The course lays the
300
foundation for the course SOC 418 – Sociology of Medicine. The importance of epidemiology
and the cultural ecology of both illness and medical care are stressed. The centrality of ‘sick role’
is also considered. The course sheds light on social aspects of diseases without ignoring the
biological dimensions.
SOC 328
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
2 units
This course will take the student through the following areas in the socio-religious studies viz: Theories of Marx and Weber on religion as dependent social variable. Religion vis-a-vis
morality in social and cultural policy. Religion and social research. Religion and psychology:
personal and social relations in health ministry; Religion and social differentiation, stratification.
Form of religious development and structures, institutionalization of deed, code, cult,
communion; priestly prophetically, church sect, Episcopal.
SOC 329 THE STRUCTURE, FUNCTION & PRINCIPLES OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES
2units
Prerequisite: SOC 315
This course considers the institutionalised provision of health, education, social security; housing
and family welfare services systems in Nigeria. It also introduces casework, group work,
community work and social administration as the major components of social services system.
The course deals with configuration of selected institutional social services like psychiatric
hospitals, orphanages, adoption homes, child guidance clinics and child care trust scheme.
SOC 411
CLASSICAL FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES
3 units
Prerequisite: SOC 211 and SOC 221
This course provides and introduction to the question of order in society, the nature and types of
theories in general and scientific theories in particular. It examines the attempts made by
classical school thinkers such as Hobbes, Locke, Adam Smith, Malthus, St. Simon, Auguste
Comte, Herbert Spencer, Karl Marx etc to provide answers to the Hobbesian problem of order.
Attempt is made in the course to indentify the contributions of these thinkers to such unit ideas
of current sociology as society, community, cultures, authority, power, social stratification and
social changes.
301
SOC 412
DEMOGRAPHY
3 units
The course is designed to introduce the students to the basic principles of demography. Some
basic concepts such as size, composition, distribution, population change, fertility, mortality,
nuptiality, divorce, migration etc are defined for clarity. However, basic measurements of
fertility, mortality, migration, population growth and labour force are treated in greater detail.
SOC 413
SOCIOLOGY OF THIRD WORLD DEVELOPMENT
3 units
The objective of this course is to introduce the undergraduate students who are nearing the end
of their programme to the core concepts, paradigms and models often employed in development
analysis. The purpose is to sharpen their interest in the field so that they begin to appreciate the
centrality of the issues to their age and the life of the country and the world at large. Several
definitions are explored with a view to highlighting the peculiarities of the Sociological
perspective. An attempt is also made to apply the tools and method s of sociological analysis to
x-ray some global development issues as a way of demonstrating the richness, versatility as well
as, the weakness of the sociological approach.
SOC 414
URBANISATION AND LABOUR MIGRATION I
3 units
This is a sessional course consisting of two composite units namely: SOC 414 in the First
Semester and SOC 433 in the Second Semester.
A large majority of rural communities are affected to some extent by processes of migration, and
the urban settings that have been the subject of sociological enquiry are very often formed by
large proportion of settings that have been the subject of sociological enquiry are very often
cities formed by large proportion of migrant inhabitants. Generally, migration is treated as a oneway process usually rural-urban, since this is the most evident historical trend, and one which
generates constant concern due to the demographic growth of cities, which especially in Africa,
continually outstrips their potential for economic development. However, a closer analysis of
migratory processes reveals that they are not exclusively one way. The crude statistics of ruralurban migration may disguise not only the frequency of return migration, but also the existence
of persons and families who regularly alternate their residences between rural communities and
towns. The regional focus of this course is Western and Southern Africa. The reading list is in
the main, drawn from monographs and journal articles rather than a concentration on textbooks
which are also included.
302
SOC 416/SOC 432 REGIONAL ETHNOGRAPHY: SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA I & II
3 units
Why study African Social Systems, i.e. the rationale/relevance of the course to contemporary
Sociological studies and analysis. An examination of sub-topics like the Geography and Climatic
conditions, Races, History, Culture Areas, and Language etc of these peoples may help us to
understand and explain the nature, dynamics and pattern of our socio-cultural environment for
the purpose of effective and socially relevant change. Secondly, to refute and redirect some of
the assumptions and positions that are biased and pejorative with regards to the previous way in
which some of the most important elements of our history and culture have been explained.
SOC 417
INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY
3 units
Discussions of concepts, different approaches and controversies in the discipline and its
relationship to other cognate areas of study and practice.
Theories in Industrial Sociology: Discussion and examination of theoretical origins of major
ideas, practices and modes of study, in the sociology of industry; development in terms of scale
and types of productive units historical and comparative perspectives.
The Internal Structure, Work Behaviour and Social Relationship in the Industrial Organisation
The nature of the organisation – structure, principles, problems; authority, communications and
decision making in the organisation, job satisfaction, leadership and supervision in the
organisation. Industrial interest groups- interest groups, consensus and conflict and their
resolution in the organisation.
Field Studies: Examination of at least 2 case studies of problems of industry related to the above
mentioned areas deriving from empirical studies in Nigeria and any other place.
Industrialisation, Industry and Social Structure: Examination of the phenomenon of
industrialisation in its historical and comparative perspectives and that of the relationship
between industrialisation, industry and social institutions.
SOC 418
SOCIOLOGY OF MEDICINE
2 units
Prerequisite: SOC 327
This course examines the development of the social organisation of health care delivery, the
social and cultural relations and implications with particular reference to the Nigerian context. It
303
compares the situation within other social systems. It considers the administrative, organisational
and professional complexity of modern health care delivery system. It identifies and deals with
problems that are faced with integrating the two parallel systems existing in Nigeria. It looks at
the organisation, staffing, functions and problems of specific private and public hospitals in
Nigeria. It examines certain areas of medical and nursing practice and considers some available
empirical studies in the field. HIV/AIDS and other related issues are focused.
SOC 424
FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL POLICY AND SOCIAL PLANNING
2 units
The course introduces students to the concepts, conditional factors and processes relevant to the
formation and analysis of social development policies and service systems. Particular emphasis
will be placed on examining these topics in the light of the Nigeria experience in specific and the
developing world in general.
SOC 425
PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK I
2 units
Prerequisite: SOC 315, SOC 329
The course is designed to consolidate the concepts already discussed in SOC 315, and illuminate
on principles, values and methods of social work within and outside Nigeria. The course
considers social work and its interface with other social science disciplines i.e. Psychology,
Sociology, Anthropology, Mass communication, Economics, Political Science and a host of
others. The course will attempt to delineate the frameworks and methods that underlie the
practice of social work as a profession. The methods will be viewed as an integral whole, which
serves the means to achieve social therapeutic ends.
A theoretical discussion of the basis of social work practice will be examined including the
demand and supply of social welfare assistance in our societies. Some emotional disorders will
be perused. The roles and appropriate application of casework, group work and community
organisation principles in Nigeria will be considered.
SOC 426
MARRIAGE AND FAMILY PLANNING
2 units
This course reviews the necessity for marriage, strategies, bride wealth, learning how to live
together in terms of mutual role expectations of couples. It attempts an evaluation and prediction
of marital success and cross-cultural influence on marriage. It examines family planning as a
practice for marital harmony and marriage stability.
304
SOC 431
CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES
3 units
Prerequisite: SOC 411
This course examines the ideas of the founding fathers of modern Sociological thought such as
Emile Durkheim, Max Weber, Vilfredo Pareto, George Simmel, Talcott Parsons, etc and their
influence on sociological schools of thought such as functionalism, social action, social
behaviourism, and symbolic interactionism. Cognisance is taken of the ideological components
of these various paradigms and also of their application to research in current sociology and
social psychology.
SOC 433
URBANISATION AND LABOUR MIGRATION II
3 units
This is a continuation of SOC 414 offered in the first semester. We will, especially in the second
semester approach migration from the urban perspective, studying how migrants are
incorporated into the urban environment, how migrant communities respond and change as a
result of urban life, and how the squatter settlements they form in turn change the nature and
characteristics of the city itself.
The reading list is in the main, drawn from monographs and journal articles rather than a
concentration on textbooks, which are also included.
SOC 434
RESEARCH ESSAY
6 units
Developing student’s skills in analysis and writing reports based on an empirical or library study
of a specific subject matter or topic in relevant social science disciplines. Students would present
a research-based report of not less than 8,000 words at the end of the fourth year.
The report should be typed on one side of A4 sized paper. Two hard cover bound copies of the
project report should be submitted to the department. The candidate’s name and the title of the
project should be written both on the cover as well as on the spine of the bound copies.
For the B.Sc (Sociology) degree programme, the project report should be bound in black cover.
SOC 435
SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT
3 units
The course covers various topics including:
1. Pre-colonial and Colonial Era and the Question of Underdevelopment.
2. The Post Colonial Era: The Immediate Post- Colonial Social and Political Structures; and
3. Contemporary Issues in Nigeria Development Seminars.
305
SOC 439
SOCIOLOGY OF POLICY MAKING AND PLANNING
2 units
Historical Comparative and Practical Perspectives using the tools provided by SOC 329. This
course focuses on the history nature and pattern of planning and policy-making process in
Nigeria. It situates where action in the context of the social structures and political economy and
offers comparative perspectives.
It takes issues and eases in Planning and policy making and applies some of the techniques of
policy making and planning to convey the nature of the problems, the institutional and
professional requirements, the relationship with the social system and the nature of problems.
SOC 440
PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SOCIAL WORK II
2 units
Prerequisite: SOC 315, 329, 425
A general orientation and drill in the specific methods of social work practice is expected. The
various methods and appropriate models in Social Case Work, Community Work, Social Policy
and Administration including Social Research are elucidated.
The fields of Social Work Practice: Poverty and Relief, Health including Mental dimension,
Family Welfare, Youth Service, Correctional Institutions, Gerontological Services, schools and
industries are examined.
SOC 441
POPULATION POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES
2 units
Population Policies Concepts and Types: Population trend and policies in Europe in the 19th and
20th centuries; the birth control movement; the genesis of the state intervention; pre-natal and
antenatal policies; family allowances in France and Belgium. Current trends and policies in the
Third World: The UN world population conference (1974/1984/1994) and the world population
plan of action; and family planning programme and the effectiveness in less developed societies.
Section B:
Philosophy
The graduates of the Accounting Programme should be well grounded in analytical techniques
and the use of information and communication technology that will enable them to successfully
pursue postgraduate studies in specialized areas of Accounting. They should also be able to
function effectively in both public and private sectors in all areas of accounting.
306
Section C:
Objectives
The objectives of the Department’s programme, which derive from its philosophy, are to:
i.
Provide basic knowledge and skills needed for the understanding and analysis of
problems related to the management of industrial, commercial, public and other
human organizations:
ii.
Equip students with the skills required for identifying and defining problems and
taking appropriate decisions, using scientific techniques and tools:
iii.
Inculcate in students the awareness of, and sensitivity to, environmental factors
and conditions and their impact on accounting and managerial practices and
decisions: and
iv.
Develop in students, leadership and interpersonal skills which are needed for
working efficiently and effectively in organisations in order to achieve optimal
use of scarce resources for maximum benefits.
Section D:
Rationale/Justification
We are in a dynamic environment. The only thing that is constant is change itself.
Curriculum designed at the inception of the Department in 1962 is due for review to reflect
current developments.
Our products should be marketable and acceptable in the industry. The need to equip our
graduates with modern thinking and research cannot be over-emphasized apart from making
them competitive globally.
Section E:
Admission Requirements
Students are normally admitted to either the 100-Level course or the 200-Level, depending upon
entry qualifications
100-level Students
5 credits at a sitting from WASC or NECO. These credits must include Maths, English and
Economics. Students must have passed meritoriously in the JAMB and post-UME Exams.
200-level Students
5 credits at a sitting from WASC or NECO plus at least three Advanced Level papers at credit
levels minimum, or its equivalent.
307
Section F:
Course Content
SUMMARY OF B.Sc. (Hons.) COURSES
B. Sc Accounting
100 Level
(First Semester)
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
GST 105
The Use of English I
2
C
100
FBA 110
Algebra For Business Students
3
C
Level
ECN 111
Principles of Microeconomics
3
R
CMP 103
Introduction to Computer
2
R
ACC 110
Introduction to Accounting
3
C
Plus minimum of 4 Units from the following
POL 102
Nigerian Constitutional Development
2
E
HIS
History of West Africa
3
E
PSY 100
Introduction to Psychology
3
E
SOC 111
Introduction to Sociology
4
E
FRE
French I
2
E
103
187
17/18/19/20
TOTAL
(Second Semester)
Course
Course Title
Units
Status
Code
FBA 120
Calculus for Business Students
3
C
ECN 121
Principles of Macro Economics
3
C
IRP
120
Human Resource Management
3
C
BUS
120
Principles of Management
3
C
Plus minimum of 6 Units from the following
Optional Courses
GST 214
Basic Computer Studies
E
2
FRE 188
French II
E
3
PSY 101
Introduction to Psychology II
E
3
POL 113
Introduction to African Politics
E
3
SOC 122
Nigerian Heritage
3
308
200 Level
(First Semester)
Course
Course Title
Units
Status
Code
ACC 210
Principles of Financial Accounting
3
C
CIL 308
Business Law
3
C
GST 201
General African Studies
2
C
INS 210
Introduction to Insurance
3
C
ECN 211
Micro Economics II
4
C
FIN 210
Introduction to Finance
3
BUS 211
Introduction to Management
3
IRP 210
Foundations of Industrial Relations
3
200 Level
(Second Semester)
Course
Course Title
Units
Status
Code
GST 202
General African Studies II
2
C
ACC 220
Elements of Cost Accounting
3
C
FBA 220
Introduction to Business Statistics
3
C
BUS 221
Introduction to Management Theory and Practice
3
C
FBA 223
Business Communication
3
C
ECN 221
Macro Economics
4
FIN 220
Introduction to Money and Banking
3
IRP 220
Foundations of Personnel Management
3
300 Level
(First Semester)
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
FIN 310
Business Finance I
3
C
CIL
Company Law
3
C
FBA 310
Business Statistical Methods
3
C
FBA 311
Business Information Technology
3
C
ACC 310
Cost Accounting
3
C
306
309
GST 307
Entrepreneurship and Corporate Governance I
2
ACC 311
Financial Accounting
3
ACC 312
Taxation I
3
300 Level
(Second Semester)
Course Code
BUS 320
Course Title
Personnel Management (Human Resource
Units
Status
3
C
Management)
ACC 320
Management Accounting I
3
C
FIN 320
Business Finance II
3
C
ACC 321
Accounting Theory
3
C
ACC 322
Principles of Auditing
3
E
ACC 323
Research Methodology in Accounting
3
GST 308
Entrepreneurship & Corporate Governance II
2
400 Level
(First Semester)
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ACC 410
Management Accounting II
3
C
ACC 413
Research Project
3
C
BUS 410
Business Policy and Strategic Management
3
C
ACC 411
Advanced Financial Accounting I
3
C
ACC 412
Public Sector Accounting
3
C
FBA 410
Quantitative Methods
3
ACC 414
Introduction to International Accounting
3
ACC 415
Introduction to Mines Accounting
3
FIN 418
International Monetary Relations and Financial Systems
3
310
400 Level
(Second Semester)
Course Code
Course Title
Units
Status
ACC 420
Auditing and Investigation
3
C
BUS 420
International Business
3
C
ACC 421
Management Information Systems and Computer Application
3
C
FBA 420
Corporate Social Responsibility
3
C
ACC 422
Taxation II
3
C
ACC 423
Advanced Financial Accounting II
3
ACC 424
Introduction to Petroleum Accounting
3
ACC 425
Forensic Accounting
3
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF EACH COURSE
1.
2.
ACC 110:
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING
-
Definition of Accounting
-
Double Entry Principles
-
Steps Involved in Book-keeping
-
Books of Original Entry & Posting to the Ledger
-
Cash Transaction & Bank Reconciliation
-
Trial Balance
-
Final Accounts of Sole Proprietor and Adjustment
GST
105:
THE USE OF ENGLISH
The course is designed to enable students acquire improved study skills and better
communicative skills in the use of English for general and academic purposes at the
university level. The emphasis in GST 105 is on developing through lectures/discussions
and weekly exercises students’ study skills, listening, reading and comprehension skills,
improved knowledge of English grammar and usage: vocabulary development, etc. all of
which are needed to provide a smooth transition from the secondary school to the
university in terms of the language needs for academic purposes.
311
3.
FBA
110:
ALGEBRA FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS
The course is intended to provide solid foundation in algebra and introduce students to
mathematics reasoning and substituting symbols for verbal statements. Topics to be
covered include concepts and manipulation of sets, real and imaginary numbers, vector
matrices and determinants.
4.
ECN 111:
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Elementary presentation of microeconomic theory. Topics include the nature and scope
of economics and the distinction between micro-and macro-economics; tools of
economic analysis and scientific method; basic concepts in economics; the price theory;
consumer behaviour; theory of supply especially analysis of production costs,
equilibrium of the profit maximizing firm, and types of competition; factor market
analysis and the theory of distribution; introduction to welfare economics.
5
FSC
103:
INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE
Computer hardware: functional components, modern input/output units
Computer software: operating system, application packages.
Program Development: flowcharts and Algorithms
Program objects. Basic programming language fundamentals.
6.
POL 102:
NIGERIAN CONSTITUTIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The course is designed to examine and analyse trend of constitutional development from
the colonial era to the present date. It focuses on the landmark of various constitutions
from the colonial to the post colonial eras. It explains the environmental factors that
influenced the constitutional development or changes at any given time.
7.
HIS
103:
HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA
This course discusses the challenges of state formation and the mobilization of resources
for this goal in West Africa during the period under consideration.
8.
PSY
100:
Definitions:
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
Basic concepts and History of Psychology.
Psychological bases of
behaviour; Social bases of behaviour; motivation and emotion; sensation and perception.
312
9.
SOC 111:
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
The course is intended to expose new Sociology students to the elementary concepts,
tools and techniques of Sociology Analysis. The course is divided into five parts.
10.
(i)
Part A: Elements of sociology Analysis;
(ii)
Part B: Social Organization/Group Behaviour;
(iii)
Part C: Elements of Sociological/Problems;
(iv)
Part D: Analysis of Major Sociological Problems; and
(v)
Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest.
FRE
187:
FRENCH 1
The course is to acquaint Science students with the basic knowledge of French language,
with special reference to scientific concepts, ideas, expressions and words in French. To
guarantee rewarding better letter learning for students, the course is divided into two
parts, with the first part dealing with French language fundamentals such as the alphabet,
sounds and essentials of French grammar, and the second part dealing with specifics in
Science from the French language perspective.
11.
100 LEVEL: SECOND SEMESTER COURSES
FBA
120:
CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS
Limits and Differentiation, Integration and its applications, coordinate geometry,
permutations and combination and prior probability.
12.
ECN 121:
PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS
Elementary treatment of macroeconomic theory which includes the following topics: the
Circular flow of Income and system of National Income Accounting; basic Keynesian
model and National Income determination; Consumption, Savings and Investment
functions; fiscal and monetary policy; trade, balance of payments, inflation
unemployment, growth and development.
13.
IRP
120:
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
This course seeks to introduce students to the elementary concepts, values and
philosophy of the discipline of human resource management and to lead them to
appreciate the curriculum they are expected to get through so as to become professionals
in the area.
Topics to be covered include functional areas of human resource
management, supply and demand characteristics of labour, organization of the personnel
313
functions, manpower planning, motivation, leadership styles, training and development,
performance appraisal, disciplinary procedures, employee welfare.
14.
BUS
120:
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
This course seeks to introduce the students to the basic foundational knowledge of
human resource management, theories and practices dealing with factors in people and in
the work environment which influence people and management.
15.
GST
214:
BASIC OMPUTER STUDIES
Introduction to using personal computer hardware and software.
Using personal
computers as effective problem-solving tools for the present and future. Experience with
common application software including word processing, spreadsheet, database
management and electronic communication.
16.
FRE
188:
FRENCH II
Continuation of FRE 187, with specific focus on the acquisition of words and
expressions that are related to the professional interests/orientation of the students.
17.
PSY
101:
Learning:
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY II
Human Development; Personality; consumer Psychology; Abnormal
Psychology; Forensic/Legal Psychology.
18.
POL 113:
INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN POLITICS
The course focuses on the nature of the African state, politics and economy. It explains
the impact of colonialism, neo-colonialism on the African State. It also pays particular
attention on succession problems in post-colonial Africa, military rule and its impact on
democratization.
19.
SOC 122:
NIGERIAN HERITAGE
The course is designed to examine the response of the Nigerian culture to change. At the
end of the course, the student should have a full grasp of the concepts of social heritage,
social change and culture and be able to distinguish between material and non-material
culture. It is believed that all aspects of culture do not respond uniformly to the process
of change. The concept of socialization as being responsible for the most enduring
314
aspect of culture will be pursued. An idea that should engage students’ attention relate to
the issue of which aspect of our heritage can be commercialized and which aspect should
be combined with the borrowed culture to produce that which can contribute more
meaningfully to national development.
20.
ACC 120:
INTRODUCTION TO COST ACCOUNTING
The course is designed to introduce students into elements of cost accounting as a
foundation for coping with more advanced studies in later semester. The course covers
the Nature and Scope of Cost Accounting; Break-Even Analysis and Cost-VolumeProfit-Relationship; Marginal costing and absorption costing; Material Pricing; and
Quantitative Models for Materials.
200 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER
21.
ACC 210:
PRINCIPLES OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
The nature and scope of accounting; the role of accountants. The accounting function
and its relationship with the information systems of organizations.
procedures and systems.
Accounting
Double entry book-keeping accounting systems, the trial
balance, accruals, prepayments and adjustment; classification of expenditure between
capital and revenue. Methods of recording account data: manual and mechanical.
Manufacturing, trading and profit and loss accounts and balance sheets of a sole trader;
Accounting treatment of control accounts and bank reconciliation.
Partnership Accounts: formation, operation and preparation of final accounts.
Incomplete records, accounts of clubs and societies.
Company accounts: Introduction to company accounts; Simple final accounts.
22.
CIL
308:
BUSINESS LAW
The Nigerian Legal System Source of Nigeria Law; hierarchy of Nigerian Courts,
Commercial arbitration. Law of Contracts; Commercial contracts: Passing off and “Trade
Libel” Company law; Introduction to Company Law, powers and functions of Directors.
Introduction to Taxation Laws.
23.
GST
201:
GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES
Library Studies, Evolution, Sudanese States, Early History.
315
24.
INS
210:
INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE
Historical developments of insurance. Insurance carries the risk of an institution. The
scope of insurance. The general functions of insurance. Detailed analysis of the various
classes of insurance. Company organization and operations. The insurance contract and
its analysis. Social insurance, pension schemes. Group insurances. Current legislation in
Nigeria on insurance business.
25.
ECN 211:
MICRO ECONOMICS II
The analysis stresses aggregate economic variable treated algebraically and graphically.
Course topics include the determination of the level of economic activity, the basic
model of national income determination, the theories of consumption and investment.
The Keynesian classical and neo-classical theories
of money. Inflation, output and employment and the general equilibrium of the product,
money and labour markets. The level of employment and economic growth.
26.
FIN
210:
INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE
The nature and risks of finance: The limited liability company. The firm and its
objectives. The objective of financial decisions. The financial function-investment,
financing and dividend. Financial Management as a tool for planning and control of
company operations. Principles for planning and control of company operations, sources
of finance-short and medium term, long-term. The stock market; Functions, meaning of
market price, market value and market participants: Information available to investors:
economy, industry and company information. Understanding company financial
information: Ratio analysis based on balance sheet information: short-term ratios,
performance ratios and financing ratios. Various “markets” ratios derived from price
dividend and earnings-earnings yields, dividend yield and price seaming ratio. Mechanics
of discounting – compound interest, present value, annuities, terminal values and
perpetuities. Arithmetic and geometric progression. Investment, consumption and
exchange.
27.
BUS
211:
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT
The fields of Business Administration. Concepts of management. Managers, authority,
responsibility, accountability, and administration. Organic Business functions. What
managers and top administrators do in organizations. Managing the total organization
316
using the systems approach.
Organisations as open social systems.
Examples of
manufacturing, services and agricultural business units as systems of inputs,
transformation processes, outputs, and feedback.
The management process. The functions performed by managers in organizations, their
rationale, and their limits on controlling business activities and behaviour.
Setting
objectives: Planning and Organising resources. Controlling and co-ordinating activities.
Directing, Innovating, Motivating personnel. Staffing; Providing leadership by reducing
or preventing uncertainty.
Making decisions.
Management knowledge, skills, and
behavioural styles in Nigeria.
Management techniques observable in Nigerian Organisations.
New concepts of
management that may be applied in Nigeria. Measuring the performance of organization.
Making changes in existing parastatals and business establishments in Nigeria.
28.
IRP
210:
FOUNDATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
To familiarize students with the broad field of Industrial Relations and thereby provide a
foundation for subsequent courses in industrial relations. The course provides a general
introduction to the study of trade unions, employers, organization, collective bargaining,
industrial conflict, labour economics and labour managerial relations.
200 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER COURSES
29.
GST
202:
GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES II
Introduction
Aims and Objectives of the course.
To understand the relationship to modern
management problems.
Dimensional Characteristics – Size and Area. Position and Prominent Features.
Physical Characteristics
Geological Structure and Development, Relief and Landscape, Drainage and hydrograph.
Climate Characteristics
Temperature patterns, Wind Systems, Pressure Belts, Rainfall distribution, Intensity,
Periodicity etc., Ocean Currents.
317
Biogeographically Characteristics
Vegetation, Faunal Life, Soils.
Human Occupancy
Ethnographic Summary, Population Density and Distribution, Settlement Patters and
Urbanization, Migration.
Economic Activities
Agriculture, Fishing and Forestry, Mining and industrial Development, Power Supply
and Distribution, The role and Modes of Transportation, External Economic
Relations/co-operation.
Political Development
Leadership, Stability, Role Expectations and Conflict.
Problems of Modern Development
Manpower and Training, Dependence Vs Independence, New directions..
30.
ACC 220:
ELEMENTS OF COST ACCOUNTING
Objectives and purpose of Cost Accounting. The principles underlying the preparation
and presentation of ‘cost’: viz: historical cost, standard cost, marginal cost, average cost,
etc. Cost units and cost centers. The elements of cost; and classification of costs.
Cost accounting for materials, labour, overheads and equipment. Job and process cost
accounting; elements of marginal costing, standard costing and budgetary control.
Double entry accounts for cost control.
31.
FBA
220:
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS
Nature of statistics, statistical inquiries, forms and design. The role of statistics, basic
concepts in statistics, discrete and continuous variables, functional relationships, source
of data. Methods of collecting primary data. Presentation of statistical data, measures of
central tendency, measures of dispersion, moments, skewness and kurtosis, elementary
probability distribution: Normal, Binomial, Poisson and Hyper geometric.
318
32.
BUS
221:
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT THEORY
AND PRACTICE
The concept of business environment. The concept of organisations. The concept of
interactions between organizations and relevant business environment. The environment
of an organization as a source of inputs, and as a repository for the outputs or
organizations. Models of relationships between organizations and their environment.
How to measure the major aspects of the environments of an organization. Examples of
classroom, department, faculty, university, community, state and country, as general
environment, for given business activities. The Nigerian business system in charts, facts,
figures and general descriptions; the role of government in the business system. The
factors affecting public and private organizations in Nigeria. The laws, conventions,
socio-cultural practice, beliefs,
economic structure, financial, monetary, as well as
budgetary policies of state and Federal Government, affecting organizations.
The
National Rolling Plan and business-activities in Nigeria. The Economic Community Of
West African States (ECOWAS) as an extension of the environment of business in West
Africa. How to manage the interface between given organization and their relevant
environment. Developing awareness of how given variables in the Nigerian business
environment affect organizational success and failure.
Business and management
strategy formation as a way of dealing with future changes in the environment.
Techniques of forecasting trends and changes in the environment or organization.
33.
FBA
223:
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION
This course deals with effective business communication and covers communication
theory, fundamentals of business writing, business correspondences, business report
writing and other forms of business communication.
34.
ECN 221:
MACRO ECONOMICS
National Income Accounting; The Theory of National Income Determination. National
Income and the Price Level, Economic Planning, Growth and Development.
35.
FIN
220:
INTRODUCTION TO MONEY AND BANKING
The Course objective is to provide students with the knowledge that would enable them
have a good grasp and understanding of the concepts of money and banking, their roles
319
and importance in an economy. It also aims at equipping students with the necessary
tools for the appraisal and formulation of financial policies. Course contents include: the
nature, forms and functions of money; banking concepts, principles and functions of
different types of banking institutions, with particular reference to the development and
structure of the Nigerian banking system. The place of banks in the circular flow of
income and payments monetary creation, the banks and money supply; the role of nonbank financial intermediaries. Financial intermediaries and the savings investment
process.
Money and capital markets.
Students are also introduced to aspects of monetary theories, inflation and credit creation,
money and economic activity monetary and fiscal policies and international trade and
finance.
36.
IRP
220:
FOUNDATIONS OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
This course seeks to inculcate in students the values and philosophy of the discipline of
human resources management and to lead them to appreciate the curriculum they are
expected to get through so as to become professionals in the area.
300 LEVEL: FIRST SEMESTER COURSES
37.
FIN
310:
BUSINESS FINANCE I
This course deals with the investment decisions of the firm under conditions of certainty,
the problems of mutually exclusive projects, capital rationing and inflation, the
measurement and usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision and the relevance of
dividend decision for the firm are discussed. Students will also be introduced to the
concept of capital market efficiency and the pricing of capital assets.
38.
CIL
306:
COMPANY LAW
General Introduction
Formation of company
Incorporation documents
Corporate doctrines
Administration of company
Capital
Determination.
320
39.
FBA
310:
BUSINESS STATISTICAL METHODS
Elementary Sampling Theory, Estimation Theory, Student’s distribution,
Statistical decision Theory, Tests of Hypotheses for small and large samples, Chi-square
distribution and Test of Goodness of fit, Linear Regression, Correlation Theory, index
Number, Time Series and Analysis of Time Series.
40.
FBA
311:
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
This course is designed to provide an introductory platform of information system for
business students. It is designed also to familiarize students with organizational and
managerial foundations of systems, the technical foundation for understanding
information system in enhancing business processes and management decision making
across the enterprise and the process of building and managing systems.
Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing-brief history and conventional data
Processing methods; manual methods and mechanized methods, classification of systems
and their relative merits closed loop and open loop systems: effect on time-tag; the total
system approach and objectives; total systems and subsystems.
Data processing and management information systems (MIS), the organization of MIS
including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and
the principles of systems design and documentation. Managerial uses of the information
output as a basic for developing criteria and systems. Information needs of management
and design of MIS. Computer and Data Processing-evolution of the computer and the
Computer system input, output and central processing unit Hardware and Software,
Introduction to common computer programming languages used in business (COBOL,
FORTRAN, SPSS etc) Electronic Data Process (EDP) methods; batch processing, realtime processing and the management of EPD, Business Systems hierarchical structure of
Organizations; the sub-optimization issue.
41.
ACC 310:
COST ACCOUNTING
A review of the history, principles and objectives (in terms of users) of Cost Accounting
(Information). Preparation and presentation of Cost Accounting information for various
users and levels of management as well as various types of businesses. Cost Accounting
aspect of materials, labour, and overheads. Integrated and uniform costing, Job costing
321
(including contract and batch). Process costing (detailed treatment of joint and byproduct as well as spoilage). Marginal costing (Breakeven and Cost-Volume-Profit
Analysis). Standard costing and budgetary control - variances and variance analysis:
quantity, rate, cost and efficiency variances; behavioural aspects of cost accounting.
Topical issues in cost accounting.
42.
GST
307:
ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE I
Knowing your Business Environment
.
Starting your own Business
Managing your Own Business
Funding, Servicing and Financing Your Own Business
Corporate Governance
43.
ACC 311:
FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Company Accounts: formation, issue and redemption of shares and debentures, final
accounts, merging, amalgamation, absorption, etc, including statutory requirements of
company accounts in respect of each area. Advanced partnership accounts: admission,
retirement, dissolution, change of interest, including the treatment of goodwill on
admission/retirement, conversion of partnerships of limited companies, amalgamation of
partnerships.
Departmental and Branch Accounts (Home and Foreign Branches). Introduction to
interpretation of accounts and financial statements analysis - Funds flow statements.
44.
ACC 312:
TAXATION I
Outline of Nigerian system of Income Tax: administration; structure and procedures,
returns, assessment, appeal, postponement, collection - with reference to all necessary
legislations. Distinction between the taxation of income and the taxation of capital.
Personal Income Tax:
The law and practice of income tax relating to individuals,
exempting, and treatments of losses.
Computation and assessable income
commencement and cessation of trade or business.
322
Company Tax:
The principles and scope of company tax. The small company
provisions, including definitions, computations and exemption. Capital Allowances.
300 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER COURSES
45.
BUS
320:
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT)
Course Contents
An overview of Personnel Management, Human Resource Planning, Staffing –
Recruitment, Selection and Placement, Training and Development, Compensation
Management, Performance Appraisal, Employee Discipline, Labour – Management
Relations.
46.
ACC 320:
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING I
The nature and objectives of Management Accounting. The preparation, interpretation
and presentation of business budget, forecasts and other advanced forms of cost accounts
in aid of Management.
Budgets and Budgetary Control. To include short and long-term budgeting, relationship
between budgets and Standard Costing.
Preparation of budgets of various types. Types of standard and significance and analysis
of causes of variances.
Behavioural considerations with reference to known authoritative works. Participation,
negation, budgetary slack, feedback.
A review of process costing, product costing, including joint and by products and their
application to decision-making situations.
An introduction to investment decision making; returns on capital employed and the
payback period, basic discounting techniques. Internal Rate of Return and Net Present
Value.
Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis; different models.
323
47.
FIN
320:
BUSINESS FINANCE I
Deals with the financial decisions of the firm. Topics to be covered include sources of
finance and the raising of new finance by business enterprises, working capital
management, lease financing, mergers and acquisitions. The techniques of financial
planning and control: the interpretation and analysis of financial statements. Other
special problem areas relating to the financing, of the unincorporated business, small
business and agricultural financing in Nigeria will be analysed.
48.
ACC 321:
ACCOUNTING THEORY
The nature and role of accounting theory.
accounting theory.
A brief history of the development of
Types of methodology of accounting theory.
The regulatory
framework and the impact of government on the development of accounting theory. The
Accounting Profession, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, An overview of the
International financial Report Standards (IFRS), the Companies and Allied Matters Act,
Securities and Exchange Commission, Stock Exchange, etc. Accounting concepts - a
review of their evolution, implication, conflicts and possible alternatives.
The
measurement of periodic income-net income concepts, revenue and expenses, gains and
losses (including extraordinary items), criticisms of reported net income and the
problems of net income measurement. The measurement of capital. The balance sheet:
valuation of assets and liabilities.
The impact of price-level changes on financial
statements and methods of accounting for them.
Social Responsibility Accounting, Corporate Social Responsibility. Human Resources
Accounting.
The Current Issues in the Development of Accounting Theory-the work of standardssetting bodies (Local and International).
49.
ACC 322:
PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING
The nature and purpose of an audit. The role of the auditor - internal audit, external
audit, reporting responsibilities, appointment, dismissal, resignation. The concepts of
“true and fair”, “independence of auditor”.
Relationship of auditors to directors,
shareholders and other users of financial statements.
324
Audit planning - initial review of accounting system, evaluation of internal control
system and procedures, development of an audit programme.
Audit procedures,
vouching of accounts, verification of assets, sampling techniques, flowcharting,
stocktaking procedures, letter of representation; the audit report, statutory requirement
for audit report (Companies and Allied Matters Act, 1990, as amended). Types of audit
report, professional requirements, duties and power under statute and case law,
independence and ethical considerations.
50.
ACC 323:
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY IN ACCOUNTING
This course is designed to train students in the skills of scientific information gathering,
analysis and interpretation in dealings with business and organizational problems in
Nigeria. Through reading, assignment and direct experience, students will be exposed to
the art of problem identification and analysis, data gathering and analysis and report
writing.
Emphasis will be placed on the scientific approach at every stage.
The
problems and prospects of business research in a seller’s market like Nigeria will be
examined.
51.
GST
308:
ENTREPRENEURSHIP & CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE II
This is the practical to GST 307. It covers proposal writing, business briefs and
feasibility studies and defence.
400 LEVEL FIRST SEMESTER COURSES
52.
ACC 410:
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING II
The application of statistical techniques for the presentation of accounting information.
Accounting reports for boards of directors, other executives and external users.
Information for decision-making; elements of decision-making.
Cost concepts and
decisions; use, meaning and measurement of relevant incremental and marginal costs;
meaning of opportunity costs; optimization, with limiting factors; idle capacity.
Applications of decision-making; adoption of new products; product mix; alternative
methods of manufacture; discontinuing product lines; make or buy and sell or process
325
further; shut down and temporary closure, conversion, etc. Valuation of shares and
business - going concern and break-up basis.
53.
ACC 413:
RESEARCH PROJECT
An empirical research on a contemporary issue in the field of accounting under a
designated Supervisor should be conducted by every final year Student. A Research
Report should be submitted for grading.
54.
BUS
410:
BUSINESS POLICY AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Concepts of Strategy in relation to businesses, corporations, and management. Ideas of
linkage between organisation and their relevant environments as the basis of strategy
formulation and implementation.
Concepts of policies, decision-making, business
objectives, performance criteria, structure, and managerial behaviour.
The major
contributions of courses in finance, accounting, insurance, economics, behavioural
sciences, and management to business policy and decision-making.
Practice in
calculating simple financial and economic indices from business data and other
accounting information. Teaming the behavioural implication of courses of action that
are considered rational on the basis of financial and economic indices computed. The
course will emphasis the use of all salient ideas gained from other courses in the
undergraduate programme.
The strategic framework. Examples of basic corporate objectives. Factors in the
business environment of specific firms in Nigeria.
Analysing a firm’s opportunities and threats, strengths and weaknesses. Selecting
strategies and structure. Deriving the strategies, policies and structures, of public limited
liability companies from their published annual reports. Developing the skills of students
in developing clear business objectives, writing clear strategies and policies, and
presenting structures that are capable of being used in implementing chosen strategies.
55.
ACC 411:
ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I
Review of company accounts. Group accounts - preparation of consolidated accounts,
elimination of intra-group balances and profit on intra-group transactions. Treatment of
minority interest and cost of control balance.
326
Accounting problems of group companies, including multinationals, takeovers, mergers,
reconstructions, reorganizations, associate companies. Accounting for acquisitions and
mergers.
Accounting for foreign operations - foreign branches/affiliates, methods of conversion,
etc.
Valuation of shares and business - going concern and break-up basis.
Bankruptcy and insolvency - requirements of the statute and accounting for bankruptcy
and insolvency.
56.
ACC 412:
PUBLIC SECTOR ACCOUNTING
Introduction to public sector accounting - distinction between public and private sectors,
basic accounting for not-for-profit (NFP) organizations, unique characteristics of NFP,
classification of NFP; basic characteristics of governmental accounting.
Structure of governmental accounting in Nigeria, the treasury, audit department,
consolidated revenue fund, capital and development fund.
Financial accounting and analysis - use of self accounting system, fund accounting
system and standardized uniform forms of transactions.
Decision-making and planning and control of public fund - application of costing
method; budgeting processes; the use of Audit Department; accounting for local
government; education and health institutions, Planning, Programming and Budgeting
System (PPBS).
Recent developments and issues in the public sector - implication of Nigeria’s
membership of the ECOWAS and effect of restructuring the public sector.
327
57.
FBA
410:
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
This course is designed to expose students to advanced quantitative techniques with a
view to ensuring they possess the ability to cope with and tackle management decision
problems. Topics covered include mathematical programming, transportation and
assignment models, conflict analysis and game theory, project management and other
operations research models, replacement, inventory, line balancing, routing and
sequencing, search, markov chains.
58.
ACC 414:
INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
Preamble
The world has become a global village, courtesy of advancement in technology.
Accounting graduates need to be aware of the linkages, ramifications, conditions and
demands of the global economy.
Accounting is the language of business. The knowledge of international accounting will
produce accounting information that reflects the internal reporting to business managers
operating in different nations and cultures.
Objectives
At the end of the course, students should have been exposed to:
-
Standard international accounting techniques
-
The descriptive and the normative solutions to international accounting problems
-
Trade – off between the integration and differentiation of issues within each areas
of international accounting
-
Opportunities to explore the new facets of international accounting.
Contents:
The need for International Accounting
International Diversity in Accounting
Exchange Rate Risk Management
Organizational and performance Evaluation of Multinational operations.
Capital Budgeting for Multinationals
Accounting for Foreign currency Transactions and Translation
Accounting for Inflation Internationally
International Taxation and Value Added Taxation.
328
59.
ACC 415:
INTRODUCTION TO MINES ACCOUNTING
Course Objective
Exploration of Mineral Resources has the potential to impact seriously on the economy,
the environment and the culture of a people.
The impacts go beyond the present
generation to several future generations. Mining is a specialized operation dominated by
Multinational Companies with huge Capital outlay and good appetite for risks. The
course will expose undergraduate Accounting students to the peculiarities of mining
projects and help them develop skills in managing and accounting for mining operations
in a way that will result in a sustainable development.
Course Outline
The Course covers the following areas:
1.
Geological Concepts
-
Minerals, rocks; Ore deposits
-
Types of Ore deposits
-
Exploration methods
2.
Mineral Mining and Processing Methods
3.
The Environment of Mining in Nigeria
4.
5.
-
Legal Framework
-
Regulatory Framework
-
Social/Ethnical issues in Mining
Mineral Resource Taxation
-
Royalty/Income Taxation
-
Tin Capitalization
-
Tax Treatment and Multinational Mining companies (MMNC)
-
Transfer Pricing and use of Subsidiaries
-
Capital allowance and Mining operations.
Governance in Mining Environment
-
Sustainability Concept/Resource Curse
-
The concept of sustainable development
329
6.
7.
60.
FIN
-
Sharing benefit streams among levels of Government
-
Mining and Inter generational Equity
-
Managing Income Streams for Sustainable development
-
Tripple bottom-line Reporting
Investment in Mining Operation
-
Mining project appraisal and approval process
-
Mining Life Cycle
Mining and the Environment
-
Mining Project development Life cycle
-
Site Environmental baseline conditions
-
Environmental Impact of Mines through Mine Life Cycle
418:
INTERNATIONAL MONETARY RELATIONS AND
FINANCIAL SYSTEMS
Students will be exposed to various aspects of the basis for international exchange,
balance of payments analysis, international monetary financial cooperation and the
international monetary reforms as they affect developing countries.
400 LEVEL SECOND SEMESTER COURSES
61.
ACC 420:
AUDITING AND INVESTIGATION
The provisions of the Companies and Allied Matters Act, 1990 (as amended) as they
affect the auditor.
Advanced auditing procedures - internal control procedures:
organization structure; separation of duties and responsibilities, authorization procedures,
physical controls and suitability of personnel, revenues; purchases; inventory and cash
cycles; cut-off procedures -sampling and statistical techniques; system design and audit
considerations.
Audit Policy - audit of group accounts - overseas subsidiaries; assessment of materiality
and the application of judgment in matters to be disclosed. The post-audit client review.
The audit of accounts of solicitors and charitable and other non-profit-oriented
undertakings.
Auditing of computer-based accounting system.
330
The study and evaluation of internal control systems, EDP, flow charting, attributable
sampling; statistical sampling in performing the audit, use of specialists.
Investigation - Investigation for clients prior to investment in or acquisition of a business.
Prospectus investigation; special investigations and report.
62.
BUS
420:
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Organic business functions of marketing, production, finance and personnel in Nigeria.
Management process of corporate
planning, budgeting and control, business
performance appraisal, managing by objectives, motivating group and individual efforts
and generally relating an organization to the changes taking place in the environment.
Predicting the dynamic environment. Anticipating the impact of environment changes on
strategies and performance of a firm. Analysis of the role of employee and managerial
behaviour in success or failure of strategy implementation. Problem of matching
organization with strategy and introducing change in the way members of the firm
execute given tasks. The issues of learning and unlearning in the interest of adjusting
strategies and policies to a firm’s performance experience. Strategy in the functional
areas. Determining the markets and marketing strategies for Nigerian firms and products.
Research and Development strategies in Nigeria. Production and Procurement strategies.
Personnel and Industrial Relations strategy in Nigeria. The design of financial strategies
and policies. Behavioural and structural strategies for implementing chosen business
strategies integrated analysis. Recent developments affecting the strategy formulation
and implementation processes of firms in Nigeria.
63.
ACC 421:
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND
COMPUTER APPLICATION
Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing - brief history and conventional data
processing methods.
Manual methods and mechanized methods.
Classification of
systems and their relative merits. Closed loop and open systems: effect on time-lags, the
total approach and objectives; total systems an sub-systems.
Data processing and Management Information Systems (MIS). The organization of MIS,
including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and
the principles of systems design and documentation.
331
Managerial uses of the information output as a basis of developing criteria and systems
information needs of management and design of MIS.
Computer and Data Processing evolution of the computer programming languages used
in business (COBOL, FORTRAN, SPSS, etc.).
Electronic Data Processing (EP)
methods; batch processing, real-time processing and the management of EDP.
Business systems; hierarchical structure of organizations; the sub-optimisation issue.
64.
FBA
420:
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
This course will provide students with an overview, historical perspectives, theories and
principles of CSR, stakeholder and social contract issues concerning corporate
governance and sustainability. Other topics to be covered include business ethics, ethical
management practices and corporate behaviour performance evaluation and reporting,
globalisation and CSR, CSR and not for profit organisations, CRS and leadership,
institutions relating to CSR.
65.
ACC 422:
TAXATION II
Business Taxation - Computation of tax, loss relief and capital allowances (including
change of date of reporting, change of fiscal year, and loss of office) with particular
reference to companies. Relief for small companies and pioneer companies.
Capital Gains Tax - as affecting companies; re-organisation, merger, takeover, close
companies, disposal of assets - directly and indirectly.
Computation of capital gains tax and deductions allowed, valuation of assets.
Replacement of business assets (roll-over relief).
Petroleum Profit Tax.
Taxation of overseas activities - corporate and individuals, tax implications of overseas
investment. The treatment of branch/subsidiary companies. Repatriation of funds and
tax implications, dividends, double taxation.
Current issues in Taxation.
332
66.
ACC 423:
ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II
Accounting for transactions - joint ventures, hire purchase, goods and sales or return,
royalties, containers, consignments, investment and securities, bill of exchange and
pension fund.
Accounting for banks and insurance companies, with special reference to relevant
legislations.
Interpretation of financial statements - ratio analysis, analysis of working capital and
statements of sources and application of funds and cash flows; and objectives of
disclosure.
67.
ACC 424:
INTRODUCTION TO PETROLEUM ACCOUNTING
Course Contents:
An introduction to the Petroleum Industry: Basic Terms and concepts, an overview
of Petroleum Exploration and production and history of the petroleum industry in Nigeria
Petroleum Economics: A focus on Adding Reserve Value and Petroleum Economics
Today from a global perspective.
Organization of an Exploration & Prospecting Company: Exploration Department,
Drilling and Production Department, Marketing Department, Administrative Department,
Organization of the Accounting functions, and Information Systems.
Accounting Principles for Oil & Gas Producing Activities: Historical background,
Classification of cost incurred, Capitalization overview under successful Efforts
Accounting, Overview of Amortization under successful Efforts Accounting, Chart of
Accounts, Analysis of Accounts for Successful Efforts Accounting, Overview of Full
Cost Accounting and Overview of income Tax Accounting with special emphasis on
petroleum Profit Tax.
68.
ACC 425:
FORENSIC ACCOUNTING
The objective: Globally, forensic accounting is viewed as one of the hottest career
tracks. Therefore, exposure of undergraduate accounting students to the area will equip
333
them with financial crime investigative and litigation support engagement service skills.
Demand for individuals possessing forensic accounting education and skills is on the
increase. Thus, acquisition of forensic accounting knowledge will make accounting
graduates more desirable in the employment market.
The Course: Basically, Forensic Accounting entails
Financial Crime Investigations, and Litigation support Engagement Services.
Course Outline: The course covers the following areas:
An Overview of accounting profession: past, present and future; the nature and scope of
forensic Accounting, forensic Accounting and other related disciplines, theories of crime
and the nature of ‘man’, analysis of financial crime investigation, rules of evidence and
why investigations fail, approaches to litigation support engagement services
An overview of financial crime laws, and financial crime investigative and prosecuting
agencies in Nigeria. Corporate governance and ethics, the future of forensic accounting
education and practice in Nigeria.
334
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B.Sc. Business Administration Curriculum
COURSE CONTENT
B.Sc. Business Administration
100 Level
Compulsory
FBA 110
ECN 111
GST 105
BUS 101
ACC 110
First Semester
Courses
Algebra for Business Students
Elements of Economics I
Use of English
Introduction to Quantitative Techniques
Introduction to Accounting
Units
3
3
2
3
3
Optional Two Units –
SOC 111
Introduction to Sociology
2
PSY 100
Introduction to Psychology
2
POL 101
Introduction to Political Science
2
Any other course or courses from other Departments in the University
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 14
E
E
E
Sub Total 02
100 Level Second Semester
Compulsory
FBA 120
ECN 121
BUS 102
IRP 120
BUS 120
Courses
Calculus for Business Students
Elements of Economics II
Theory of Administration
Elements of Human Resource
Management
Principles of Management
Units
3
3
3
3
3
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 15
Optional Two Units
PSY 101
Elements of Psychology
2
HIS 110
Introduction to Economic History
2
Any other course or courses from other Department in the University
E
E
Sub Total 02
200 Level First Semester
Compulsory
Courses
ACC 210
Introduction to Management Accounting
INS 210
Introduction to Insurance
GST 201
General African Studies I
GST 214
Introduction to Computer
FIN 210
Introduction to Finance
BUS 212
Introduction to Business & Labour
Economics
Units
3
3
2
2
3
3
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 16
Optional Two Units:
FRE 187
French I
ECN 221
Microeconomics
2
2
335
E
E
Sub Total 02
200 Level
Compulsory
ACC 220
FBA 220
BUS 221
GAS 202
FBA 223
Second Semester
Courses
Elements of Cost Accounting
Introduction to Business Statistics
Introduction to Mgt & Biz Environment
General African Studies II
Business Communication
Optional Six Units
FIN 220
Money and Banking
INS 220
Principles and Practice of Insurance
ECN 221
Macroeconomics
300 Level First Semester
Compulsory
Courses
FIN 310
Business Finance I
CIL 308
Business Law
FBA 310
Business Statistics Methods
FBA 311
Business Information Technology
GST 307
Entrepreneurial &Corporate Governance I
BUS 310
Production Management & Control I
300 Level Second Semester
Compulsory
Courses
FIN 320
Business Finance II
FBA 321
Research Seminar
GST 308
Entrepreneurial &Corporate Governance
II
BUS 320
Principles of Marketing
IRP 320
Personnel Management
Optional Six Units
FIN 321
International Trade and Finance
BUS 321
Corporate Planning and Strategy
BUS 323
Production Management & Control II
BUS 324
Introduction to Quality Control
PSY 310
Psychological Study of Behaviour
400 Level First Semester
Compulsory
Courses
BUS 410
Business Policy& Strategic Management
FBA 410
Quantitative Methods
BUS 412
Management Theory
Optional Nine Units:
BUS 413
Operational Research
BUS 415
Marketing Research
336
Units
3
3
3
2
3
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 14
3
3
3
E
E
E
Sub Total 06
Units
3
3
3
3
2
3
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 17
Units
3
3
2
Classification
C
C
C
3
3
C
C
Sub Total 15
3
3
3
3
3
E
E
E
E
E
Sub Total 06
Units
3
3
3
Classification
C
C
C
Sub Total 09
3
3
E
E
BUS 416
BUS 417
Comparative Management and
Administration
Sales Management
3
E
3
E
Sub Total 09
400 Level Second Semester
Compulsory
Courses
BUS 420
International Business
FBA 420
Corporate Social Responsibility
BUS 411
Research Project
BUS 423
Entrepreneurial Development
BUS 429
Change Management
Units
3
3
3
3
3
Classification
C
C
C
C
C
Sub Total 15
Optional Six
BUS 421
BUS 422
FIN 427
IRP 422
Units
3
3
3
3
Classification
E
E
E
E
Sub Total
06
Units:
Industrial Relations
Promotion
Practice of Banking
Motivation and Productivity in Industry
Total Compulsory
Total Electives
Grand Total
115
33
148
337
COURSE DESCRIPTION
FBA 110:
ALGEBRA FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS (3 units)
Objective: The design of this course is intended to provide a solid foundation in algebra and
primarily to introduce students to mathematics reasoning substituting symbols for verbal
statements. Some basic concepts and operations are further introduced that will be required for
course ii of mathematics for business. These include the concepts and manipulation of sets, real
and imaginary numbers vector matrices and determinants.
Course contents
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Mathematical and symbolic logic: Elements of symbolic logic definitions, statements,
demonstration and axioms.
Inductive and deductive systems. Analysis of simple and compound statements, the truth
table.
Concepts of sets, null-sets, group and field. Set operation cordiality, equivalence,
correspondence.
mapping and transformation-mapping into line and the plane (graphing solution sets)
Real number systems. Base of real number systems
Introduction to complex number-definition (real and imaginary parts) Equality, addition
and multiplication. Complex conjugate. Absolute value the argued diagram.
Introduction to vectors: the zero. Multiplication by scalar, the addition of vector, the
zero. Multiplication. Equality addition and multiplication.
Matrix-Definition, Scalar Multiplication by scalar, Equality addition and multiplication.
The Zero matrix and unit matrix. The transpose and inverse of a matrix. Application to
linear simultaneous equations.
Determinants-introduction. Multiplication by a scalar. Equality and addition. Minor and
cofactors. Application of determinants to linear simultaneous equations.
ECN 111:
PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMIC (3 units)
Elementary presentation of microeconomic theory. Topics include the nature and scope of
economics and the distinction between micro and macroeconomics; tools of economic analysis
and scientific method; basic concepts in economics; the price theory; consumer behaviour;
theory of supply especially analysis of production costs, equilibrium of the profit maximizing
firm, and types of competition; factor market analysis and the theory of distribution; introduction
to welfare economics.
GST 105:
THE USE OF ENGLISH (2 units)
338
The course is designed to enable students acquire improved study skills and better
communicative skills in the use of English for general and academic purposes at the university
level. The emphasis in GST 105 is on developing through lectures/discussions and weekly
exercises students’ study skills, listening, reading and comprehension skills, improved
knowledge of English grammar and usage: vocabulary development, etc. all of which are needed
to provide a smooth transition from the secondary school to the university in terms of the
language needs for academic purposes.
BUS 101:
INTRODUCTION TO QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to introduce students to the formulation and solution of
business problems using quantitative techniques. It is based on modelling techniques for
management decisions. The students are introduced to different decision environment situations,
elements of decision analysis and models (tools) for analysing decision problems.
Course contents
Elements of Decision Analysis, Types of Decision Situations, Decision Trees; Operational
Research Approach to Decision Analysis, Systems and system Analysis; Modelling in OR,
Simulation; Cases for OR Analysis,
ACC 110:
INTRODUCTION TO ACCOUNTING (3 units)
Objective: the design of this course is to introduce the students to the basic concepts of
accounting, its structure, standards and definitions.
Course contents
-
Definition of Accounting
Double Entry Principles
Steps involved in Book – Keeping
Books of Original Entry & Posting to the Ledger
Cash Transaction & Bank Reconciliation
Trial balance
Final Accounts and sole Proprietor and Adjustment.
SOC 111:
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (2 units)
The course is intended to expose new students to the elementary concepts, tools and techniques
of Sociological analysis. The course is divided into five parts:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Part A: Elements of Sociological Analysis
Part B: Social Organisational/Group Behaviour
Part C: elements of Sociological Problems
Part D: Analysis of major Sociological Problems
339
v.
Part E: Issues of Sociological Interest
PSY 100:
INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (2 units)
The course will look into the definitions and basic concepts and history of Psychology,
psychological basis of behaviour, social basis of behaviour, motivation and emotion, sensation
and perception.
POL 101:
INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE (2 units)
This course introduces students to the theme and nature of politics and political science. It is to
emphasize issues relevant to political discourse and practices. It also introduces the students to
the languages and basic concepts of politics. The student is later introduced to the methods of
political science.
FBA 120:
CALCULUS FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge of the relationship
between variables. The basic algebraic functions and co-ordinate geometry-the straight line, the
conic sections and transcendental functions; Trigonometric, Logarithmic and Exponential
functions – are to be thoroughly dealt with. Further, the student is introduced to differentiation
and integrations involving the basic functions.
Course contents
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Discrete and continuous variables. The idea of function-even and odd function sample,
rational and composite algebraic functions. Graphs of these functions.
The Straight line in Various forms
The circle, parabola, Ellipse and Hyperbola
Trigonometric functions: definition of Sine, cosine, tangent, cotangent, secant and
cosecant. Circular measures (the definitions of the radius) graphs of 0, Cos 0, tan 0 and
cot θ
Logarithmic functions. The definitions and laws of logarithm. Simple operations on
logarithms functions: graphs of logarithmic function
Exponential functions: the definitions of Corporation as (1=1/ n) when n is very large.
The expansions of esc and its graph.
Differential calculus: limits of functions. Derivatives of elementary functions.
Derivatives of implicit functions. Simple applications to geometry and dynamics. Partial
derivatives.
Maxima, minima and points of – inflexion. Application to curve tracing.
ECN 121:
ELEMENTS OF ECONOMICS II (3 units)
340
Elementary treatment of macroeconomic theory which includes the following topics: the circular
flow of income and system of national income accounting; basic Keynesian model and national
income determination; consumption, savings and investment functions; fiscal and monetary
policy; trade, balance of payments, inflation, unemployment, growth and development.
BUS 102:
THEORY OF ADMINISTRATION (3 units)
Objective: The course is designed to expose students to the rudiments of Administration. This
will provide solid foundation to the understanding of Business Administration. It will expose
students to the general theory of Administration and Management. Topics for discussion shall
include, but not limited to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Introduction to Management
Distinguishing Management, Administration and Organisation.
Management: Art or Science?
Introduction to management Theories
Management levels and functions
Managerial Skills
Management Roles
Organic functions of Business functions in Administration
Functions of Management
IRP 120:
ELEMENTS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to introduce the students to the basic foundational knowledge of
human resource management; theories and practices dealing with factors in people and in the
work environment which influence people and problems.
Course contents
The course covers the functional area of human resource management:
Supply and demand characteristics of labour- by type; Organisation of the personnel functions;
Manpower Planning; Motivation; Leadership styles; Training and Development; Performance
appraisal, Disciplinary procedures, Employee welfare.
BUS 120:
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to achieve the following objectives:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Learn the concepts, process and skills associated with Management and Decision Making
Learn the techniques of Management and Decision Making
Review empirical studies on different aspects of Management Process
341
Course contents
The field of business administration. Concepts of management manager, authority,
responsibility, accountability and administration. Organic business function. What managers and
top administrators do in organisation? Managing the total organisation using the system
approach. Organisation as open social systems. Example of manufacturing, services and
agricultural business units as systems of inputs, transformation processes, outputs and feedback.
The management process. The functions performed by managers in organization, their rationale,
and their limits on controlling business activities and behaviour. Setting objectives: planning
organizing resources. Controlling and co-coordinating activities. Directing innovating,
motivating personnel. Staffing; providing leadership by reducing or preventing uncertainty.
Making decisions. Management knowledge, skills and Behavioural styles in Nigeria
management techniques observable in Nigerian organisations. New concepts of managements
that may be applied in Nigeria. Measuring the performance of organisation. Making changes in
existing prostates and business establishment in Nigeria.
PSY 101:
ELEMENTS OF PSYCHOLOGY (2 units)
This course encompasses psychological function of learning; human development; personality;
consumer psychology; abnormal psychology; forensic/legal psychology.
ACC 210:
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (3 units)
Objective: This course has been designed to enable the student to acquire the basic skill in
financial accounting and the basic concepts and computations associated with management
accounting. Upon completion of this course it is expected that students will be able to make all
journal entries and prepare a classified balance sheet of the different type of business
organisation.
Course contents
The nature and scope of accounting; the role of accountants. The accounting function and its
relationship with the information systems of organisations. Accounting procedures and systems,
Doubles entry book-keeping accounting systems, the trial balance, accruals, prepayments and
adjustment, classification of expenditure between capital and revenue. Method of recording
account date: manual and mechanical, manufacturing, trading and profit and loss accounts and
balance sheet of sole trader, accounting treatment of control accounts and bank reconciliation.
Partnership Accounts: Formation, operation and preparation of final accounts. Incomplete
records, accounts of clubs and societies. Company accounts: Introduction to company accounts;
simple final accounts.
INS 210:
INTRODUCTION TO INSURANCE (3 units)
342
Objective: This course is designed to provide student with an overview of the basic insurance
principles. At the conclusion of the course, students should be able to




Have an understanding of many basic insurance principles.
Become familiar with many of the insurance terms
Understand how the insurance business operates.
Be aware of how the insurance employee fits into the big picture of the insurance
business.
Course contents
Historical developments of insurance. Insurance carries and institutions. The scope of insurance.
The general functions of insurance. Detailed analysis of the various classes of insurance.
Company organization and operation. The insurance contract and its analysis. Social insurance,
pension schemes. Group insurances. Current legislation in Nigeria on insurance business
GST 201:



GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES (2 units)
Library Studies, Evolution,
Sudanese States,
Early History.
FIN 210:
INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE (3 units)
Objective: This course serves as a foundation to the more advanced courses in financial
management taught at the 300 and 400 levels. The objective is to equip students with the basic
tools, concepts and the institutional background to financial decision-making. Emphasis is on the
micro aspects of finance treated at an introductory level.
BUS 212:
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS AND LABOUR ECONOMICS (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to introduce students to the fundamental concepts of the labour
economy along with ways of modelling the behaviour of the labour market. The course also
examines and discusses labour market issues such as labour demand and supply, employment,
unemployment and wages.
Course contents
Nature of labour problems in Developing Countries, Labour Force, Definition and Concepts,
Determinations of sizes and Composition of Labour Force; Concepts of Unemployment;
Industrial and Occupational Distribution of Labour force. The informal Sector and the modern
sector, Labour Force. The informal sector and the modern sector, Labour Market Theories,
Economic of Wage Determination. Features of Nigerian Labour Market, Manpower
Development.
343
ACC 220:
ELEMENTS OF COST ACCOUNTING (3 units)
Objective: The course is aim to introduce the students to the accounting practices used for and
the control of material, labour and overhead costs. Job-order, process cost and standard cost
systems. At the end of the course, students should be able to:





Describe the cost concepts, cost-behaviours and cost accounting techniques
Be able to apply the knowledge of cost accounting to the different types of organizations
Apply cost concepts and cost behaviours in the solving of management decision.
Determine the costs of products and services
Analyze the profitability of a product or service
Course contents
Objectives and purpose of Cost Accounting. The principles underlying the preparation and
presentation of cost: viz: historical cost, standard cost, marginal cost, average cost e.t.c, cost
units and cost centers. The elements of cost, and classification of costs.
Cost Accounting for materials, labour overheads and equipment. Job and process cost
accounting; elements of marginal costing, standard costing and budgetary control, Double entry
accounts for cost control.
FBA 220:
INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS STATISTICS (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to introduce the students to the nature of statistics and the
importance of statistics in business. It covers ways to organize, describe and present data; it also
introduces the concept of probability. The students will also explore computational methods for
presenting data called descriptive statistics. By the end of this course, students should be able to





Classify statistical studies as either descriptive or inferential
Distinguish between discrete and continuous variables and data.
Organize, summarize and display data on a meaningful way.
Compute various measure of centre, variability end position of data sets
Distinguish between various elementary probability distributions.
Course contents
Nature of statistics, statistical inquires forms and design, the role of statistics, basic concepts in
statistics, discrete and continuous variables, Functional Relationships, Source of Data. Methods
of collecting primary Data, Presentation of statistical data, Measures of Central Tendency,
Measures of Dispersion, Moments, Skewness and Kurtosis, Elementary Probability
Distributions: Normal, Binomial, Poisson and hyper geometric.
344
BUS 221:
INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND BUSINESS
ENVIRONMENT (3 units)
Objective: At the end of the lecture of this course the following learning objectives would have
been achieved.
1.
2.
The definitions and the concept of business environment.
The structure and types of businesses in Nigeria (CAMA, 1990) level of the
environment.
3.
The Internal and External Environmental factors of organisations.
4.
The relationship or linkage between business and its environment.
5.
Impact of environmental uncertainty managers’ decision-making ability.
6.
Various strategies managers may use to manage the environment.
Course contents
The concepts of business environment, the concept of organizations, the concept interactions
between organizations and relevant business environments, the environment of an organization
as a source of inputs, and as a repository for the outputs of organizations, Models of
relationships between organizations and their environments. How to measure the major aspects
of the environments of an organization, Examples of classroom, department, faculty, university,
community, state and country, as general environments, for given business activities. The
Nigerian business system in charts, facts, figures and general descriptions; the role of
government in the business system, the factors affecting public and private organisation in
Nigeria, the laws, conventions, socio-cultural practice, beliefs, economic structure, financial,
monetary, as well as budgetary policies of state and federal Government, affecting organisations.
The national Rolling Plan and business-activities in Nigeria, The ECOWAS as an extension of
the environment of business in West Africa, how to manage the interface between given
organisations and their relevant environment Developing awareness of how given variables in
the Nigerian business environment affect organisational success and failure. Business and
management strategy formation as a way of dealing with future changes in the environment
Techniques of forecasting trends and changes in the environment of organisation.
GST 202:
GENERAL AFRICAN STUDIES (2 units)
Outline
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Introduction
a) Aims and Objectives of the course. The relationship to modern management
problems.
b) Dimensional Characteristics – Size and Area. Position and Prominent Features.
Physical Characteristics: Geological Structure and Development, Relief and Landscape,
Drainage and hydrograph.
Climate Characteristics: Temperature patterns, Wind Systems, Pressure Belts, Rainfall
distribution, Intensity, Periodicity, and Ocean Currents etc.
Biogeographically Characteristics: Vegetation, Faunal Life, Soils.
Human Occupancy: Ethnographic Summary, Population Density and Distribution,
Settlement Patterns and Urbanization, Migration.
345
vi.
vii.
viii.
Economic Activities: Agriculture, Fishing and Forestry, Mining and Industrial
Development, Power Supply and Distribution, the Role and Modes of Transportation,
External Economic Relations/Cooperation.
Political Development:
Leadership, Stability, Role Expectations and Conflict.
Problems of Modern Development: Manpower and Training, Dependency vs.
Independence, New directions.
FBA 223:
BUSINESS COMMUNICATION (3 units)
Objective: The course deals with effective Business Communication. The subject matter is to
provide the bases for understanding the problems and principles of communicating in business.
The course will cover the following:
(I)
(II)
(III)
(IV)
(V)
Communication Theory

the role of communication on the business organization

model of the communication Theory

words and meaning

some malfunction of communication
Fundamentals of Business writing

principles of clear Business writing

qualities of effectives correspondence
Business correspondences

situations Requiring Directness

indirect situations

persuasive Requests and collection

sales and Applications

memorandums
Business Report Writing

Reports: problems, organization, and Interpretation

Reports: Determination of make up

Reports: Techniques of Writing

Reports: Visual Communications
Other Forms of Business Communication

public speaking and oral reporting

additional oral communication activities

non verbal communication

technology of Business communication
FIN 220:
MONEY AND BANKING (3 units)
Objective: The course objective is to provide students with the knowledge that would enable
them have a good grasp and understanding of the concepts of money and banking, their roles and
346
importance in an economy. It also aims at equipping students with the necessary tools for the
appraisal and formulation of financial policies,
Course contents
Course contents include; the nature, forms and functions of money; banking concepts, principles
and functions of different types of banking institutions, with particular reference to the
development and structure of Nigerian banking. The place of banks in the circular flow of
income and payments monetary creation, the banks and money supply; the role of non-bank
financial intermediaries
INS 220:
PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE OF INSURANCE (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide a broad knowledge of insurance principles and
practice, relevant legal principles, an overview of the various classes of insurance and the
participants in the industry and their relationship to each other. The students at the end of this
course should be



Acquitted and have good understanding of the general principle of insurance
Able to understand the insurance markets
Able to know how to handle claim and disputes in the practices of insurance
Course contents
The general principle of insurance; insurable interest, utmost good faith, indemnity subrogation
& contribution; proximate cause. Insurance and wagering. The insurance markets; insurers and
insured; broker and agents. Insurance Association and Organisational insurance in practice;
physical and moral hazards, premiums, renewals. Claim and disputes in the practices of
insurance, Insurance Marketing. History of Insurance legislation in Nigeria.
ECN 221:
MACROECONOMICS (3 units)
The analysis stresses aggregate economic variable treated algebraically and graphically. Course
topics include the determination of the level of economic activities, the basic model of national
income determination, the theories of consumption and investments. The Keynesian classical
and neo-classical theories of money. Inflation, output and employment and the general
equilibrium of the product, money and labour markets. The level of employment and economic
growth.
FIN 310:
BUSINESS FINANCE I (3 units)
Objective: This course enables students to know exactly the role of the financial manager in
any organization. It equips students with the basic that used by the financial manager for
detecting and eliminating potential corporate problems and help students appreciate the
347
importance of cost of capital as a decision tool. The students will also be introduced to how
the financial manager makes investment decision under certainly and uncertainly. The
student as the end of the course should be able to:




Understand investment decisions to be made by a firm under conditions of certainly
and uncertainly
Understand the usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision tool.
Basic concept of capital market
Carry out the pricing of capital assets.
Course contents
This course deals with the investment decisions of the firm under conditions of certainty and
uncertainty, the problems of mutually exclusive projects, capital rationing and inflation, the
measurement and usefulness of the cost of capital as a decision and the relevance of dividend
decision for the firm are discussed. Students will also be introduced to the concept of capital
market and the pricing of capital assets.
CIL 308:
BUSINESS LAW (3 units)
 The Nigerian Legal System Source of Nigeria Law; hierarchy of Nigerian Courts,
Commercial arbitration.
 Law of Contracts; Commercial contracts; Passing off and “Trade Libel”
 Company law; Introduction to Company Law, powers and functions of Directors.
 Introduction to Taxation Laws.
FBA 310:
BUSINESS STATISTICAL METHODS (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to demonstrate to the student the use of various statistical
procedures and techniques. The course covers the basics of statistics including sampling
distribution, confidence interval; and hypothesis testing. At the end of the course students should
be able to:




Explain the key concepts and theory of the following statistical method: interval
estimation, sampling, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression analysis
Explain the possibilities of applying methods of statistical analysis to business problems
Select adequate statistical methods for real data analysis.
Analyze and interpret results of statistical computation.
Course contents
Elementary Sampling Theory, estimation theory, student’s t distribution, statistical Decision
Theory, tests of hypotheses for small and large samples, Chi-square Distribution and Test of
Goodness of fit, Linear Regression, Correlation, Index Number, Time Series Analysis .
348
FBA 311:
BUSINESS INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to provide an introductory platform of information systems for
business and management to students. It is designed to familiarize students with organizational
and managerial foundations of system the technical foundation for understanding information
systems in enhancing business processes and management decision making across the enterprise
and the process of building and managing systems in organizations.
Course contents
Introduction to and fundamentals of Data Processing-brief history and conventional data
Processing methods; manual methods and mechanized methods, Classification of systems and
their relative merits Closed loop and open loop systems: effect on time-lag; the total system
approach and objectives; total systems and subsystems.
Data processing and management information systems (MIS), the organizations of MIS
including the use of mechanical and electronic accounting machines, flow charting and the
principles of systems design and documentation. Managerial uses of the information output as a
basic for developing criteria and systems. Information needs of management and design of MIS.
Computer and Data Processing- evolution of the computer and the Computer system input,
output and central processing unit Hardware and Software, Introduction to common computer
programming languages used in business (COBOL, FORTRAN, SPSS etc) Electronic, Data
processing (EDP) methods; batch processing, real-time processing and the management of EPD,
Business Systems hierarchical structure of Organizations; the sub-optimization issue.
GST 307:
ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE (2 units)
A.






B.



Knowing your Business Environment
Definition of Entrepreneurship, business, environment, governance and other
basic concepts.
Role of entrepreneurship in national development
Motivation of entrepreneur
The Nigerian business environment and its interdependence with the ECOWAS,
and other regional trade bodies in Africa.
The Government and its policy objective for assisting small and medium
enterprises (SMEs).
Functions of various support agencies e.g. NEPC, NAPEP, NDE, RMRDC, and
Industrial Development Centre.
Starting your own Business
The attributes of entrepreneurship factors and skills to be considered.
Project Types and Selection
Forms of Business organization: sole trader, partnership, limited liability
Company Business Registration and Legal Framework
349


C.






D.





E.






BUS 310:
Sources of Information and identification of the key processes involved.
Preparation of feasibility report/business plan.
Managing your Own Business
Effective business management
Marketing strategies
Staff welfare and productivity
Recruitment, training and development
Time management
Health and safety issues including management of HIV/AIDS in the workplace.
Concept of project management.
Financing Your Own Business
Sources for finance for SMEs in Nigeria
.Role of banks in financing SMEs in Nigeria.
Interpreting financial statements
Analysis of cash flows and profitability of business
Working capital management – with emphasis on stocks and debtors
management.
Corporate Governance
Corporate governance and its importance in business management.
The nature and essence of governance
Governing principles of good corporate governance: Vision, Mission, Goal
setting.
Effective communication.
Accountability and long term business planning
Business ethics.
PRODUCTION AND MANAGEMENT CONTROL I (3 units)
Objective: The course is designed to introduce the students to the concepts, problems, and
techniques, applicable to the operations of a vanity of business organizations. The emphasis is on
decision making in operational stress such as: facility requirements, and utilizations, control and
coordination of resource inputs and outputs, types of transformation/conversion processes and
performance measurement.
Course contents
Elements of Production; Production and process Design and Management; Faculty Location and
Layout; Modern Tools and Machinery of Production; Standards Definition; Line Balancing;
Automation; Production Scheduling and Control; Work Measurement; Maintenance of Tools
and Equipment; Quality Control.
350
FIN 320:
BUSINESS FINANCE II (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide a comprehensive array of knowledge and skills to
manage the finance function of a modern organization, and to provide the necessary background
both to understand and to apply financial-management techniques. On completion of the course,
the students should be able to.




Understand different sources of finance to an organisation.
Be acquitted the knowledge of raising of new finance for business enterprises
Manage organization working capital
Apply the techniques of financial statements in making financial decision.
Course contents
Deals with the financial decisions of the firm topics to be covered include sources of finance and
the raising of new finance by business enterprises, working capital management, lease financing,
mergers and acquisitions. The techniques of financial statements, other special problem areas
relating to the financing, of the unincorporated business, small business and agricultural
financing in Nigeria will be analysed.
FBA 321:
RESEARCH SEMINAR (3 units)
Objective: The aim of the course is to introduce students to the theories and practical
implications of research methods. This course is designed to train students in the skills of
scientific information gathering, analysis and interpretation in dealings with business and
organizational problems in Nigerian. Through reading, assignment and direct experience,
students will be exposed to the art of problem identification and analysis, data gathering and
analysis and report writing. Emphasis will be placed on the scientific approach at every stage.
The problems and prospects of business research in a seller’s market like Nigeria will be
examined.
GST 308:
ENTREPRENEURSHIP AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE II (2 units)
Contents: This is the practical to GST 307. It covers proposal writing, business briefs and
feasibility studies and defence.
BUS 320:
PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING (3 units)
Objective: The course is supposed to introduce to all business students the basic problems and
practices in Marketing Management.
Course contents
351
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Introduction: Marketing definition, concept, Evolution, Role and Importance; The
Marketing System.
Market
Analysis: The marketing Environment; Buyer Behaviour; Market
Segmentation; Market Measurement and Forecasting.
The marketing Mix: The product Concept, Development and Life Cycle; Product
Classification and Marketing Strategies; Pricing; Management of the Channels of
Distribution.
Promotion: Advertising; Personal Selling; Public Relations and Sales Promotion;
Marketing of Professional Services.
Appraising the Marketing Effort.
IRP 320:
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the essentials of managing people
working in organizations. The first part discusses theories of motivation, job satisfaction and
leadership’s styles. The latter part of the course focuses on the functional aspects of Personnel
Management, Recruitment and Selection of Personnel, Performance Appraisal, Manpower
Planning, Training and Development, Disciplinary Procedures, Employee Welfare.
BUS 323:
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL II (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to acquit the students with techniques and application of control
concepts in the design of inventory, production, quality and project-planning systems.
Course Contents
The emphasis is on advanced discussion of production management topics. Areas of Coverage
will include inventory control project planning, forecasting, aggregate planning, quality control
and material resource planning.
BUS 324:
INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY CONTROL (3 units)
Objective: The objective of this course is to make students familiar with many of the techniques
and concepts of quality management. The course examines concepts, tools, and techniques used
in the management and measurement of quality, productivity, and competitiveness in local and
international environment. On completion of the course, the student should be able to quickly
and easily identify and correct errors in quality control measures.
Course Contents
Concepts of quality control; objectives of quality control; consequences of quality control; costs
associated with quality control.
352
Manufacturing quality; inspection of purchased materials and parts, inspection during
manufacture, inspection of finished products, Control charts; types of control charts; the
variables control charts, Attributes control charts and Walds sequential control chart.
Acceptance sampling; single double, and multiple sampling schemes.
The use of the “Average outing quality limit” (AQOL) of a single sampling table; the use of Lot
Tolerance Per cent Defective (LTPD).
Computers in quality control; dimension signals; acceptance or rejection signals.
People as inspectors, item characteristics with a defined standard; inspector variable (i.e.)
measurements, inspection of attributes (i.e. assessments).
Local and International regulations of Quality control. Quality control cases. One (1) month
Factory Experience.
FIN 321:
INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge of fiscal and
monetary policies as stabilization measures for an economy.
Course Contents
This course deals with the fiscal and monetary policies as stabilization measures for an
economy. The instruments, and targets of money and fiscal policies, the effect of such policies
on macroeconomic aggregates, like unemployment, level of income, inflation, e.t.c. The
controversy with regards of the most potent of the different stabilization policies, the
international monetary organizations like IMF as they affect the national economic development
are also treated.
BUS 321:
CORPORATE PLANNING AND STRATEGY (3 units)
Objective: The objective of this course is to provide a working knowledge of the process of
formal strategic planning and strategy in large organisations.
1. This course is to enable you learn the concepts, principles and skills associated with
Corporate Planning and Strategy.
2. Learn the techniques of Strategic Planning and Strategy carry out practical exercises to
master the techniques in Strategic Planning and Strategy.
3. Review empirical studies in different aspects of Corporate Planning and Strategy.
Course Contents
1.
The concept and theory of planning
2.
Strategic planning
3.
Organisational Goals and Objectives
353
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Environmental study and analysis (SWOTS/TOWS)
Technological forecasting
Socio-Political forecasting
Industry Analysis
Planning tasks and techniques
Operational planning and the resource allocation process
Organization for planning
Organizational and behavioural aspects of planning
Role and skills of the corporate planner.
Managing and corporate planning processes.
BUS 329: ENTREPRENEURIAL STRATEGY (3 units)
This course emphasizes how entrepreneurial strategy focuses on creating structural change or
responding to change induced externally. It also covers Grabber-holder dynamics as an
analytical framework for developing entrepreneurial strategy to increase success in creating and
shaping the diffusion of new technology or product innovation dynamics. It examines
entrepreneurial attributes such as innovation, creativity, and opportunity recognition, coupled
with managerial attributes such as strategic management, planning, and budgeting, and the
synergistic impact these attributes have on all types of for-profit and not-for-profit organizations;
drawing heavily on the principles of microeconomics and strategy. It includes modelling, case
studies, and a term project.
Topics Include
•
•
•
•
PSY 310:
First mover versus follower advantage in an emerging market
Late-comer advantage and strategy in a mature market
Strategy to break-through stagnation
Strategy to turn danger into opportunity
PSYCHOLOGICAL STUDY OF BEHAVIOUR (3 units)
This course is designed to acquaint students with the problems of industrial and organizational
psychology and how it affects their lives as job applicants, employees, managers, and
consumers.
BUS 410:
BUSINESS POLICY AND STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Course Objectives
Business Policy course seeks to impart knowledge, concepts and develop skills and attitudes
required to effectively manage organisations in the final year of the B.Sc. (Hons) programme.
The course will utilize the knowledge of the functional areas such as marketing, finance,
354
accounting, human resources management and others. The course will enable students to achieve
the following.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
Learn the concepts, principles and skills associated with Business Policy and Decision
Making
Learn the techniques of Business Policy and Decision Making
Carry-out practical exercises to master the techniques in Business Policy & Decision
Making.
Develop a bibliography of texts and journal articles in Business Policy & Decision
Making.
Study and present comparative reviews of text-books in Business Policy.
Review empirical studies on different aspects of Business Policy & Decision Making.
This course relates to how the directors and top managers of business as well as other
organizations shape the futures of their establishments. Organizations operate in complex
environments. Aspects of the complexity of such environments may concern economic, legal,
socio-cultural, political, technological, competitive and industrial factors in a business
environment to keep changing over time. Different qualities of an environment in which given
organizations are operating may exert various effects upon such organizations. Top managers
have a central task of ensuring that their establishments: can continuously interest with their
environment in terms of the changes taking place in specific critical factors in such
environments. Business organizations do exist to perpetuate themselves through effective
operations and dynamic performance. The job of competitively keeping an organization in a
state of profitable interaction with its environment is vital and subtle one. It requires suitable
strategies to guarantee good performance and minimum possible operational difficulties that
could lead to poor performance.
Irrespective of one’s area of specialization, this course provides an opportunity for approaching the field
of business administration as an entity. Decisions affecting what type of business an organization goes
into or gets out of do require all the skills gained from the functional areas. Issues pertaining to the supply
and demand of given products and services require the insights of economic theory. The environment in
which a business is being done warrants that social sciences be engaged in the understanding and
predicting its texture. Subjects such as law, sociology, government, anthropology, African history and
culture, mathematics, business, ecology, geography, and economic development, for example, do have
contributions to make our appreciation of business environments.
Course contents
Concepts of Strategy in relation to business, corporations and management. Ideas of linkage
between organization and their relevant environments as the basis of strategy formulation and
implementation. Concepts of policies, decision-making, business objectives, performance
criteria, structure, and managerial behaviour. The major contributions of courses in finance,
accounting, insurance, economics, behavioural sciences, and management to business policy and
decision-making. Practice in calculating simple financial and economic indices from business
data and other accounting information. Teaming the behavioural implication of courses of action
that are considered rational on the basis of financial and economic indices computed. Emphasis
of course as from for using all salient ideas gained from other courses in the undergraduate
355
programme. The strategy framework. Example of basic corporate objectives. Factors in the
business environment of specific firms in Nigeria. Analyzing a firm’s opportunities and threats,
strengths and weaknesses. Selecting strategies and structure. Deriving the strategies, policies and
structures, of public limited liability companies from their published annual reports. Developing
the skills of students in developing clear business objectives, writing clear strategies and
policies, and presenting structure that are capable of being used in implementation chosen
strategies.
Organic business functions of marketing, production, finance, and personnel in Nigeria.
Management process of corporate planning, budgeting and control, business performance
appraisal, managing by objectives, motivating group and individual efforts, and generally
relating an organisation to the changes taking place in the environment. Predicting the dynamic
environment. Anticipating the impact of environment changes on strategies and performance of
a firm. Analysis of the role of employee and managerial behaviour in success or failure of
strategy, implementation. Problem of matching organisation with strategy, and introducing
change in the way members of the firm execute given tasks. The issues of learning and
unlearning in the interest of adjusting strategies and policies to a firm’s performance experience.
Strategy in the functional areas. Determining the markets and marketing strategies for Nigerian
firms and products. Research and Development strategies in Nigeria. Production and Procedural
strategies. Personnel and Industrial Relations strategy in Nigeria. The design of financial
strategies and policies. Behavioural and structural strategies for implementing chosen business
strategies Integrated analysis. Recent developments affecting the strategy formulation and
implementation processes of firms in Nigeria.
FBA 410:
QUANTITATIVE METHODS (3 units)
Objective: This course builds on the foundation of introduction to quantitative techniques. It is
designed to expose students to advanced quantitative techniques with a view to ensuring that
students possess the ability to cope with and tackle management decision problems.
Course contents
Mathematical Programming; Transportation Model, Assignment Model, Conflict Analysis and
Game Theory, Project Management, other OR Models: Inventory, Replacement, Line Balancing,
Routing and Sequencing, and Search, Markov chains.
BUS 412:
MANAGEMENT THEORY (3 units)
The following course objectives will be achieved during the lectures:
1. To enable you bring together pieces of information you have come across on theories in
the physical and social sciences.
2. To provide linkage of the ideas of theories in the area of management and unified them
into coherent explanations of management activities.
356
3. To examine the structures of simple management theories.
4. To assist you initiate your own theory of management, bearing in mind the sociocultural
influences of the Nigerian society.
5. To facilitate your practice of management theory ultimately.
Course contents
Concepts of theory in the physical and social sciences. Levels of theory. The features of theory
management. Links between management theories and management models. Practice of
management conduct as a test of good management theory. Existing difficulties to developing
useful management theories in Nigeria and other developing countries. Consideration of simple
theories of management from the classic to modern times. For instance; the scientific
management movement and the managerial behavioural movement. Theory X and Theory Y.
The Grid Approach. Participative models. Management by objectives Quantitative and
behavioural control models. Testing specific theories from, the Nigeria socio-culture experiences
of managing extended family issues, to settling group conflicts, of securing productivity at work,
of maintaining control over the forces in the environment. Theories observable in the way
Nigerian parastatals are being managed. Expatriate management approaches to work in Nigerian
organizations. The confluence of management philosophy, management theory, and managerial
behaviour in Nigeria. Criteria for locating bad management practices, and ideas of how better
management theories may be introduced to particular Nigerian organizations.
BUS 413:
OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3 units)
Course Objectives
This course is designed to expose students to advanced techniques of operational research with a
view to ensuring that students possess the ability to cope with and tackle complex management
problems.
Course contents
1. Advanced Mathematical Modelling
I.
Current methodologies
II.
Modules for Mathematical Modelling
2. Systems Models
I.
Systems dynamics
II.
Advanced simulation
3. OR Modelling Tools
I.
Statistics and probability theory
II.
Computer uses
4. Advanced Mathematical Programming
Concepts, formulation, analysis and application of
I.
Dynamic Programming
II.
Non-linear programming
III.
Integer programming
357
IV.
Goal programming
5. Queuing Theory and Applications
I.
Theory of Stochastic process
II.
Theory of queues
III.
Applications to Business
6. Advanced theories of Games
I.
Two person, zero sum feature and limitations
II.
Metagames and Hypergames
III.
Applications to Business
BUS 415:
MARKETING RESEARCH (3 units)
Objective: The course is designed to introduce students to the application of analytical tools to
marketing problems including markets, products, distribution channels, sales effort and
advertising, Emphasis on planning, investigation, collection, interpretation of data and
presentation of results.
Course contents
A. Marketing Research & Decision Marketing
Research Design
Value & Cost of Information
B. Secondary Data
Survey Research, Panels and Export Factor
Experimentation
C. Measurement & Research
Concepts of Management
Questionnaire Design
Attitude Scales
Observation, Depth Interview & Projective
Techniques
D. Sampling & Research
The Sampling Process: Identification of the population size and the sample size and the
methods of selecting the sample frame.
E. Analysis of Data
Data Reduction
Statistical Techniques
Problem Identification Research
Market Segmentation, Market Potential
Market share & Sales Analysis
Sales Forecasting
Problem Solution Research
Product & Pricing Research
Promotion & Distribution Research Control
358
Evaluation & Reporting of Marketing Research
Ethical Issues in Marketing Research
BUS 416:
COMPARATIVE MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION (3 units)
Objective: The course seeks to provide students with a comparative assessment of management
styles and practices acnes different settings and contexts. It introduces the students to the private
and public management styles employing a compare/contract approach. On completion of the
course, student should be able to analyze the main similarities and differences that exist in these
two contexts though a companion at the distinct management styles that exist
Course contents
The comparative approach to management and administration. Elements of management and
administration. The skills of management in private and public sector. The military administer
the civil servant, the manager, as interchangeable experts. Constraints of organizational setting
on the management of group activities. Profiles of Nigerian executives that have moved from
public to private sectors, and vice versa. The use of management techniques in public
administration. Nigerian experiences in modernizing the management of public corporations.
The use of management consultant and management contracts in streaming the operations of
Nigerian Railways, Nigerian Ports Authority, Nigerian Airways, and the Nigerian national
Petroleum Corporation. Theories of comparative administration. Theories of comparative
management. Constraints imposed on managerial discretion in public corporations a human
resource management model that meets the needs of private and Public sectors. Selected
problems in comparative management and administration. Motivating personnel, controlling
performance, rewarding performance, training and developing staff, introducing change, and
modifying employee behaviour. An inventory of practices that could be usefully transferred
between public and business organizational in Nigeria. The change-agent role of Nigerian
professional in undertaking comparative management and administration research.
BUS 417:
SALES MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Objective: the course is intended to provide students with the knowledge of organization and
Management of Sales Department, Sales planning, forecasting and analysis. Selection, training
and motivation, compensation & control of sales force.
Course contents
I.
II.
III.
Introduction
Evaluation of sales Department, Sales Management, Objectives of Sales
Management, Sales Executive as Coordinator.
Sales Management & Control
Setting Selling-personal Objectives, Determining Sales Policies, Formulating
Personal-Selling Strategy.
Organizing the Sales Effort
359
IV.
V.
BUS 420:
The Sales Executive Job. The Sales Organisation, Sales Department Relations,
Distributive Network Relations.
Sales Force Management
Personnel Management in the Selling Field, Recruiting & Selecting Sales
Personnel, Planning & Conducting Sales, Training Programme Instructions in
Sale Technique Motivating the Individual Sales Person, Sales meeting & Sales
Contests, Compensating Sales Personnel Assigning Personnel to Territories;
Evaluating & Supervising Sales Personnel.
Controlling Sales Effort
The Sales budget, Quotas, Sales Control & Analysis
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide the students with the dimensions of international
business. It seeks to define international business and describe how it differs from domestic
business. At the end this course student should be able to:




Explain why companies engage in international business and why its growth has
accurate
Describe the major countervailing force that affects international business.
Analyze the different types of legal, political and economical systems influencing
international business
Analyze the different types of legal, political and economical systems influencing
international business.
Course contents
The course focuses on the international dimension of business, including trade, financial and
foreign investment patterns, and problems and policies at the corporate and national levels. It
covers theoretical, institutional and case analyses of major issues, including the impact of
international codes and organizations on corporate policies in home and host countries, the effect
of changing governmental policies on strategies for managing international operations. Using a
wide range of data sources, cases, and other empirical studies, each student will prepare an
individual study of a specific company and country.
FBA 420:
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (3 units)
Objective: Over the years, a growing number of countries and companies have recognised the
benefits of ethics and Corporate Social Responsibilities (CSR) policies and practices in business.
Developing a CSR strategy, based on integrity and sound values into a long-term approach
offers both business benefits to a corporations and positive contributions to civil society as a
whole. Graduates of universities will eventually find themselves occupying strategic positions in
industry and public organisations, hence, the need to impact in them theoretical and practical
knowledge in CSR.
360
Course contents
This course will provide students with an overview of CSR, historical perspectives, theories and
principles of CSR, stakeholder and social contract, issues concerning corporate governance and
sustainability, business ethics, ethical management practices, and corporate behaviour,
performance evaluation and reporting, globalization and CSR, CSR in not for profit
organizations, CSR and leadership, Institutions relating to CSR.
BUS 411:
RESEARCH PROJECT (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to find out the understanding and real life application of the
students knowledge of the course on research seminar. It is aimed at developing students’ skill in
analysing and writing reports based on an empirical or library study of a specific subject matter
or topic in relevant Administration and Management Studies. Students would present a researchbased report of not less than 2,000 words at the end of the session.
BUS 423:
ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT (3 units)
Objective: The main objective of this course is to expose students to entrepreneurial
development concepts, techniques and practices. In addition it aims at instilling into students the
necessary skills needed for stating business and assisting in managing the business:
Course Contents:
The course will cover the following
1.
Introduction
(a)
Entrepreneurial Theory
(b)
Definitions of:
(i) Entrepreneur
(ii) Entrepreneur
(iii) Management
(c)
Entrepreneurial Roles
(d)
Characteristics of Entrepreneur
(e)
Interpreneurship and Management
(f)
Entrepreneurship and Interpreneurship
2. Entrepreneur Theory and the Nigerian Experience
3.
4.
Relevant Environment
(a)
Economic Factors
(b)
Socio-Cultural Factors
(c)
Legal-Political Factors
(d)
Technological
World Economic Systems
(a)
Capitalist Economy
361
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
(b)
Mixed Economy
Approaches to Entrepreneurship
(a)
Psychological Approach
(b)
Sociological Approach
(c)
Distinctive Competence
The importance of Entrepreneurship
(a)
The Benefits of Entrepreneurship
(b)
Environmental Variables Favouring Entrepreneurship
Launching the Entrepreneurship Organisation
(a)
Barriers to Entry in Entrepreneurship
(b)
Planning of a Strategy
(c)
Choosing an Organisation
(d)
Nurturing the Entrepreneurship spirit
Business Ownership Types in Nigeria
a)
Sole Proprietorship’
b)
Partnership
c)
Public Limited Company (PLC)
d)
Unlimited Company (ULTD), etc.
Business Formations & Types
a)
Registrations of Business
b)
Incorporation of Companies
Career Development in Business
(a)
What is career?
(b)
The career Planning, Process
(c)
How do people choose careers?
(d)
Career Stages
(e)
Analyzing Career Environment
Feasibility Study
Personal Factors In Starting a Business
a)
Define the Need for Achievement
b)
Define the major Entrepreneurial Characteristics
c)
Ways to Strengthen your achievement/motivation
d)
Rewards and Penalties of owing a business of your own.
e)
The Entrepreneurship Characteristics
f)
Reinforcing Achievement Motivation
BUS 421:
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skill in handling
industrial relations issues in an organization. It seeks to teach students about current industrial
relations. The students will also gain an understanding about organizations and government
employment relations strategies while learning about the different strategies available to all
organizations. At the completion of this course students should be able to
362

Understand theoretical and practical knowledge of people and institutions involved in
and affected by industrial relations issues (employees, employers, employer associations,
union, industrial tribunal and other bodies).

Understand process used by their participants in negotiating, decisions and the outcomes
that arise.
Course Contents:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
Systems of industrial relations
Substantive rules, procedural rules and disciplinary rulers
Trade unions – their origins, purpose, structure and government
Theories of trade unionism
Employers association – their objectives, structure, functions, benefits to members.
Nigeria employers consultative association (NECA)
Collectives bargaining – its theories, structures, procedures, subjects styles and third
party involvement.
(viii) Protective labour legislations, labour decrees
(ix)
Strikes and industrial conflicts
(x)
Income policy
(xi)
Payments systems
(xii) Productive bargaining
(xiii) International comparisms of industrial relations.
BUS 422:
PROMOTION (3 units)
Objective: This course is to provide the students with basic insight into the knowledge of the
promotion process. It is also expected to generate through processes in relation to day-to-day
problems of being more efficient in the promotion of products to certain and unstable markets. It
will also review the policies and ethics of promotion.
Course Content:
The Role of Promotion in Marketing
Behavioural and Communication, Cultural and Social Conditions
Creativity in Promotion
Elements of Promotions- Personal Selling
Advertising – Sales Promotion
Indirect Promotion
Management of the Promotion Programmes; Ethical and Legal
Environments of Promotion
BUS 429:
CHANGE MANAGEMENT (3 units)
Course Contents:
363
A. Change Management: An Overview
1) Definition and Meaning
2) Models and Perspective
3) Techniques for Change Management
B. Managing Change in Organisations
1) Organisational Development and Change
2) Strategic Change
3) Continuous Renewal
4) Innovation versus Continuous Improvement
5) Business Restructuring, Process Transformation and Total Quality Management
6) Stakeholder Analysis, System modelling and Cause/Effect Analysis
7) Change Management and Consulting
8) Organisational Change, Learning and knowledge Management
9) Change Management Programs
 Managerial Choice
 Managing People
 Managing Resources
BUS 427:
INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS (3 units)
This course gives students understanding on basic concepts and tools of modern industrial
economics and to use these tools to examine importance issues in the organization of firms and
markets. The course introduces the way markets and industries are structured and the behaviour
and performance of institutions in competition, cooperation, corporate interaction with other
organizations. Topics contained therein include: Oligopoly, collusions, determinants of market
and corporate structures, price discrimination, and antitrust laws and policies.
FIN 427:
PRACTICE OF BANKING (3 units)
Objective: This course is designed to provide students with knowledge of developing mutually
fruitful relationship with customers and understand the significance of different types of accent,
as well as, the implications at events affecting their conduct.
Course Contents
The prerequisite for this course is FIN 313 (law relating to banking), topics to be covered
include: Relationship of Banker and Customer-mandates, power of attorney, secrecy, set-offs
and appropriation of payment. The opening and operation of various types of accounts-private,
institutional, clubs, societies, churches and trust accounts, bank advances-principles of bank
lending, securities for bankers’ advances, secured and unsecured advances, Interpretation of
balance sheets and management accounting for the lending banker. Other topics include:
Negotiable instruments, guarantees, and property and bankruptcy procedures.
364
IRP 422:
MOTIVATION AND PRODUCTIVITY IN INDUSTRY (3 units)
Objective: This course seeks to give attention to the knowledge and skills needed to grow and
sustain performance in an organisation, whether a full company, a department, a division or
other strategic business unit within an existing organisation by getting the right things done
through teams of people.
Course Contents
Social and psychological concepts, principles and techniques involved in the study of workmotivation and productivity problems of industrial productivity in Nigerian organisations
365